Category: Tự Học Ngoại Ngữ

  • Bộ đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh kèm đáp án

    Bộ đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh kèm đáp án

    Bộ đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh kèm đáp án

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:CÁC BÀI TOÁN HÌNH ÔN THI VÀO LỚP 10


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Bộ đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh kèm đáp án

    Bộ đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh kèm đáp án

    TEST 1

     

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. People always (blame) their circumstances for what they are.
    1. Over the years, She (collect) thousands of stamps.
    1. “Where is Jane?” “Down stairs sir” .”She (greet) the guests.”
    2. We don’t enjoy (use) as cheap labour.
    3. I can’t help (feel) sorry for the hungry children. If only there (be) peace in the world.
    4. I am sure the letter won’t arrive in time unless it (send) by air
    5. The vase (break) when it (move) to the other room.
    6. I was just about (leave) the office when the phone rang.

    Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. That company has 2000 …………                                                                     (employ)
    2. I don’t know why they call him a ………….                                                     (lie)
    3. The old hotel we used to stay at has been ………………..                                 (modern)
    4. Conservationists believe that we should preserve the ……rainforests in the world.                                                                                                                                                   ( tropic)
    5. The little village is very quiet and ………….at night.                                        (peace)
    6. Women nowadays have more ……….to participate in social activities            (free)
    7. The ………of the new guest caused trouble to my aunt.                                  (arrive)
    8. She cut herself and it’s ………..quite badly.                                                     (blood)
    9. His parents are very …………of him                                                                 (pride)
    10. Every week, there are two ………..from Ha Noi to Nha Trang.                      (fly)

    Question 3:   Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D ) for each space

    Jeans are very popular with young people all (1)………..the world. Some people say that jeans are the “uniform” of (2) ………… But they haven’t always been popular. The story of jeans started (3) ………..two hundred years ago. People in Genoa, Italy made pants. The cloth (4) ………..in Genoa was called “jeanos”. The pants were called “jeans”. In 1850, a salesman (5) ……….California began selling pants made of canvas. His name was Levi Strauss. (6) …………..they were so strong, “Levi’s pants” became (7) …….. with  gold miners; farmers and cowboys. Six years (8)…………; Levis began making his pants with blue cotton (9) …………called denim. Soon after, factory workers in the United States and Europe began (10) ………jeans. Young people usually didn’t wear them.

    1. A. in B. on                           C. over                       D. above
    2. A. youth B. young                    C. younger                 D. youngest
    3. A. lots B. much                      C. most                       D. almost
    4. A. make B. makes                    C. making                   D. made
    5. A. in B. on                           C. at                           D. with
    6. A. Although B. But                                    C. Because                 D. So
    7. A. famous B. popular                  C. good                      D. wonderful
    8. A. late B. later                       C. latest                      D. last
    9. A. cloth B. clothing                 C. cloths                     D. clothes
    10. A. wear B. wearing                  C. wore                      D. worn

    Question 4: Choose the one sentence that has same meaning to the root one.

    1. Would you mind waiting outside the office?
      1. Did you wait outside the office?
      2. Did you see anyone waiting outside the office?
      3. Will you wait outside the office?
      4. Do you enjoy waiting outside the office?
    2. I used to go to the cinema on Saturdays .
      1. I usually went to the cinemal on Saturdays.
      2. I got used to going to the cinema on Saturdays.
      3.  I didn’t go to the cinema on Saturdays
      4. I usually go to the cinema on Saturdays.
    3. You feel unhealthy because you don’t take any exercise.
      1. if you took more exercise, you would feel healthier.
      2. If you take more exercise, you will feel healthier.
      3. If you were healthier, you would take more exercise.
      4. If you don’t take any exercise, you will feel unhealthy.
    4. “Do you know Trang’s address?” he asked me.
      1. He asked me for Trang’s address.
      2. He asked me if someone knew Trang’s address.
      3. He asked me if I know Trang’s address.
      4. He asked me if I knew Trang’s address.

    Question 5:      a/ There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistakes and correct it.

    1. If he would speak more slowly, I could understand him.
    2. Hoang has felt much better when he took the pill.
    3. Your  brother hardly goes to work by bus, doesn’t he?
    4. After living in London for two months, my brother got used to drive on the left.
    5. I suggested that you writing to them to accept their offer.

    b/         Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions.

    1. Translate this article .. .. .. ..English for me, please.
    2. Donna is thinking of importing flowers …………Vietnam.
    3. They have only been there …………. a few minutes.
    4. The canoe overturned and everyone fell …………the deep water.
    5. I’ll come ……..to pick her ………..at 8 o’clock

    Question 6: Change the following sentences into reported speech.

    1. “Please call me at 6 o’clock tomorrow morning”, said Mai
    2. “Are you interested in this Language Center?” asked Lan
    3. “We will spend our holiday in Da Lat next month,” said Mrs Chi
    4. “What does your son want to learn?” the man said to Mr Linh.
    5. “You must come today,” Hoa said.

    Question 7: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. Vinh keep forgetting is homework     à Vinh is …………………
    2. I would like you to help me put the chairs a way.à Do you mind…………….
    3. Please don’t make any noise; I’m very tired.  à I’d rather…………………….
    4. This is the best computer I have ever used.    à I have never………………….
    5. He hasn’t chatted with his classmates through the internet for ages.àIt’s ages………
    6. We haven’t seen her since we left university. à The last time……………………….
    7. Walking in the rain gives my brother pleasure. àMy brother enjoys………………….
    8. Keeping the environment clean is very important.     à It’s……………
    9. Minh began to collect stamps in 2000                        à Minh has…………………….
    10. Let’s meet inside the center, at the cafe’ corner          à How………………………………

    TEST 2

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. They (see) to go out three times a day.
    2. Passengers (travel) on this bus bought their tickets in books.
    3. Writing many letters (make) her happy.
    4. Do you hear someone (cry) softly in the next room?
    5. I (have) my house (paint) . That’s why there is all this mess.
    6. Either my sister or I ( be) going to visit our uncle.
    7. The Nile (flow) into Mediterranean.
    8. If only I ( have ) money with me, I ( lend ) you some.

    Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

      1. Bell experimented with ways of transmitting ………..over a long distance.    (speak)
      2. The tiger wanted to see the farmer’s ………….                                                 (wise)
      3. The scouts do the …………….work                                                                   (volunteer)
      4. Nowadays, scouting is popular …………….                                                      (world)
      5. The scouts also help the ………….and street children,                                     (old)
      6. We’re very impressed by the ……….of your town’s people.                            (friend)
      7. I must clean this …………..floor.                                                                      ( dirt)
      8. It was …………not to write down the address.                                                            ( fool)
      9. Is it possible to ………between a hobby and an interest?                                (distinct)
      10. Thousands of people have been made……….by the war                                 (home)

    Question 3:   Choose the best answer (a, b, c or d ) for each space

    There has been a revolution in the world of newspapers. Not many years ..1….., newspapers were being produced using techniques unchanged for ..2.. hundred years.

    The journalists gave their stories to a typist, who prepared them for an editor, who passed them on…3… the printer. The printer who was a ..4…. skilled man, set up the type.  ……5… was then collected to make the pages. When the pages were complete, the printing machines could be…6…….

    Nowadays what …7…..? The journalists type their stories into a computer. The …8 ….. checks their spelling, plans the page, shapes the articles. When the pages are ready, another computer may control the printing.

    ……..9.. can be no doubt about it., producing a newspaper in an entirely different ..10…….now

    1.a. before                   b. after                         c. ago                           d. yet

    2.a. a                            b. some                        c. an                             d. over

    3.a. to                          b. by                            c. through                    d. with

    4.a. hardly                   b. mostly                     c. partly                       d. very

    5.a. They                     b. Which                      c. This                          d. All

    6.a. switched               b. started                     c. stopped                    d. moved

    7.a. gives                     b. occurs                      c. goes                         d. happens

    8.a. computer              b. editor                       c. typist                       d. printer

    9.a. It                           b. There                       c. You                         d. We

    10.a. skill                     b. work                        c. management            d. business

    Question 4: a) Change these sentences into passive voice

    1. They make these artificial flowers of silk.
    1. He has spelt this word wrongly
    2. How do people learn English?
    3. Who looked after the children when you were away?
    4. They used to drink beer for breakfast in England years ago.
    1. b) Change the following sentences into reported speech
    1. “Listen to me and don’t make a noise,” said the teacher to his students.
    2. “I’m tired of eating fish ” said Mary to Helen.
    3. “Let me help you make the sandwiches,” Lan offered.
    4. “You must do your homework everyday,” said Mrs. Hoa to us.
    5. “There isn’t much rain in the south of the country,” said Peter.

    Question 5:      a/ There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistakes and correct it.

    1. Peter and Tom plays tennis every afternoon with Mary and me
    2. Rita enjoyed to be able to meet some of her old friends during her vacation.
    3. Because they had spent too many time considering the new contract, the students lost the opportunity to lease the apartment.
    4. Could you mind telling me the way to the nearest restaurant.
    5. It spent a long time to travel to the skiing resort but in the end we got there.

    b/         Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions.

    1. My parents are tired ……….living in the city.
    1. Jackson was late because he was not aware ……….the time
    2. Three prisoners escaped ………..the prison in May
    3. Measuring money must be very difficult to carry………..
    4. Take an umbrella with you. It will save you ……..getting wet on the way home.

    Question 6: a) Combine the sentences below, using the words in brackets.

    1. Mr. brown feeds the chicken. He collects their eggs. (not only……. but also)
    2. He didn’t say any word and left the house                (without)
    3. He had stolen a gold watch. He was sent to prison.   ( for)
    4. She came home early so that she might have plenty of time to cook dinner.( to )
    5.  Lan has a nice voice. Everybody likes it.       ( such …..that)

    b/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. My uncle/ give up/ smoke / one year.
    2. The noise / the traffic/ prevented /me/ go to sleep/
    1. Look! / sun / set / mountains
    2. In my life/ I / never be/ Pac Bo Cave.
    3. It/ rain /./ I’d like / stay here / until / rain / stop.

    Question 7: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. He said: “ We must have a party to celebrate this“               à        He said that ………………..
    2. I’m on the tenth page of the letter I’m writing            So far.            I ……………………..
    3. Minh last wrote to his pen pal five months ago.                     à Minh hasn’t ………………
    4. They usually wore jeans when they were young.                   à They used…………….
    5. We couldn’t go to school this morning because of the heavy rain.à Because ……………
    6. Practice speaking everyday or you can’t improve your English.  à If ……….
    1. Hard work is the secret of passing your exam So long as………………………..
    1. You do not have to pay for elementary  education in Viet Nam.

    Elementary  education ……………………….

    1. He was a fool to say that It is…………………………………..
    2. Living in the city is exciting Some people find …………………………

    TEST 3

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. It  is crucial that Dido (stop) using Quang Ha.
    2.  I will ring the bell one more. if he (not answer),I think he must( go) out
    3. I am sorry about the noise last night. We (have) a party.
    4. The man who (rescue) had been in the sea for ten hours.
    5. A great deal of time (be) spent for his exercise.
    6. We want (pay) better wages.
    7. People always (blame) their circumstances for what they are.
    8. You (stop) by a policeman if you (try) to cross the road now.

    Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the following passage.

    The families in our streets are slowly being driven mad by the …………..(1- refuse) of the inhabitants of No.13 to have any form of …………(2-communicate) with them. The trouble started over what is known as noise …………..( 3 – pollute). Every evening, the ………..(4- think) neighbours used to turn up the volume on the TV so loud that no one in the (5 – neighbour) was able to hear anything else. Not knowing what …………(6 – act) to take, local residents held a meeting to see if anyone had any …………(7 – suggest) as to how to deal with the problem. A decision was made to send a number of people to talk to the family in No. 13 and ask them …….

    ………….(8– polite) to turn their music down after six in the evening. Unfortunately, the visit did not turn out to  be …………(9 – succeed), as the inhabitants of No.13 refused to talk to them. So on the …………..(10 – advise) of local police, the matter is now in the hands of the court.

    Question 3:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    When you hear the word “bank”, what do you think of ? A ………(1) to put money? The land on the edge of a river? To depend on something or someone ? If you choose any of …..

    …………(2) things, you’re right. Why ? because words often have ………….(3) than one meaning. The tricky part is figuring out ………..(4) meaning is appropriate.

    Choosing the correct meaning of a word depends on ………….(5) things. First, it depends on the words and …………(6) surrounding your particular word. The other words and sentences give you context clues. ……………..(7), the meaning depends on how the word is …………(8) in the sentence. Is it a noun, a verb, …………….(9) adjective or part of a phrase? Knowing the word’s part of speech will …………..(10) you discover the word’s precise meaning.

     Question 4: Read the text then choose the correct answer

    Computing is now at the same stage as printing was when the first printing presses were used. Before printing presses were invented, only rich people like kings and dukes could afford to buy books. Often these people were unable to read and hadn’t enough time to learn. In any case, the books were so big that it was difficult for anyone to relax with a book as we do today. They wanted books because they were expensive and there was something magical about them. Only a few people were able to write, and it took an extremely long time to write a book. Monks and other people who could write said ordinary people could not learn to read.

    The position with computers in  very similar today. A few years ago, computers were very large and expensive. Business managers and rich people ordered them but they didn’t know how to use them. In many countries, however, the situation has now completely changed. Lots of people not only own microcomputers but also know how to use them.

    1. What happened before printing presses were invented ?
      1. Books were so big that people didn’t want to buy them.
      2. Only intelligent and rich people could read books.
      3. Only kings and dukes had enough money to buy books.
      4. All rich people bought books.
    2. Why were books wanted before printing presses were invented ?
      1. to show that the people who owned the books were rich and intelligent.
      2. to show that the people who owned the books could write.
      3. Because books were dear and magical.
      4. Because books showed that the person who owned them were magical people.
    3. What is the common feature of a book and a computer?
      1. They were only for intelligent people.
      2. They were too expensive to buy.
      3. They were large and expensive at first.
      4. Only people who could use them buy them.
    4. What situation has thoroughly changed nowadays?
      1. A lot of people are eager to buy computers
      2. A lot of computers are sold
      3. Even children can use a computer
      4. A person who buys a computer knows how to use it.

    Question 5:      a/ Each line in the following passage has a spare word; Underline that word and write it in the blanks given.

    BICYCLES

    The bicycle is a cheap and clean way to for travel . The first                         0/ …….for………..

    Bicycle was made in about one hundred and fifty years ago. At                  1/ …………………..

    First, bicycles were much expensive. Only rich people could                        2/ …………………..

    buy one. These early time bicycles looked very different from                      3/ …………………..

    the ones we have them today. Later, when bicycles became                                     4/…………………..

    cheaper, many lot people bought one. People started riding                          5/ …………………..

    bicycles to work and in their with free time. Today, people use                    6/ …………………..

    cars more than bicycles; cars are much more faster and you                          7/ …………………..

    don’t get wet when it start rains! But some people still prefer to                  8/ …………………..

    cycle to work . They say that there have are too many cars in                       9/ …………………..

    town centers and you can’t able find anywhere to park!                                10/ …………………

    b/         Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions.

    1. George fell ………….the bladder while he was painting the ceiling.
    2. We stopped everyone ……………..leaving the building.
    3. Admission ……………..university depends …………………examination results.
    4. Don’t use that dictionary. It is ………….date. Find one that is ……………….date.

    Question 6: Do as directed

    1. My friend had excellent ideas. He did a good job, too.

    (join into one sentence, using not only…..but…as well )

    1. His explanation is not clear. The examples he gives are not clear.

                ( join into one sentence, using  : neither……………nor)

    1. People say that the price of gold is going up. ( change into passive voice.)
    2. He asked me: “When will you give this book back to me?” ( change into Reported speech)
    3. Seldom did people travel far from home years ago. (Use the ordinary word order)
    4. He was given a gift. So were you. ( Join into one sentence, using “as well“)
    5. You may be intelligent, but you should be careful about this ( start with “No matter……..”
    6. He made a great discovery. He was very proud of it. ( Combine into one sentence)
    7. Lan found it difficult to accept the situation. ( rewrite with: difficulty)
    8. The farmers had applied new technology in their fields. The output of rice was raised.

    (Combine with: Thanks to ………..which…………)

     

    TEST 4

    Question 1:

    a-Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.

    1. ( father to his children) : You may go out now but (be) sure (get)  back before

    it (get) dark.

    1. If only I ( have ) money with me, I ( lend ) you some.
    2. The vase (break) when it (move) to the other room.
    3. “Where is Jane?” “Down stairs sir” .”She (greet) the guests.”
    4. How you (get) on at school ?
    5. They wish it ( not  rain ) much in London.

                b/ Finish the following tag questions

    1. Nobody called on the phone, ……………?
    1. You have never been there, ………………?
    1. Everything is all right,…………………?
    2. Everyone took the test, …………………. ?

    Question 2: Complete the following sentences with an appropriate form of the word in the brackets.

    1. It is very …….. to live in a damp room.                                                           ( health )
    2. Many ………… families have to live in hostels.                                                ( home )
    3. Artists are ……… people.                                                                                 ( create )
    4. I ………..this morning, and was late for school                                                (sleep)
    5. We have a …………..newspaper                                                                       (week)
    6. A………..person is one who is kind.                                                                 (think)
    7. I had my trousers ………….because they were too short                                  (long)
    8. The knife may need ………….before it is used                                                 (sharp)

    Question 3     Choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete each sentence.

    1. From now on , we won’t be able to go out as much as we ……..
    2. were             b. had                          c. used to                     d. will
    3. The new school opens ……….
    4. now             b. at once                     c. next week                d. day by day
    5. Sorry, I’m late, but I had a lot of …….. to do.
    6. job               b. work                        c. task                          d. labour
    7. When the police arrived, we were pleased to see ………
    8.   him             b. him or her                c. it                              d. them
    9. Nothing will prevent him …………….. succeeding

    a: in ;               b: at ;                           c: from ;                       d: on

    Question 4:

    • Fill in the blanks with the appropriate prepositions.
    1. Hue is famous ……………its historical vestiges.
    2. He got back home ……………school at 5 P.M.
    3. I cut the paper ……………..a pair of scissors.
    4. I put salt in my coffee…………….mistake.
    5. Have you got money ……….you?
    6. I borrowed some money …………my mother.

    b- Write sentences using suggested words.

    1. Please/ not go out / until / rain / stop.
    2. I / always / get on / first bus / and / arrive / school / 7.30
    3. I/ look forward / see/ you / soon.
    4. Mother/ used / getting / early / morning.
    5. Arrive/ Hanoi/ twenty minutes`time.

    Question 5 Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.

    1. John doesn’t always speak the truth, I’m afraid.

    You can’t …………………………………………….

    1. Your hair is long . You ought to get it cut.

    Your hair is long . It …………………………………

    1. Does this camera belong to you ?

    Do …………………………………

    1. I will call the police if you don’t leave me alone !

    Unless ……………………………………………..

    1. Couldn’t you find a better hotel ?

    Is this………………………….

    1. It took us 3 hours to open the door.

    We ………………………………………

    1. Mark is too young to get married.

    Mark is not …………………………..

    1. He never has enough money.

    He’s always ……………….

    1. He could not afford to buy the car.

    The car ………………………

    1. She knows a lot more about it than I do.

    I don’t know ………………..

    Câu 6: :  Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space.

     

    Public transport in London is expensive. The fare (1)………..on the length of the journey; you can not buy books of tickets in advance. Children (2)……….sixteen pay half  and those under five travel free, you usually(3)………….bus tickets from a  conductor. But on some buses you pay the driver. Most London(4) ………..are double-deckers.

    On the (5)………railway (or tube) you buy your ticket from a (6)………..or ticket office, and give it up at the (7)……….of the journey. Not all trains from one (8)…………go to the same place, so watch the signs. The last train leaves at about 00.15.

    TEST 5

    Question 1: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.

    1. The vase broke when it (move) to the other room.
    2. When I entered his room, I saw him ( sleep ) in a chair.
    3. If only I ( have ) money with me, I ( lend ) you some.
    4. why are you under the table?    You (look) for something?
    5. David (wash) his hands. He just (repair) the TV set
    6. The radio (play) since 7 a.m. I wish someone would turn it off.
    7. “Where is Jane?” “Down stairs sir” .”She (greet) the guests.”
    8. How you (get) on at school ?

    Question 2: Complete the following sentences with an appropriate form of the word in the brackets.

    1.  I had my trousers …….. (long) because they were too short.
    2. I believe you because you are ………. ( truth ).
    3. Young children are often very …….. ( live ) . They can’t sit still for a moment.
    4. A …….. ( think ) person is the one who is kind.
    5. I feel so ……….. ( sleep ) that I’m going to bed.
    6. The weather was terrible, so we had a very ………. ( please ) holiday.
    7. I spent my ……… (child) in the country.
    8.  The old couple have saved a lot of money for their………( retire   )

    Question 3:  Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space.

    Population growth is a serious (1)………..around the world. At the beginning of the 20th (2)………..,there were about 1.5 billion (3)…….. in the world. In 1984 the world population (4)……….4.8 billion people. By the year 2000, ………..(5) Will be about 6.1 billion. This growth in population is not happening (6)………. For example in Europe the population is not growing at all .(7)………in these countries are smaller now. Only about 2.1 (8)………are born for every woman.

    Question 4: a)Choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete each sentence.

    1. He spent all the money he had won …………. new clothes.

    A: on ;             B: for ;                         C: with  ;                     D: from

    1. It is getting cold. You’d better not ………….. without a coat.

    A: go out ;       B: to go out ;               C: going out;               D: have gone out

    1. Nothing will prevent him …………….. succeeding

    A: in ;             B: at ;                          C: from ;                      D: on

    1. The teacher with …………. we studied last year no longer teaches in our school.

    A: who ;          B: whom ;                   C: whose ;                   D: that

    1. They made me …………… on the floor.

    A: lie ;             B: to lie ;                     C: lying ;                     D: lay

    1. b) Give the noun form of the following words
    1. short proud                       5. arrive
    2. young speak

    Question 5:

    • Fill in the blanks with the appropriate prepositions.
    1. ………first I found the work very tiring, but ……….a few weeks I got used ………..it.
    2. Let’s look these new words ……………..in a dictionary.
    3. Have you said  congratulations …………….Jack?
    4. He was …….prison ………two years ……that time he became interested in pigeons.
    5. He’s tired ………..all the hard work he’s done to day
    1. b) Correct the grammar mistake in the following sentences
    1. I will have Mary to look after the garden
    2. We can speak and eat by our mouths
    3. I don’t know how many pupils are there in my school
    4. I am sitting among you and Lan
    5. I `d rather not to study Maths

    Question 6 Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.

    1. This is the best essay I have ever written.

    Never ………………………..

    1. There was no need for you to have gone to all that trouble.

    You ………………………………………………………

    1. There aren’t many people who have read this novel to the end but John is one of them.

    John is one of…………………..

    1. The food in France is famous.

    France is……………………

    1. She didn’t say a word as she left the room.

    She left the room …

    1. If the work is finished by lunchtime you can go home.

    Get………………………………………………………..

    1. I will call the police if you don’t leave me alone !

    Unless ……………………………………………..

    1. It’s a pity I didn’t take my doctor’s advice.

    I wish …………………………………………………………………..

    1. I won’t go to bed. Peter will get home at midnight.

    …………………………………… until ………………………………

    1. I will pay you the money. I will get a job.

    ………………………………. as soon as …………………………..

    TEST 6

    Question 1:

    a- Supply the correct form of the verbs in parentheses:

    1. I don’t like dogs because I’m very afraid of ( bite )

    2.A: “You (know) the man for many years?”    B: yes, we (be) at school together.

    1. He (work) hard all the week, but today he (have) a good time.
    2. We (have) only bread and butter to eat with our tea as the other tourists (eat) all the sausage and cakes.
    3. I came to class when I ( enter ) the teacher ( finish ) going over the previous lesson and ( write ) something on the blackboard.

    b- Supply the correct form of the words in parentheses:

    1. Both Italians and Polish are famous for their …….( friend ) and good spirit.

    2I am looking for a …………. (suit)gift for an old lady

    1. India gained her ……..( depend ) from Britain after world war II.
    2. He was very ……………. (pride)of the work he had done
    3. I ……( sleep ) this morning , and was late for school.

    6.I am bored . I need some ………… ( excite)in my life.

    1. Young children are often very ……………(live)
    2. Unless you ……………. (apology) I wont forgive you.

    Question 2 : Supply the missing prepositions.

    1. Whom does she fall ……….love ………..?
    2. Bill is jealous ……….anyone who has something he hasn’t .
    3. I was ………….to go out when telephone rang
    4. Jim learns a lot ………..her brother, a well-known writer
    5. Have you got money ……….you?
    6. Please tell me …………once!
    7. May I introduce you …………Miss Brown?
    8. He was ill ………a week and ………..that week his wife never left his side.

    Question 3: Put one suitable word in each space.

    I’m a writer, and I work ……1……. home. It doesn’t particularly ……..2……. where my house is, as long as it is ……3……. nice house. But last year my wife ……..4….. a job in a different part of the country. So, we had to move. This was our first ……….5…….. of ……6……. one house and selling another at the same time. I wouldn’t like to do it again. We quickly saw the house ………7…….. we wanted. It was then that our problems began: The people who wanted to buy our house couldn’t sell ……..8……… and the man ……..9….. house we wanted couldn’t find a house he liked. It ……..10……… us nine months to buy the house. Now, I’m not sure if I like it.

    Question 4: Choose the best answer among a, b, c, or d.

    1. I’ve been looking for this book for months and ……. I found it.
    2. at last b. in time c. at the end                d. at present
    3. I was just ……… to go out when you telephoned.
    4. around b. about c. thinking                   d. planned
    5. Take this road and you will ……….. at the hotel in five minutes.
    6. arrive b. come c. find                          d. reach
    7. The train will be leaving in five minutes so you ……. better hurry up.
    8. had b. should c. will                          d. would
    9. They would ………… go by air than spend a week travelling by train.
    10. always b. rather c. prefer                       d. better
    11. I’d like to ………… a three – minute call to London.
    12. make b. phone c. set                            d. do
    13. ………. Your house painted last year ?
    14. did b. was c. had                          d. Have
    15. It’s an hour since he ……… , so he must be at the office now.
    16. is leaving b. was leaving c. has left d. left

    Question 5:

    1. Rewrite the following sentences that keep the same meaning.
    2. It was so late that nothing could be done

    It was too….

    1. Bill is going to write to me. I will tell you all his news

    ………………………………..when…………………………..

    1. She didn’t say a word as she left the room.

    She left the room …

    1. Keeping calm is the secret of passing your driving test

    As long as ………………………………………

    1. They never made us do anything we didn’t want to do

    We …………………

    1. It ‘s a pity I didn’t take my doctor’s advice.

    I wish……………………………………………

    1. They made him wait for two hours.

    He was ………………………………….

    1. It took us 3 hours to open the door.

    We ………………………………………

    1. A train leaves at 7 o’clock every morning.

    There is ………………………………..

    1. During dinner, the phone rang.

    While I ………………………

    1. Change these sentences into passive voice
    2. I’ll ask some one to paint my house blue.
    3. I don’t like people laughing me at my mistake.
    4. Did anyone see you come in ?
    5. I want you to leave me alone.

    TEST 7

    Question 1: Complete this report, putting the verbs in the right tense.

    As I (1- get) ..… into my car my neighbour ( 2- shout) …… out of his front window and  (3- ask)…..… me where I (4 – go ) …..… . When I (5- tell) …… him I  (6- go ) …… to town he (7- ask )… if I (8- can)…… give him a lift into work.  He (9- be ) …… afraid he (10- be ) …… late for work because his car (11- break down )……  and it (12- not start ) …… . I explained that I (13- not go )…… into town but I (14- can ) …… give him a lift to the railway station.

    Question 2 : Fill in the blank with the right word or phrase.

    1. hurry, be in a hurry.
    2. Well, I can’t stay longer, I …… I’ve got much work to do.
    3. Don’t …… We’ve got half an hour left.
    4. Speak slowly. Don’t …… .
    5. I met him the other day but couldn’t speak with him as he …… somewhere.
    6. carry, take, bring
    7. …… your dictionaries to class tomorrow. We’ll do some translation.
    8. Will you …… these books back to the library. We don’t need them any longer.
    9. Help Lucy to …… these suitcases. They are very heavy.
    10. “Where is the article ?”

    “I’am  afraid, I haven’t …… it.”

    Question 3: Fill in the blank with  must, have to, or  be to.

    1. “It’s eight o’clock. The children ……. go to bed”, Mr Brown said to the nurse.
    2. He told me that I ……. learn by heart some twenty lines every day to know Enlish well.
    3. He ……. stay the night with us because he was missed the last bus.
    4. I ……. start on my new job on Monday.
    5. She …….. learn to do things for herself. I refuse to help her in future.
    6. He …….. stay the night with us and tomorrow he sets off on his tour to Europe.
    7. We …….. begin as early as possible or we shan’t finish it today.
    8. My mother says that I ……. not be out after 11 o’clock but I don’t have to hurry home because she herself is out playing bridge.
    9. My bike was under repair and I ………. collect it that afternoon.
    10. My bike is under repair and I ………. walk here this morning.

    Question 4: Fill in each blank with one suitable word.

    The Browns live in the countryside. Last week when they came up to London, they …1… their times in seeing as much as …2… . Mrs Brown was most interested in stores, especially in Oxford Street, and bought some of …3… things which she could not find in the shops in the countryside. Their two children, George and Susan, …4… had never been to London before, were surprised …5… the crowds everywhere. They enjoyed travelling on the underground and going down the moving stairs …6… lead to the platforms.

    One day they went to Hyde Park and walked along on the grass to Kensington Garden …7… the bright autunm sunshine. It was very quiet here. Only …8… noise from the streets reminded them that they were still in a city. The …9… of the tall trees were turning red, brown and yellow, birds were …10… about, sheep …11… eating the grass, there were …12… of flowers, and ducks were swimming about on the Round Pond. George, …13… hobby was planes and boats, was very much interested in the model boats which boys were sailing …14… the Pond.

    Before the end of the week they had seen a great …15… . They hoped, however, to see more of London on their next visit.

    Question 5: Read the text below then choose the right sentence  a, b, c or d.

    Baby

    It was a beautiful spring day: the sun was shining, the sky was blue. In the centre of London a policeman cried. He saw a man with a big lion. They were walking down the street.

    “Hey,you!” he said. “What are you doing here with this lion? You can’t walk around the streets with a lion. Take it to the Zoo !”

    “OK, officer. I want to show Baby the town.”

    The man opened the door of his car and the lion jumped in. The car went away.

    The next day the police officer saw the same man and the same lion again.

    “Hey, you!” he said.” Come over here! And bring that lion with you!”

    The man took the lion to the police officer.

    “What’s the problem, officer?”

    “Problem? I told you yesterday to take the lion to the Zoo!”

    “Oh, I did, officer, I took Baby to the Zoo. He enjoyed it very much. But today, I am taking him to the swimming pool !”

    1. a- It wasn’t raining that day.

    b- A policeman saw a man with a dog in the centre of New York.

    c- The man and his pet were walking along the park.

    d- The man didn’t have a car.

    1. a- The lion couldn’t get into the car, the lion was too big.

    b- The policeman took the lion to the Zoo and put the lion into the cage.

    c- The man showed his pet the Zoo.

    d- The policeman was happy to see a man with a lion in the centre of London.

    1. a- The man had a baby. It was a nice girl of three.

    b- Baby was the lion’s name.

    c- The policeman told the man to show Baby the town.

    d- The lion visited the London Zoo.

    1. a- The man could drive a car.

    b- The lion didn’t like the Zoo at all.

    c- The policeman took the lion to the swimming pool.

    1. The policeman met people with lions in London streets every day.
    2. a- The lion was the man’s pet.

    b- The man had a baby lion as a pet.

    c- The policeman showed the park and the school to the lion.

    d- When the policeman saw the man with the lion he got very hungry.

    Question 6: Rewrite the following sentences that keep the same meaning.

    1. I was very interested in our conversation. It was interesting …………………..
    2. Why did you do that ? Whatever …………………………… ?
    3. These bookshelves are my own work. I made ………………………………
    4. I don’t play tennis as well as you do. You ………………………………….
    5. I haven’t been to the dentist’s for two years. It’s ………………………………………
    6. Whenever she went to Paris she bought a new dress. She never ………
    7. I spent seven years at secondary school and then I went to university.

    After ……………………………………………………………………..

    1. It’s not worth living to make her change her mind.

    There’s ………………………………………………

    TEST 8

    Question 1: Pick out the word with the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others.

    1.  a. stored                     b. ploughed                 c. laughed                    d. smiled
    2. a. name                        b. natural                     c. native                       d. nation
    3. a. blood                       b. food                                    c. moon                       d. pool
    4. a. both                         b. myth                        c. with                         d. sixth
    5. a. candy                       b. sandy                       c. many                        d. handy

    Question 2: Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets.

    1. The man who (rescue) had been in the sea for ten hours.
    2. People always (blame) their circumstances for what they are.
    3. You (stop) by a policeman if you (try) to cross the road now.
    4. I was just about (leave) the office when the phone rang.
    5. I’d rather (live) in Ancient Greece than Ancient Rome
    6. Quick! There(be) an accident. Phone the hospital. The accident (happen) when that red car (shoot) out of the side street without warning.
    7. There (be) no guests at all since I left.
    8. This palace (say)(build) in three years.
    9. I know, but I can’t help ( have) a cup of tea after dinner. It is one of my greatest pleasures since I quit (smoke).
    10. By the end of this week my illness (cost) me $ 100

    Question 3: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. After the explosion, only two people were left …….                          (live)
    2. “Look after your mother”, were his …………words                             (die)
    3. ……..was one of three problems facing the Vietnamese government after the August Revolution in 1945.                                                                                                 ( literacy)
    4. She always listens…………to what she is told                                      (attention)
    5. She cut herself and it’s ………..quite badly.                                         (blood)
    6. Is it possible to ………between a hobby and an interest?                                (distinct)
    7. It was a long, slow film. I nearly died of ………………                                    (bore)
    8. On a ………..day we receive about fifty letters.                                              (type)
    9. Freedom of ………..is one of the fundamental rights.                         (speak)
    10. The duty of the police is the ………….of law and order.                                 (maintain)

    Question 4: Choose the word or phrase that best complete each sentence.

    1. I’d like to stay ……. Sunday, if that’s OK.

    A- to                            B- by                           C- until                        D- at

    1. Have you had much experience ……… computers ?

    A- with                        B- in                            C- for                          D- about

    1. Andrew came to the party ………….he hadn’t been invited.
    1. although B. despite C. incase                      D. even
    1. PO box stands ………. “Post Office” box.
    1. as B. like C. for                           D. by
    2. It was Sunday ……………….. shop was open, all the others were closed.
    3. One B. a C. An                          D. Some
    1. He’s always telling …………lies.
    1. x B. a little C. a few                      D. the
    1. …………….are allowed in the city center.
    1. None cars B. No cars C. No of cars               D. no car
    1. I’ve told you time and time ……….not to leave the  door open.
    1. to B. over C. again                       D. before
    1. ……………happens, I shall stand by you.
    1. Whatever B. What C. Which                     D. That
    1. Don’t let a good chance go ………
    1. on B. off C. by                           D. over
    1. He was only nine, but he ate ………….his father did.
    1. much than B. more than that C. as much as              D. as much than
    1. Stop now! You’ve done …………..work for one day.
    1. too many B. plenty C. quite more              D. quite enough
    1. Let’s go for a walk, ………….we?
    1. will B. do C. shall                        D. must
    1. She can’t get home …………she has no money.
    1. unless B. if C. until                        D,. without
    1. The librarian went to look in the cupboard ………rare books are kept.
    1. which B. where C. that                         D. there

    Question 5: Fill in each blank with one suitable word.

    John Lennon was born in Livepool in 1940. He was always (1)…………. on music and played in pop groups (2)…………school and Art College. John got married (3)……………….. Cynthia in 1962 and they had a son, (4)………..name was Julian. At that (5)……….., John was member of a group (6) ………..”The Beatles”. Many beautiful songs (7)……….. written by John and wherever the group went, crowds of fans gathered to see them. They (8) ……………. scream and faint when “The Beatles” played, and lot of people (9)………..their hair cut in a Beatles styles. Soon everyone had heard of “The Beatles” and John was (10) ………..richer than he had ever been.

    Question 6: Read the passage and then answer the questions below.

    Alfred Bernard Nobel (1833 – 1896) a Swedish scientist was the first man to make dynamite. He allowed his invention to be used in peace. However, he saw it being used in war to destroy things, he was extremely unhappy. On his death, he left all his money to be spent upon a prize every year. The Nobel Prize is now one of the greatest prizes that a person can ever receive. It is given every year for the best work in one of the following subjects: Physics, Chemistry, Medicine; Literature and Peace. Some of the world’s greatest scientists are asked to choose who should be given the prizes.

      1. What was Nobel’s invention about?
      2. How was he when he knew his invention being used for bad purpose?
      3. Did he give all the money to his relatives on his death?
      4. What is his money used for?
      5. Can we choose who should be given the prizes? If not, who can?

    Question 7:

    1. a) Circle the letter of the underlined portion which is not correct and correct it
    1. After George had returned to his house, he was reading a book

    A                       B            C           D

    1. George has not completed the assignment yet, and Maria hasn’t neither.

    A                                    B               C                                  D

    1. Although my sister was tired, but she helped me with my homework.

    A               B               C            D

    1. Nha Trang, that has a long beach, attracts many foreign visitors.

    A             B                     C                    D

    1. A new department store was building in our town last month

    A                              B                  C                                    D

    1. b) Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.
    1. He/ learn / English / two years now.
    2. cars/ buses/ move along/ slowly / because / weather / foggy.
    3. Nobody / predict/ what / happen.
    4. The noise / the traffic/ prevented /me/ go to sleep/
    5. since / beginning/ course / I / never/ be late / class.

    Question 8: Rewrite the following sentences, beginning each sentences with the cues

    1. He is on the fifteenth page of the report he’s typing.
    • So far he …………………………………………………………….
    1. My English friend finds using chopsticks difficult.
    • My English friend isn’t …………………………………………
    1. That car’s so expensive, I don’t think I can buy it.
    • It’s such ……………………………………………………………..
    1. I’ve never heard a more amusing story than this one.
    • This is ……………………………………………………………….
    1. I was on the point of leaving the house when the telephone rang.
    • I was ………………………………………………………………….
    1. I never intended to help such a man.
    • I never had ………………………………………………………….
    1. “I’ve seen the film three times, Mary”, said George.
    • George told ……………………………………………………..
    1. I don’t really like her, even though I admire her achievement.
    • Much …………………………………………………………………
    1. If people deliberately start a fire, they should be punished.
    • I think anyone ……………………………………………………
    1. I’d like to have more time to study, but I haven’t .
    • I wish ……………………………………………………………….

    TEST 9

    Question 1: Pick out the word with the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others.

    1.  a. helped                     b. booked                    c. hoped                      d. waited
    2. a. pays             b. stays                        c. says                          d. plays
    3. a. wants                       b. says                         c. looks                        d. laughs
    4. a. machine                   b. washing                   c. brush                        d. chin
    5. a. theme                       b. there                        c. thin                          d. thank

    Question 2: Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets.

    1. We don’t enjoy (use) as cheap labour.
    2. An eyewitness described how ten people (kill) in the fire.
    3. The radio (play) since 7 a.m. I wish someone would turn it off.
    4. (call), the milkmaid went to see the farmer.
    5. She (be) here but she (go) down with flu
    6. Don’t be upset. I (understand) perfectly
    7. He (work) on the report when you (arrive) this afternoon
    8.  I will ring the bell one more if he (not answer),I think he must( go) out
    9. I am sorry about the noise last night. We (have) a party.
    10. I distinctly remember (pay) him. I gave him two dollars
    11. It is difficult to get used to (eat) with chopsticks
    12. Listen to this ! I think this news (surprise) you.

    Question 3: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. He is looking …………..thinner                                                             ( appreciate)
    2. The water in this lake is rather ……………., like sea water.                  ( salt)
    3.  The………….of his wife was a great blow to him.                               ( lose)
    4. We’ll………..our room with some roses                                               (beauty)
    5. Trung’s sense of humor ……….him from other students.                     ( distinct)
    6. The homemade ice-cream ………..after it had been in the freezer for an hour. (hard)
    7. Where is the …………to his shopping centre?                                      (enter)
    8. There’s no easy ………….to this problem                                              (solve)
    9. Don’t be so………..; we’ve only been waiting for a few minutes.       (patient)
    10. In ancient Greece, the owl was a symbol of …………              (wise)

    Question 4: Choose the word or phrase that best complete each sentence.

    1. the beautiful village is sheltered ………….the weather by the mountain.
    1. from B. by C. in                            D. of
    1. It is better to try to work ………..rather than against nature.
    1. for B. with C. by                           D. along
    1. My friend Nigel, ……….works in the city, earns much more than I do.
    1. that B. which C. who                        D. whose.
    1. My bag’s gone. I’ve been ………..
    1. stolen B. robbed C. kidnapped              D. thieved
    1. I’ll be there ……………I can.
    1. sooner as B. no sooner as C. as soon as               D. soonest as.
    1. Listen carefully. I’m going to give you ……….advice.
    1. a few B. some C. few                         D. little
    1. Call an ambulance. There’s been ………………
    1. accident B. an accident C. some accident D. any accident
    1. ………….the time you get to the theatre, the play will have finished.
    1. Until B. In C. By                           D. On
    1. It was ………….hot day that we decided to leave work early.
    1. so B. such C. a so                         D. such a
    1. He seldom goes fishing, ……………….?
    1. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he                   D. isn’t he
    1. She spoke quietly to him …………nobody else could hear a word.
    1. because B. if C. although                 D. so that
    1. …………..weather ! We can’t go out for a walk now.
    1. How terrible B. What terrible C. How a terrible        D. What a terrible
    1. The articles …………. the magazine publishes are very scholarly.
    1. which B. of C. and                         D. in
    1. The manager ………. welcomed us to the hotel.

    A- themselves B- oneself                    C- himself                   D- itself

    1. This one is prettier, but it costs ……… as the other one.

    A- as much as  B- twice as much        C- as many                  D- twice as many

    Question 5: Fill in each blank with one suitable word.

    Most …1.. the addicts are men. They come home …2…… work, eat their meal quickly and then spend the evening ….3……. their computers. Some of them make programs, …4…… most of them just play games. Some wives say the computer is killing their marriage. Their husbands play until three…..5….four o’clock ….6…… the morning and all weekend. People call these lonely wives “computer widows”.

    When television became popular  …7…… the 1950s, doctors said it caused “television neck”, “TV eyes” and other new illnesses. Now it is the home computer. People say it causes headaches, backaches and makes their eyes tired. But worst ….8…… all, it is addictive. That means it is ..9…. drinking, smoking or taking drugs. Some people can’t stop …10…..it.

    Question 6: Read the passage and choose the best answer.

    An important part of world history is the story of communication. In prehistoric times, for example, people did not have books. They did not know much about geography. People were limited. They knew only about themselves and their environment (the land around their homes). Their knowledge of geographical things like  mountains and rivers was limited. They did not travel very far. Sometimes they knew about nearby people and communicated with them. They sent messages in simple ways. Early signals  for communication included smoke from fires and the sounds of drums.

    Then people formed towns, and then cities, as safe places to live. Soon they began to develop other ways to communicate, to spread information. People began to buy and sell things to one another. Because of their business, they developed writing systems to keep records and to send messages. Life was changing for many people. Business caused changes, and so did the invention of the printing press. Many more people learned to read then.

    Suddenly communication and knowledge improved greatly. People sent letters and news by horse and carriage. Later the mail went by train and then by airplane. World communication was now a possibility.

    1. Prehistory was ………………….
      1. 200 years ago, when we had history books.
      2. many years ago, before history books were written.
      3. after the development of the printing press.
    2. People live in their …………………….
      1. horse carriage
      2. own environments.
      3. Businesses.
    3. Mountains and rivers are geographical things. So is ……………..
    1. smoke b. a drum c. the ocean
    1. Many more people learned to read …………..the invention of the printing press.
    1. during b. before c. after
    1. the main idea of the reading text
      1. An important part of world history is the story of communication.
      2. In prehistoric times, for example, people did not have books.
      3. Then people formed towns, and then cities, as safe places to live.

    Question 7:

    1. a) Choose the letter of the underlined portion which is not correct and correct it
    1. There’s a new Oriental restaurant in town, isn’t it?

    A    B                                       C           D

    1. Nam seldom pays his bills on time, and his brother does too.

    A                 B                C                        D

    1. Mai didn’t go to the zoo with her friends last Sunday because her sickness

    A                                             B                                 C                     D

    1. The water and land around the chemical factory are serious polluted.

    A                              B                  C                                 D

    1. Our neighbor will look for the garden when we go on holiday.

    A                       B                             C               D

    1. b) Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.
    1. Look! / sun / set / mountains
    2. I/ wait/ half an hour/ but she/ not come.
    3. If I/ be/ him / I / choose/ English / learn
    4. In/ end/ I decide/ not buy / dictionary / because/ too expensive.
    5. This video film / so interesting / I / see /twice.

    Question 8: Rewrite the following sentences, beginning each sentences with the cues

    1. Ann is good-looking and well-behaved.
    • Not only ……………………………………………..
    1. I think you should tell the police about the accident.
    • If I ……………………………………………………………..
    1. “Have you got any free time next week?” Mandy asked.
    • Mandy asked ……………………………………………………….
    1. She can’t have more children because of her age.
    • She is too ……………………………………………………………..
    1. The children’s singing was really beautiful.
    • The children sang …………………………………………….
    1. It’s a cross-country vehicle with five doors.
    • It’s a five …………………………………………………………
    1. I think that no city in the world is more beautiful than Paris.
    • I think Paris ……………………………………………………..
    1. The flight to Moscow lasted three and half hours.
    • It took…………………………………………………………
    1. Henry regretted buying the second-hand car.
    • Henrry wished………………………………………………
    1. I tried as hard as I could, but I just couldn’t get the money.
    • No matter ………………………………………………………

     

    TEST 10

    Question I:     Choose one word that is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1- A. town            B. how             C. grow                    D. cow

    2- A. exciting       B. bridge          C. combine              D.  die

    3- A. washed        B. worked        C. watched              D.  naked

    4- A. card              B. dark             C. adventure            D.  harvest

    5- A. notice          B. shopping        C. topic                    D.  crossing

    Question II:    Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets

    1. His hair is short . He (have) a haircut.
    2. He said that he (see) that man before.
    3. If today (be) Sunday, we would go picnic.
    4. I hope the dog (feed) well.
    5. This house didn’t use to (paint) green.
    6. My father told me (not stay) up too late.
    7. She wishes she (not punish) tomorrow.
    8. The hotel we stayed at was quite good. The rooms (clean) everyday.
    9. When I  met him , he (talk) to his friends in the bookstore.
    10. I wonder why Mary(not invite) to the wedding party last night.
    11. It’s ages since I last (have) Chinese food.
    12. Don’t worry! the plane (land) in a moment.
    13. If I (tell) before, I would have come to your wedding.
    14. She gets used to (take) to the zoo on weekends.
    15. By the time you come home, I (finish) decorating our room.

    Question III:     Complete sentences using the correct form of the words in brackets.

    1-  This dictionary is not so big but it is  ……………….                              ( inform )

    2- She looks  ………………..  in her new dress.                                            ( attract )

    3- The ………………. have to cook rice in this contest.                                ( participate )

    4- Old people often have ………………………. in breathing.                         ( difficult )

    5- There were  two ……………… yesterday: Boxing and Swimming.          ( compete )

    6-  I don’t think she has the ………………. to do this work.                         ( able )

    7-  How …………………. of you to break that glass!                                     ( care )

    8-  Some of my ………… live in a village outside Thanh Hoa city.             ( relate )

    9-  The house is large but it is terribly   ……………….   to live in .              ( comfort)

    10-We should learn about keeping our environment  ………………. .           ( pollute )

    Question IV:  Choose the best answer to complete the following sentenses.

    Young generation is fond …………….. wearing Jeans.

    1. in B. at C. of                  D. on

    There is always ……………… traffic in the city centre at rush hours.

    1. strong B. full C. heavy            D. many

    How many people took part ………….. the contest?

    1. in B. from C. with               D. to

    I want to ask my parents ………………. some money.

    1. from B. for C. with                D. about

    You are very different …………………… your brother.

    1. to B. for C. with                D. from

    I am better ……………………  English than Nam.

    than        B. with          C. at                   D. for

    You will not pass the exam ……………………. working harder.

    1. unless B. if C. without            D. although

    It was raining very ……………………. so I had to wear my raincoat.

    1. wet B. badly C. hard                D.  heavy

    Mr Dung said he ………………………… 35 the following week.

    1. was B. is C. will be             D. would be

    10- Don’t let the good chance go …………………… .

    1. by B. on              C. over                 D. off

    11- I wish I …………………………… to him .Now it’s too late.

    1. listened B. has listened      C. had listened        D. would have listened

    12- In Britain, you’ll be given a key ……….. the door when you’re 21 years old.

    1. of B. for             C. to                    D. at

    13- The man …………….. our teacher is taking to is the headmaster of our school.

    1. who                B. which         C. whom            D. whose

    14- No one knows what is happening here …………….. Mary and Tom.

    1. and B. but             C. however        D. with

    15- What is ………….  ,a dog or a cat?

    1. intelligent B. more intelligent     C. as intelligent   D. the most intelligent

    Question V:      Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word.

    Dear Thuy,

    We are having an …….(1)….. time in Hoi An . The streets here are so ….(2)……  that cars are not allowed to the center of the …(3)…. .Therefore we have to ….(4)…… .The houses are very ….(5)….. but beautiful. However, I don’t like the way they do business here. It seems that every house has a shop to sell  ……..(6)…… and other stuffs. The people are very …..(7)…… and helpful. The food looks funny but it …..(8)…… quite nice. I haven’t ….(9)…… anything for you. But I will buy you some little ….(10)…… lanterns.

    See you next week.

    Love.

    Mathew.

    Question VI:    Read the paragraph. Then choose the best answer for each question.

    Christmas .

    Two popular traditions at Christmas are : decorating the home and singing the Christmas carols. The home is the center of the Christmas celebration. Inside, an evergreen tree is usually placed in the corner of the Living room. Children and their parents  wrap string of colorful lights around the tree, they hang ornaments on the branches . A star or angle often crowns the top. Careful- wrapped gifts are placed beneath. Outside, families often string lights around the windows and wind light around trees and shrubs in the front yard. As the families decorate their homes, they often put on Christmas record. Almost every family has at least one favorite album or compact disc. School children of all ages perform Christmas concerts for their parents and communities. On Christmas’ Eve, family members gather around Christmas tree to sing traditional songs Such as Jingle bells and Silent night and then give presents to each other.

    Questions.

    • What are the popular traditions at Christmas?
    1. a) Decorating the home. b) Singing Christmas carols.
    2. c) Eating Christmas pudding. d) a and b are correct.
    • Where is the evergreen put ?

    a)In the middle of the living room.                                c) In the middle of the bedroom.

    b)In the corner of the living room.                                 d) In the corner of the bedroom.

    • How do they decorate the Christmas tree?
    1. a) They wrap string of colorful lights around the tree. c) They crown a star on the top.
    2. b) They hang ornaments on branches d) a,b and c are correct.
    • What do the family members often do on Christmas’ Eve ?
    1. a) They gather around Christmas tree.
    2. b) They sing traditional songs.
    3. c) They gather around the tree, sing traditional song and get presents
    4. d) They give presents to each other.
    • What do they do as they decorate their home ?
    1. a) They sing traditional songs. c) They eat Christmas pudding.
    2. b) They put on Christmas record. d) a , b and c are correct.

    Question VII:

    • Each sentence has one mistake. Find and correct it.

    1- He usually works hardly.

    2- I wish it would stop to rain tomorrow.

    3- I am in class 9A ,  I   aren’t ?

    4- She has much money than I do.

    5- He advises me don’t get up late.

    • Complete the sentences with the words given.

    1- She/ say / enjoy / Vietnamese food / much.

    2- I / tell / him /the truth/ if / I / be / you.

    3- My father/ used to/ smoke / when/ he / young.

    4- Mai /bad / at/ Math/ than / Lan Anh.

    5- Hoa/ have / many/ books/ than/ her/ sister

    Question VIII:     Rewrite the following sentences so that they stay the same meaning.

    • It was a dirty house because we hadn’t clean it for weeks.

    – The house………………………………………………………………..

    • A painter painted our house last month

    – We…………………………………………………………………………

    • Have you ever driven this kind of car?

    – Do you…………………………………………………………………..?

    • Who wrote this story ?

    – By…………………………………………………………………………..?

    • They leave me alone at home at night. I’m afraid of this.

    – I am……………………………………………………………………….

    6- Tom is the best football player in his club.

    – No one……………………………………………………………………

    7- I have never seen a more beautiful house than this.

    -This……………………………………………………………………….

    8- Do you have to do your homework tonight?

    –  Does……………………………………………………………………?

    9- I don’t have a bigger problem than Listening.

    – My ……………………………………………………………………..

    10- Has anybody shown you what to do?

    –  Have you……………………………………………………………..?

    TEST 11

    Question I:     Choose one word that is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1. few b. new                         c. threw                       d. knew
    2. nicest b. largest                      c. hottest                     d. best
    3. can b. cell                           c. call                           d. cold
    4. played b. cooked                    c. examined                 d. called
    5. eggs             b. floors                       c. books                       d. pens

    Question II:    Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets

    1. Mr Brown  just ( finish) reading the letter when the telephone  on his desk ( ring)
    2. Those students who ( fail) the exam are going to take another one held in August
    3. Hurry up or you ( be) late for class.
    4. Hurry up or our favourite TV programme ( be) over long before we ( reach) home
    5. I  ( not have ) much time for entertainment  these days.
    6. Look! A man ( run) after the bus. He wants to catch it.
    7. We don’t  want to ( pay ) low wages.
    8. Two robbers ( put) in prison  escaped yesterday.
    9. It is 2 years since I ( last give) presents on Christmas day.
    10. Nothing ( do) about this problem for months
    11. If it ( be not) for your help, I could not have passed the exam.
    12. I wish they ( pass) their exam next year.
    13. Were you to have  a car what you ( do)?

    Question III:     Complete sentences using the correct form of the words in brackets.

    1. I believe you because I know you are … …( truth)
    2. The factory was …..so the management tried to cut cost by making some workers redundant. ( compete)
    3. The alpine ….is very dramatic. ( land)
    4. You can find out what a book is about by looking at its table of …..( contain)
    5. When Pele retired, it was a great ……to the Brazilian soccer. ( lose)
    6. It is really quite ….. that we should have been at the same college without having met before. ( ordinary)
    7. Leisure habits won’t change much in the … ( see)
    8. I don’t think Tom’s getting too much sleep lately. His eyes are terribly …. ( blood)
    9. All of his ….are about love. ( poet)
    10. The …..staff consists of ten experienced journalists. ( edit)

    Question IV:  Choose the best answer to complete the following sentenses.

    1. There was hardly ……money left in  my bank account.
    1. more b. no c. some                                    d. any
    1. You are .who noticed.
    1. the single b. the only c. only one                               d. the only one
    1. Their house is .. near the Cathedral .
    1. whereabouts b. anywhere c. somewhere                          d. anyplace
    1. The reason I left is .I was bored.
    1. why b. that c. while                                    d. for
    1. I will go on holiday ..I can.
    1. as soon as b. as c. until                                     d. how
    1. I am sorry I ……your party. I was away at the time.
    1. lost b. failed c. told                                      d. missed
    1. We ….her a happy birthday.
    1. wished b. said c. told                                      d. wanted
    1. Your room is a mess! ….it up at once.
    1. Arrange b. Make c. Tidy                                                 d. Do
    1. Could you ….me ten pounds until next payday?
    1. let b. provide c. borrow                                 d. lend
    1. Bill has ….his job and gone back to college.
    1. let off b. given up c. passed up                             d. withdrawn
    1. I wish to apply …..the post of surveyor with your company.
    1. in b. for c. to                                         d. with
    1. I came ….a reference to Makonde carving when I was an artist.
    1. across b. into c. over                                     d. for
    1. Does anyone know …..this hat might be?
    1. who b. whom c. whose                                  d. to whom
    1. The old lady was …..exhausted after the long walk.
    1. very b. absolutely c. pretty                                   d. fairly
    1. Nam’s brother does not work as a teacher, and she doesn’t …..
    1. either b. neither c. so                                         d. too

    Question V:                 A- Put one suitable word in the blanks.

    A popular theory  explaining the evolution ..1.. the universe is known as the Big Bang Model. According ..2.. the model, at some time between ten …3.. twenty billion years  ago, all present matter and energy were compressed into a small ball only a few kilometres  in diameter. It was, in effect, an atom …4… contained in the form of pure energy all of the components of the entire universe. Then, at a moment  5..time that astronomers refer to as T = 0, the ball exploded, hurling the energy …6…space. Expansion occurred. As the energy cooled, most …7….it became matter in the form of protons, neutrons and ….8…. These original particles ….9…to form hydrogen and helium, and continue to expand. Matter formed into galaxies with stars and …10.

    B/ Choose the best one.

    1/ Which sentence below best summarizes this passage?

    1. The Big Bang theory does not account for the evolution of the universe.
    2. According to the Big Bang Model, an explosion caused the formation of the
    3. The universe is made of hydrogen and helium.
    4. The universe is more than ten billion years old.

    2/ According  to the passage , when was the universe formed?

    1. Ten billion years ago.
    2. Fifteen billion years ago
    3. At T = 0
    4. Twenty billion years ago

    3/ The environment before the Big Bang is described as all of the following except

    1. compressed matter
    2. energy
    3. all the components of the universe
    4. protons, neutrons and electrons

    4/ The word compressed could best be replaced by.

    1. excited
    2. blanced
    3. reduced
    4. controlled

    5/ It may be inferred that

    1. energy and matter are the same.
    2. Protons, neutrons, and electrons are not matter
    3. Energy may be converted into matter
    4. The galaxies stopped expanding as energy cooled

    Question VI:

         A-  Find the mistakes and correct them in these sentences.

    1. His drawings are as perfect as his instructor.
    2. Although my mother never eats desert, I prefer something sweet.
    3. The price of oil used to be a great deal lower than now, wasn’t it?
    4. John lived in New York since 1960 to 1975, but now he is living in Detroit.
    5. We had better to review this chapter carefully because we will have some questions on it our test.

    B- Make up sentences with the words given.

    1. The hotter/it/miserable/feel./
    2. The sooner/medicine/better/feel/
    3. Lately/not work/hard/as/should/
    4. It/an hour/wash/his car./
    5. Nam/give/a book/ his / last birthday/

    Question VII:    Rewrite  the following sentences and the meaning stays the same.

    1. Your hair is long. You’d better have it cut.

    – Your hair …….

    1. Are you against working on Sunday?

    –  Do you object …..

    1. We looked for the letter everywhere but we didn’t find it.

    –  The letter was …..

    1. When I arrived in China. I wrote a letter home.

    –  On ……

    1. If you hadn’t helped him, he couldn’t have gained such maverllous result.

    –  But ……..

    1. If Nam arrived on time. We could start early.

    –  Were …….

    1. I haven’t seen my old school friend for 2 years.

    –  The last ……

    1. It’ll be necessary for her to give up her job soon.

    –  Soon she……..

    1. This event will always be remembered for the rest of our life.

    –  Never …….

    1. It was my first visit to North America.

    –  I ………

     

     

     

     

    TEST 12

    Question 1: Choose the word whose part underlined is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1.  A. needed                  B. worked                   C. stopped                   D. booked
    2. A. thick                       B. thorough                 C. healthy                    D. weather
    3. A. like                         B. lively                       C. live                          D. life
    4. A. cook                       B. blood                      C. school                     D. look
    5. A. feat                         B. great                       C. seat                         D. fear
    6. A. flame                      B. hate                         C. page                        D. adventure
    7. A. sugar                       B. settle                       C. surprise                   D. sentence
    8. A. helped                    B. liked                       C. watched                  D. hated.
    9. A. good                       B. book                       C. foot                         D. food
    10. A. lie                           B. height                     C. weight                    D. pie

    Question 2: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. There (be) no guests at all since I left.
    2. I am sorry about the noise last night. We (have) a party.
    3. In a few minutes’time, When the clock (strike) six, I (wait) here for three hours
    4. She (sleep) for 10 hours! You must wake her
    5. By this time next year I (save) $ 250.
    6. I distinctly remember (pay) him. I gave him two dollars
    7. The teller was made (lie) down on the floor
    8. Cattle ( allow) to graze on the village  common.
    9. Nothing ( do) about this problem for months

    Question 3:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. He is ……….active in spite of his old age.                                                       ( wonder)
    2. ………….is a very serious problem in many countries                           (employ)
    3. He suffered from constant ……………..                                                            ( sleep)
    4. After the explosion, only two people were left …….                          (live)
    5. Her husband’s death made her life ………..                                                     (mean)
    6. There are more and more people concerning about ……….pollution   (environment)
    7. Is Buddhism the country’s ……….religion of Thailand?                                  (office)
    8. I watch the news everyday because it’s very ………..                          (inform)
    9. I try to speak clearly when I meet a …………                                       ( foreign)
    10. Many pupils at ……….school have already choosen a career.              ( second)

    Question 4:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    The country is (1)………….beautiful than a town and more pleasant to live in. Many people think so, and go to the country (2) ………. the summer holiday though they can’t live (3) …………. all the year round. Some have cottage built in a village (4) ………. that they can go there whenever they (5) ……….find  the time.

    English villages are not alike, but (6)…………. some ways they are not very different from (7) ……………….other. Almost every village (8) ………..a church, the round or square tower of which can (9) …………seen from many miles around. Surrounding the church is the church yard, (10)………. people are buried.

    Question 5: Read the text then answer the question below.

    Education in England

    Every child in Great Britain between the age of five and fifteen must attend school. There are three main types of educational institutions: primary (elementary) schools, secondary schools and universities.

    State schools are free, and attendance is compulsory. Morning school begins at nine o’clock and lasts until half past four. School is open  five days  a week. On Saturdays and Sundays there are no lessons. There are holidays at Christmas, Easter and in summer. In London as in all cities there are two grades of state schools for those who will go to work at fifteen: primary schools for boys and girls between the ages of five and eleven, and secondary schools for children from eleven to fifteen years.

    The lessons are reading, writing , the English language, English literatute, English history, geography, science, Nature study, drawing, painting, singing, woodwork and drill (physical training).

    1. What are three main types of educational institutions?
    2. What are the two grades of state schools for those who will go to work at fifteen?
    3. What subjects do children study at school?
    4. Are state schools free?
    5. When do pupils have holidays?

    Question 6:Choose the best answer

    1. Prevention is better than ……………
    2. treatment B. pills C. cure             D. doctors
    3. This device shows a similarity …………the one I have.
    4. of B. from C. to                            D. on
    5. Have you had much experience ……………computers?
    6. with B. for C. in                            D. about
    7. There is a possibility ………….rain tomorrow.
    8. for B. of C. in                            D. with
    9. Poverty and poor health often go hand ………..hand.
    10. in B. for C. on                           D. into
    11. ………………I get your car, I’ll leave.
    12. As soon as B. As though C. By the time D. Now that
    13. The picture …………Lawra painted is being shown in an exhibition.
    14. that B. which C. why                        D. who
    15. This is …………….man of all I’ve ever known.
    16. best B. better C. good                       D. the best
    17. Don’t ever do that again, ………………..?
    18. will you B. won’t you C. don’t you                D. do you
    19. If she talked less, people ……………her more.
    20. will like B. like C. Liked                      D. would like
    21. No one …………Kathy knows very much about it.
    22. and B. as C. but                          D. however
    23. It’s raining, ………………….I can’t go to the beach.
    24. so B. or C. but                          D. and
    25. ………………..is good news.
    26. Not news B. Nor news C. A news                   D. No news
    1. The puzzle had so ……….pieces that we couldn’t finish it.
    1. many B. much C. little                        D. few.
    1. London is …………..capital of England.
    1. an B. a C. the                          D.x

    Question 6: a)  Find out  the  spared word  in each sentence.

    1. Would you rather to stay with us for some days?
    2. The money was stolen never found.
    3. Water is too hot for us to drink it
    4. He didnt let me to get my book
    5. I want you to speak the Vietnamese.

               b/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. I/ apologise/ him/ not able/ arrive/ on time.
    1. Look! / sun / set / mountains
    2. In my life/ I / never be/ Pac Bo Cave.
    3. Difficult/ get/ touch/ manager/ company.
    4. My uncle/ give up/ smoke / one year.

    Question8 : Rewrite the following sentences so that the meanings stay the same.

    1. Let’s go abroad for our holiday this year

    – Why ……………………………………….?

    1. He stole some money and was arrested for it

    – He was…………………………………………………

    1. “Have you done this sorts of work before” She asked me

    She asked me if………………………………….

    1. You’re the worst guitarist in the world.

    No one………………………………………………….

    1. Although the fish appears to be harmless, it is quite dangerous.

    Contrary………………………………………………..

    1. “You can leave early” Mr Minh said to Hai

    Mr Minh ……………………………………………….

    1. I have no advice, which I can offer you.

    I have no  ………………………………………………

    1. People did not discover AIDS until 1981.

    Not until………………………………………………..

    1. People think that the owner of that house is abroad

    The owner ……………………………….

    1. “ I think you should go by train, Peter” ,she said.

    She advised……………………….

     

    TEST 13

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. She felt that she (look) at.
    2. I can’t go out because I (not finish) my homework.
    3. If you kicked the policeman, you (arrest)
    4. All students objected to (do) that work.
    5. Trang isn’t  in her room at the moment. She (cook) in the kitchen.
    6. I can’t afford ( go) on holiday abroad this year.
    7. Passengers (travel) on this  bus bought their tickets in books.
    8. I (not use) the car this evening, so you can have it.

    Question 2:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

      1. The child should be punished because of his bad ………..                   ( behave)
      2. The ………..in this town are very friendly                                            (reside)
      3. Every week, there are two ………..from Ha Noi to Nha Trang.          (fly)
      4. We’re very impressed by the ……….of your town’s people.                (friend)
      5. All the newspapers praised the ……….of the firemen                         (brave)
      6. It was …………not to write down the address.                                                ( fool)
      7. The tiger wanted to see the farmer’s ………….                                     (wise)
      8. Bell experimented with ways of transmitting ….over a long distance. (speak)

    Question:         a) Change the following sentences into reported speech

    1. “Do you live here?” Liz asked
    2. She said “He doesn’t buy this book.”
    3. The teacher said “All the homework must be done carefully.”
    4. “Don’t throw that bottle away. We can reuse it,” said Mr Cuong.
    5. “I don’t understand what you are saying.”Tom told us.
    6. b) Fill in the blanks with a suitable preposition.
    1. Measuring money must be very difficult to carry………..
    2. In this respect, French differs ………….English
    3. I’ll come…………to pick her up at 8 o’clock.
    4. The passage is written …………..English .
    5. Mr Duc Thanh is thinking of exporting rice …………India.

    Question 4:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    If you live in a city, you probably see many people, hear the (1)…………of traffic, and smell the pollution (2)………cars and factories.

    We are entering a new time in (3) ……history of the world. Before this, most (4) ….. ….. were farmers. They lived in the country. Now many people are (5) …..the farms and moving into the cities. They are looking for better jobs. The cities are growing very quickly. Most cities are very crowded. People are driving more cars, burning more fuel, (6)…….more water, eating more food, making more garbage, and producing more things in factories than (7)……….before. Life is becoming difficult.

    Some governments are trying to plan for the future. They are building new roads, putting (8) ………new houses, looking for more water, and limiting growth in certain areas. Still, city planners are getting worried. People are crowding into the cities (9) …….  than cities can take them. The cities are running out (10)………room. What is the answer to this problem?

    Question 5: Read the passage and choose the best answer.

    It is very important to have healthy teeth. Good teeth help us to chew our food. They also help us to look nice. How does a tooth go bad? The decay begins in a little crack in the enamed covering of the tooth. This happens after germs and bits of food have collected there. Then the decay slowly spreads inside the tooth. Eventually, poison goes into blood, and we may feel quite ill.

    How can we keep our teeth healthy?. Firstly, we ought to visit our dentist twice a year. He can fill the small holes in our teeth before they destroy the teeth. He can examine our teeth to check  that they are growing in the right way. Unfortunately, many people wait until they have toothache before they see a dentist.

    Secondly, we should brush our teeth with a toothbrush and fluoride toothpaste at least twice a day- once after breakfast and once before we go to bed. We can also use wooden toothpicks to clean between our teeth after a meal.

    Thirdly, we should eat food that is good for our teeth and our body: milk, cheese, fish, brown bread, potatoes, red rice, raw vegetables and fresh fruit. Chocolate, sweets, biscuits and cakes are bad, especially when we eat them between meals. They are harmful because they stick to our teeth and cause decay.

    1. Good teeth help us to …………….
    1. be nice B. have a good eyesight.
    2. chew our food D. be important
    1. When food and germs collect in a small crack, our teeth …………
    1. become hard B. begin to decay.
    2. send poison into the blood. D. makes us feel quite ill.
    1. A lot of people visit a dentist only when …………..
    1. their teeth grow properly B. they have holes in their teeth
    2. they have toothache D. they have brushed their teeth.
    1. We ought to try clean our teeth ……………
    1. once a day B. at least twice a day
    2. between meals D. before breakfast.
    1. We shouldn’t eat a lot of ……………
    1. red rice B. fresh fruit
    2. fish D. chocolate.

    Question 6:     a/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. This video film / be/so / interesting / I/ see/ twice/.
    2. It / difficult/ learn English / without/ good dictionary.
    3. He / learn/ English / two years now.
    4. She /used/ stay / her uncle/ when / be / a child.

       b/ There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistake and correct it.

    1. The climate in Vietnam is different than that of England .
    2. The boys said they have to bring home medals.
    3. He has waited here for a quarter past six.
    4. Surface is many cheaper than airmail.
    1. The bicycle is such old that I don’t want to use it.

    Question7: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. Vinh keeps forgetting his homework à Vinh is……………………
    2. It’s a pity your friend isn’t at this party. à I wish ……………
    3. We started living here fifteen years ago. à We have ………………….
    4. Trung’s parents gave him a microcomputer on his birthday àTrung ………
    5. He has never played a computer game before. à This is ……………..
    6. Nga is pleased to meet her aunt again soon. à Nga is looking………………
    7. He is too old to have more children. à He is so …………………………..
    8. “I’m very busy. I’ll ring you tomorrow,” Susan said to me. à Susan ………..
    9. Their teacher is making them to study hard.- They are …………
    10. This cheque has not been signed – No………………………………….

    TEST 14

    Question 1: Choose the word whose part underlined is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1. A. helped                    B. liked                       C. watched                  D. hated.
    2. A. laugh                      B. plough                    C. enough                    D. cough
    3. A. beds                        B. doors                      C. students                  D. plays
    4. A. but                          B.cut                           C.sun                           D.put
    5. A. candy                     B. sandy                      C. many                       D. handy

    Question 2: Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets.

    1. Over the years, he (collect) thousands of stamps.
    1. I’ ll never forget (see) her for the first time.
    2. It is difficult to get used to (eat) with chopsticks
    3. Would you like some coffee? I just (make) some.
    4. Look at those black clouds. It (rain)
    5. That house (rebuild) in 1996.
    6. This bike (use) for more than six years.
    7. He should know how (use) the lift, but if he doesn’t you’d better (show) him
    8. The kids (sleep) when the bell rang.
    9. Listen! The teacher (explain) the lesson.
    10. What about (play) basketball this afternoon?
    11. Mrs Lan (not be) in her room at the moment. She (cook) in the kitchen.

    Question 3:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. The …………students often play soccer or basketball.             ( energy)
    2. A fairy appeared and ……………..changed her old clothes.     ( magic)
    3. Her father soon died of a ……………heart                                            ( break)
    4. “The Lost Shoes” is one of the ………….stories I like best.      (tradition)
    5. Trung and his  brother like …………movie very much             (act)
    6. The song has ……….been selected for the Sea Games 22nd, Vietnam.          (office)

    Question 4: Choose the word or phrase that best complete each sentence.

    1. He is looking forward to ………….to England .
    1. travel B. travelling C. be travelling            D. A and B
    1. Margaret is a good …………. He can type 60 words  per minute.
    1. typer B. type C. typist                      D. typewriter.
    1. …………..hot today.
    1. A sun B. The sun C. A sun’s                    D. The sun’s
    1. What is your teacher …………?
    1. like B.alike C. liking                      D. does like.
    1. A ……….is the person who sells flowers.
    1. florist B. chemist C. vendor                    D. chauffeur
    1. If you want to have a table made , you must call a ……….
    1. mechanic B. plumber C. carpenter                 D. fortune-teller
    1. My dress is very different ………..yours.
    1. with B. from C. as                            D. towards
    1. ……………..beautiful flowers!
    1. What a B. What C. How                       D. So
    1. ……………happens, I shall stand by you.
    1. Whatever B. What C. Which                     D. That
    1. Ha Noi is …………..capital of Vietnam.
    1. an B. a C. the                          D.x
    1. This town is not an interesting place to visit, so ………….tourists come here.
    1. a few B. few C. a little                     D. x
    1. Nobody is ready to go,…………………?
    1. isn’t he                  B. is he                        C. are they                   D. aren’t they
    1. He has little spare time.
    1. free B. occupied C. busy                        D. filled
    1. John’s a handsome guy.
    1. kind B. good C. good-looking          D. interesting
    1. I don’t like to work for my wife’s mother.
      1. mother of my wife                              B. mother of my wife’s
    1. mother-in-law D. mother of mine

    Question 5:   Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D ) for each space

    Jeans are very popular with young people all (1)………..the world. Some people say that jeans are the “uniform” of (2) ………… But they haven’t always been popular. The story of jeans started (3) ………..two hundred years ago. People in Genoa, Italy made pants. The cloth (4) ………..in Genoa was called “jeanos”. The pants were called “jeans”. In 1850, a salesman (5) ……….California began selling pants made of canvas. His name was Levi Strauss. (6) …………..they were so strong, “Levi’s pants” became (7) …….. with  gold miners; farmers and cowboys. Six years (8)…………; Levis began making his pants with blue cotton (9) …………called denim. Soon after, factory workers in the United States and Europe began (10) ………jeans. Young people usually didn’t wear them.

    1. A. in B. on                           C. over                       D. above
    2. A. youth B. young                    C.  younger                D. youngest
    3. A. lots B. much                      C. most                       D. almost
    4. A.make B. makes                    C. making                   D. made
    5. A.in B. on                          C. at                           D. with
    6. A. Although B. But                                    C. Because                 D. So
    7. A. famous B. popular                  C. good                      D. wonderful
    8. A. late             B. later                       C. latest                      D. last
    9. A.cloth B. clothing                 C. cloths                     D. clothes
    10. A.wear B. wearing                  C. wore                      D. worn

    Question 6: Read the passage and answer the questions below.

    Alfred Bernard Nobel (1833 – 1896) a Swedish scientist was the first man to make dynamite. He allowed his invention to be used in peace. However, he saw it being used in war to destroy things, he was extremely unhappy. On his death, he left all his money to be spent upon a prize every year. The Nobel Prize is now one of the greatest prizes that a person can ever receive. It is given every year for the best work in one of the following subjects: Physics, Chemistry, Medicine; Literature and Peace. Some of the world’s greatest scientists are asked to choose who should be given the prizes.

    1. What was Nobel’s invention about?
    2. How was he when he knew his invention being used for bad purpose?
    3. Did he give all the money to his relatives on his death?
    4. What is his money used for?
    5. Can we choose who should be given the prizes? If not, who can?

    Question 7:

    1. a) There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistake and correct it.
    2. I’d like to go out for dinner, but I don’t feel like to eat out tonight
    3. Would you mind to tell us about your trip to Ha noi?
    4. She wishes she is the most beautiful girl in the world.
    5. Sally said she will be a teacher someday
    6. My homevillage is on the west of the city.
    7. The children enjoyed to watch the performing lions

          b)Put the parts of the sentences below into the correct order.

    1. letter/ has/ the/ given / a / come/ and/ me/ postman/ just.
    2. get/ the/ comes/ train/ the / to/ we/ station/ will / before.
    3. it/ do/ him/ let/ alone.
    4. after/ football/ they/ play/ work/ do/ they / don’t /?
    5. c) Fill in the blanks with a suitable preposition.
    6. Try to learn the meaning of new words …………heart.
    7. The house is very dirty. We haven’t cleaned it ………ages.
    8. They are very proud ……….their new house.
    9. How ……….going to Ben Thanh Market this afternoon?
    10. It has rained ……….two o’clock.

    Question8: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. How excellent the girl is !                   à What ……………………………………………………
    1. It takes him about two hours each day to do his homework.

    à He spends………………………………

    1. Mr Binh couldn’t enjoy the meal because of the stomachache.

    à The stomachache prevented…..

    1. Let’s leave at the end of the next lecture.       à As soon as ………………………..
    1. Computers are used to design new models. à People ………………..
    1. The black car is cheaper than the red car.  à The red car…………………….
    1. They have decorated their house recently. à Their house………….
    2. Shall we go to the sports centre this weekend? à Why ………………………
    1. She wanted to know if he had studied French                       à She asked him: “…………………………..?”
    1. “I don’t behave very well in front of a crowd,” said Peter.

    à Peter………………

     

    TEST 15

    Question 1: Choose the word whose part underlined is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1. A. stored                     B. ploughed                C. laughed                   D. smiled
    2. A. name                       B. natural                    C. native                      D. nation
    3. A. blood                      B. food                        C. moon                      D. pool
    4. A. both                        B. myth                       C. with                        D. sixth
    5. A. wants                      B. says             C. looks                       D. laughs

    Question 2: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. She (have) a headache for several hours.
    2. I (watch) a cartoon movie on TV when you called last night.
    3. Mr Hai is having his car (wash) at the moment.
    4. Where’s Tom? He said he (be) here at 4 pm.
    5. If I (drink) so much coffee, I wouldn’t be able to sleep.
    6. Nothing ( do) about this problem for months
    7. I’m looking forward to (take) a vacation.
    8. I’m hungry because I( have) breakfast or lunch.
    9. I’d rather you (do) the test well.
    10. I distinctly remember (pay) him. I gave him two dollars

    Question 3:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

      1. ……………, the step mother was very cruel to Little Pea.                                 ( fortunate)
      2. everyone was ………….at the soccer match.                                         (excite)
      3. Many rural areas in Vietnam have been ………..                                              (urban)
      4. Tim and Shanon want to visit an ………..institute in Vietnam                        ( ocean)
      5. Should English be a ………..foreign language in Viet Nam?               (compel)
      6. Trung’s sense of humor ……….him from other students.                                 ( distinct)
      7. He is looking …………..thinner                                                         ( appreciate)
      8. The ………sat there asking for money.                                                 ( beg)
      9. She got a………letter from her boss                                                                 ( person)
      10. We had to take out a ………from the bank to buy the car.                  ( lend)

    Question 4:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

                                                                                        Reading

    Who read ? All kind of people : the old, the …(1)……, everyone. And why do people read? For (2)……… variey of reasons. Some for pleasure, (3) ……..because they have to. And when do people (4) ………? Well sometimes not often, (5) ……….other people read all the time, day and (6)……….. But the most important question is what do (7)………..read? Adverts ? Stories ? Science books ? Maps ? It could (8) ……….anything ! Ask your family and friends all these (9)……….. Then make your own answers (10)…….who read, what , why , and where.

    Question 5: Read the text then answer the questions below.

    Fire was  very important to man . He needed fire to keep himself warm at night. He used fire to cook his food. He used fire to frighten away enemies and wild animals. In some parts of the world he used fire to signal messages. Red Indians, for example, used fire to make smoke signals. In some other countries people lit fire to warm their friends of danger. Fire was also used to give light. Before the invention of the oil lamp, men used burning sticks as torchs. And before man discovered gas and electricity, he hung small fires in wire baskets from posts to light the streets. One man even used fire to tell the time. He invented a candle clock. He made a candle that took exactly twelve hours to burn. Then he marked this candle in twelve equal parts. He lit the candle and could tell the time by counting the number of parts left of the burning candle. But the candle clock did not always work well. If there was a wind blowing on the candle, the flame burned too quickly.

    1. What did man probably first use fire for?
    2. For what purpose was fire used by red Indians?
    3. What were the first street lights?
    4. How long did the candle clock take to burn?
    5. What would happen if a wind blew on a candle clock?

    Question 6:Choose the best answer

    1. I want everybody to listen………..
    1. care B. careful C. careless                   D. carefully
    1. We feel very …………..today.
    1. happy B. happiness C. happily                    D. happen
    1. I’ve looked…………………… my pen everywhere and I can’t find it anywhere.
    1. at B. for C. up                           D. on
    1. Solar energy doesn’t cause ……………..
    1. pollution B. polluted C.pollute                     D. pollutant
    1. Where…………….you go if you have a car?
    1. would B. have C. will                         D. did
    2. Prevention is better than ……………
    3. treatment B. pills C. cure             D. doctors
    1. He is tired …………..he stayed up late watching TV.
    1. so B. because C. but                          D. and
    1. I suggest ……………..to the movies.
    1. going B. to go C. go                           D. went
    1. All the classes were ……………painted.
    1. bad B. badly C. worse                      D. good
    1. My parents saw me ………….at the railway station.
    1. in B. for C. up                           D. off
    1. He is the man …………..helped me yesterday.
    1. which B. who C. whom                     D. whose
    1. I’m very……………to hear that I will go to Da Lat tomorrow.
    1. excite B. excited C. excitedly                 D. exciting
    1. Nam put up the fence ………….prevent hens from going out.

    A.so                             B. so that                     C. in order to               D. because

    1. There are ……………many people in the cinema that I can’t see the film clearly.
    1. such B. so C. too                          D. enough
    2. ………………I get your car, I’ll leave.
    3. As soon as B. As though C. By the time D. Now that

    Question 7:

    1. a) There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistake and correct it.
    1. We had better to review this chapter carefully because we will have some questions on it our test.
    2. Our teacher of physics would like us spending more time in the laboratory.
    3. If I was you, I would help him.
    4. Mr Nam is used to get up early in the morning.
    5. He died on lung cancer because he smoked a lot of cigarettes.

               b/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. If I/ be/ him / I / choose/ English / learn
    2. In/ end/ I decide/ not buy / dictionary / because/ too expensive.
    3. This video film / so interesting / I / see /twice.

    4- Mai /bad / at/ Math/ than / Lan Anh.

    5- Hoa/ have / many/ books/ than/ her/ sister

                c/ Change these sentences into passive voice.

    • Who wrote this book?
    • She likes me to write that report
    • The cook ought to have prepared it
    • it is your duty to do this work
    • someone saw him pick up the gun

    Question8 : Rewrite the following sentences so that the meanings stay the same.

    1. Thank you for your help!

    – It was ………………………………………

    1. “Don’t open the door please” said Mary.

    – Mary told ………………………………………

    1. Staying at home would be better than going out to night.

    – I’d rather………………………………………

    1. The last time it rained  here was a fortnight ago.

    – It ……………………………….

    1. He never has enough money.

    – He’s always………………………………………

    1. They said that Mr Tuan is a good teacher.

    – Mr Tuan ……………………..

    1. My French friend finds driving on the left difficult.

    –  My French friend isn’t ………………………………………..

    1. I think that no city in the world is more beautiful than Paris.

    – I think Paris ……………………………………………………..

    1. The flight to Moscow lasted three and half hours.

    – It took…………………………………………………………

    1. Rich as he was, he never helped the poor.

    – No………………………………………………………………

    TEST 16

    Question 1: Pick out the word with the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others.

    1. A. concerned               B. received                  C. attached                  D. concealed
    2. A. beds                        B. doors                      C. students                  D. plays
    3. A. sugar                       B. sister                       C. sign                         D. singer
    4. A. of                            B. cafe‘                        C. knife                       D. leaf
    5. A. leisure                     B. pressure                 C. treasure                   D. pleasure

    Question 2: Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets.

    1. Look at those black clouds. It (rain).
    2. There’s someone behind us. I think we (follow)
    3. He should know how (use) the lift, but if he doesn’t you’d better show him
    4. I (not use) the car this evening, so you can have it.
    5. It took us ages to get used to (live) in flats.
    6. I told my mother that I wanted to ( wake) up at 6.30
    7. They (practice) their music lesson at 7 o’clock last night.
    8. The Browns (travel) to Asia many times.
    9. Don’t worry. He (promise) to come if he (have) time.

    Question 3:     Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

      1. Trung and his  brother like …………movie very much                                     (act)
      2. There wasn’t any …………in our village two years ago.                                   (electric)
      3. A fairy appeared and …………changed her old clothes.                                  ( magic)
      4. Let me get an ………form and we can fill out                                                 (apply)
      5. We had the phone ………..because we are moving tomorrow.                        (connect)
      6. We all have a …………..to our country                                                             (loyal)
      7. The company has over 300 stores …………….                                                  (nation)
      8. Librarians spend a lot of time …………..books                                                 (class)

    Question 4: Choose the word or phrase that best complete each sentence.

    1. Don’t let a good chance go ……………
    2. on B. off C. by                           D. over
    3. Leave it ………………..it is.
    4. that B. as C. like                          D. so
    5. Stop now! You’ve done …………..work for one day.
    6. too many B. plenty C. quite more              D. quite enough
    7. Never ……………a gift horse in the mouth.
    8. feel B. catch C. hold                        D. look
    9. Give me a word …………………with S.
    10. beginning B. began C. begins                     D. begin
    11. He seldom goes fishing……………………?
    12. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he                   D. isn’t he
    13. …………….weather! We can’t go out for a walk now.
    14. How terrible B. What terrible C. How a terrible        D. What a terrible
    15. Not one of the students ……………the answer to that difficult problem.
    16. know B. knows C. is knowing              D. has known
    17. She spoke quietly to him …………….nobody else could hear a word.
    18. because B. if C. although D. so that
    19. If you want to …………..success in life, you have to work hard.
    20. achieve B. receive C. award D. earn
    21. A surgeon is a doctor who performs an operation.
    22. studies B. researchers C. is interested in        D. carries out
    23. We will wait until he shows up
    24. appears B. answers C. speaks                     D. finishes

    Question 5:   a) Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    According to the writer, the modern father looks after his children and helps in the house, even (1)…………… his wife does not goes out to work. The division (2)……………. the roles of the mother and the father is no (3)…………… very clear, and dad does (4)……………… share of child care: he can change the baby, dress the children or make the dinner. This new image of the father is, of (5)……………….., completely (6) ………………from the still traditional dad,(7)……………….. represents authority, is the head of the household (8)……………..makes all the “important” decisions. His wife is (9)…………………for the domestic side of family life while he (10)………………the one who advises or punishes as necessary.

    (if/though – between/of – longer/more – his/the – course – different – who – and – responsible – is/remains/stays)

    1. b) What do these sentences imply? A or B?
    2. I really appreciate your staying
    3. You’ve decided to stay.
    4. You might stay.
    5. Would you might if I opened the window?
    6. You have opened the window already.
    7. You haven’t opened the window yet.
    8. I have a report to write
    9. I’m going to write a report.
    10. Someone else already wrote the report.
    11. He eats his father’s salt.
    12. He lives together with his father.
    13. His father provides him with food and clothing.
    14. They are in the same boat.
    15. They are travelling by boat
    16. They have the same danger to face.

    Question 6:

        a) Change these sentences into passive voice

    1. Nobody has used this motor for a long time
    2. I think I should tell everybody about it
    3. you need not type this letter
    4. They began to build the house last year
    5. b) Change the following sentences into reported speech
    6. “If you want to learn English, I can help you,” John said
    7. “Do you live here?” Minh asked.
    8. “You must come today,” Hoa said.
    9. “What does your son want to learn?” the man said to Mr. Hai
    10. c) Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions.
    11. The teacher divided the class …………..two groups
    12. Take an umbrella with you. It will save you ……….getting wet on the way home.
    13. We are all responsible ………………..keeping the environment clear and clean.
    14. Tuan’s parents was disappointed ……………him because he failed the final test.

        d/ There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistakes and correct it.

    1. His teacher encouraged him taking part in the competition.
    2. My family used to be having dinner at 7 o’clock in the evening
    3. I wish I can go with you to the countryside next weekend.
    4. No one came to the meeting last Saturday, didn’t he ?

        e/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. Life/Vietnam/ year 2100 / be/ very different / what / it / today.
    2. Football/seem/be/ popular /game/ England.
    3. It/ wrong/you/ not/ help / him/ studies.
    4. Catch/ many fish/ that/ couldn’t / count.

    Question 7: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. It was such a hard cake that I couldn’t eat it.

    – The cake……………………………………………….

    1. When he is asked about his past, he hates it.

    – He hates………………………………………………..

    1. It was a two – hour flight from HaNoi to Ho Chi Minh City

    – It took…………………………………………..

    1. “Let’s use fewer plastic bags,” he said.

    – He suggested…………………………………

    1. Would you like me to finish the work tonight?

    – I’ll…………………………………………………

    1. After many years of hard working, he retired.

    – After he ………………………………………

    1. I’d rather read newspapers than watch TV.

    – I prefer………………………………………..

    1. Does your brother use the Internet everyday?

    – Your brother …………………………………

    1. I remember them taking me to a well-known theatre in the city.

    – I remember…………………………………….

    1. She said nothing, but stood looking at him.

    – Without …………………………………..

    TEST 17

    Question 1: (2,0 ms) Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets.

    1. What you ( do ) after you ( go ) home yesterday?
    2. Before leaving home in the morning, she (tell) her mother she (work) in the factory that

    afternoon.

    1. I realised that someone ( steal ) my wallet when I ( feel ) his hand in my pocket.
    2. She (be) here but she (go) down with flu.
    3. Bill (have) breakfast when I (stop) at his house this morning.

    Question 2: (2,0 ms)

    a- (1,0 m)  In each sentence has one mistake, find and correct it.

    1. No matter how hard his life be, he is determined to study well.
    2. Could you mind telling me the way to the nearest restaurant?
    3. Travelling by air is preferable than travelling by train.
    4. She is looking forward to go to Europe after she finishes her studies at the university.
    5. Sorry, I seem to have taken the wrong umbrella for mistake.

    b- (1,0 m)  Fill each blank with the appropriate form of the word given in brackets.

    1. Every year we celebrate our ……. . (depend)
    2. There’s no …… service in the United Kingdom.             ( nation)
    3. The temperature is very …….. at this time of the year. (vary)
    4. He gets very angry if you ……… with his ideas. (agree)
    5. She smiles so ……… , doesn’t she? (attract)

    Question 3:  (1,0m) Fill each of the blank  with the most suitable preposition.

    1. Students were angry ……. being treated like children.
    2. They export their products …. markets ….… the world.
    3. I am extremely grateful ….. all the teachers ….… their help.
    4. She went to London ……. the aim ….… finding a job.
    5. He’s sitting …….the chair .….… to the piano.
    6. She suffers ….… a lack of confidence.

    Question 4: (2,0 m)  Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only ONE word in each space.

    Food plays an …1… part in the development of nations. In countries where food is ..2.., people have to spend most of their time getting enough to eat. This usually slows down ..3.., because men have little time to ….4…. to science, industry, government, and art. In nations where food is ….5…. and easy to get, men have more time to spend in activities that ….6…. to progress, and enjoyment of leisure. The problem of ……7…. good food for everybody has not yet been solved. Many wars have been ….8…. for food. But it is no longer necessary to go to war for food . Nations are beginning to put scientific knowledge to work for a …9… of their food problems. They work together in the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) to help hungry nations …10… more food.

    Question 5: (1,0 m)  Read the text and choose the correct word for each space:                                        English   around the world

    English is the first language of many people in countries outside the United Kingdom.

    When you…1… speakers of English from around the world, you …2…. notice that they do not all speak in the same way. There are also some ……3…… in the words they use, including the names of …4…. objects that are part of everyone’s daily life. But although pronunciation and …5… are not the same everywhere, it is interesting that English speakers…6…. opposite sides of the world can understand …7… other quite easily. It does not seem to …8… where they learnt the language. And of course this is one reason why speakers of other languages are keen …9… learning English too. If you know English, you are more…10… to be able to study or work in all sorts of exciting places, such as the United States or Australia.

    1. A- recognise B- meet C- find D- attend
    2. A- originally B- strangely C- curiously D- immediately
    3. A- mistakes B- corrections C- changes D- differences
    4. A- common B- popular C- favourite D- general
    5. A- reading B- composition C- dictation D- vocabulary
    6. A- of B- in C- from D- at
    7. A- each B- one C- the D- some
    8. A- mine B- care C- matter D- worry
    9. A- by B- on C- to D- for
    10. A- likely B- probably C- possibly D- luckily

    Question 6:  (2,0 m)

    a- Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same

        as the sentence printed before it. (1,0m)

    1. I’m sure he was at home last night.

    He ……….

    1. Nam’s parents were here last week and gave us a present.

    Nam’s parents, ………

    1. Although Sue felt tired, she stayed up late talking to Jill.

    Despite ………..

    1. It was a hot day so we had lunch outside in the garden.

    It was such ……..

    1. I’ve been working for this company for ten years.

    I started ……

    b- Make one sentence from each group of sentences, beginning as shown. (1,0 m)

    1. I lent you a book. It was written by a friend of mine. She lives in France.

    The book I

    1. I used to own a dog. People came to the door. The dog never barked at them.

    The dog

    1. I bought my car from a woman. She lives in a house. You can see the house over

    there.

    The woman I

    1. My friend Bill has decided to buy a motor-bike. His car was stolen last week.

    My friend Bill, …

    1. I bought a new car. It cost me a lot of money.

    The new

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    KEY

     

    TEST 1

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. are always blaming
    2. has collected
    3. is greeting
    4. being used
    5. feeling – were
    6. is sent
    7. broke – was being moved.
    8. to leave

    Question 2:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. employees                                                       6.freedom
    2. liar                                                                   7.arrival
    3. modernized                                                     8. bleeding
    4. tropical                                                            9. proud
    5. peaceful                                                           10. flights

    Question 3:   Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D ) for each space

    1. C 2. A 3. D     4.D      5.A      6. C     7. B     8. B     9. A     10. B

    Question 4: Choose the one sentence that has different meaning to the root one.

    1.C                  2.A                  3.A                  4.D

    Question 5:      a/ There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistakesand correct it.

    1. would speak à spoke             4. drive à driving
    2. when à since                         5. writing à (should) write
    3. doesn’t he à does he.

    b/         Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions.

    1. into 2. from 3. for               4.into               5.over – up

    Question 6: Change the following sentences into reported speech.

    1. Mai asked (requested) to call her at 6 o’clock the next morning.
    2. Lan asked me if I was interested in that Language Center.
    3. Mrs Chi said they would spend their holiday in Da Lat the next month.
    4. The man asked Mr Linh what his son wanted to learn
    5. Hoa said we(I) had to come today.

    Question7: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. Vinh is always forgetting his homework.
    2. Do you mind helping me put the chairs away?
    3. I’d rather you didn’t make any noise because I am tired.
    4. I have never used such a good computer/ I have never used a better computer than this.
    5. It’s ages since he last chatted with his classmates through the internet.
    6. The last time we saw her was when we left scool.
    7. My brother enjoys walking in the rain
    8. It’s very important to keep the environment clean.
    9. Minh has collected stamps since 2000.
    10. How about meeting inside the center, at the cafe’ corner.

    TEST 2

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. are seen                                   5. am having – painted
    2. travelling                                 6. am
    3. makes                                      7. flows
    4. crying                                      8. had – would lend

    Question 2:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. speech                                     6. friendliness
    2. wisdom                                   7. dirty
    3. voluntary                                 8. foolish
    4. worldwide                               9. distinguish
    5. elderly                         10. homeless

    Question 3:   Choose the best answer (a, b, c or d ) for each space

    1. c 2.d 3.a       4.d       5. c      6. b      7. d                  8. a                  9.b       10. c

    Question 4: a) Change these sentences into passive voice

    1. These artificial flowers are made of silk
    2. This word has been spelt wrongly by him.
    3. How is English learnt?
    4. Whom were the children looked after when you were away by?
    5. Beer used to be drunk for breakfast in England years ago.
    1. b) Change the following sentences into reported speech
    1. The teacher asked his students to listen to him and not to make a noise.
    2. Mary said to Helen that she was tired of eating fish.
    3. Lan offered to help me make the sandwiches.
    4. Mrs Hoa said we had

    TEST 3

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. should stop                                          5. is
    2. doesn’t answer- have gone      6. to be paid
    3. were having                                         7. is blaming
    4. was rescued                                         8. will be stopped – try

    Question 2: Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the following passage.

    1. refusal 2. communication 3. pollution      4.thoughtless               5. neighborhood
    2. action 7.suggestions 8. politly          9.successful                 10. advice

    Question 3:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    1. place 2.these 3.more 4.which` 5.two               6. sentences
    2. Second/Secondly 8. used 9. an 10. help

    Question 4:      Read the following passage and choose the best answer : a, b,c or d.

    1.c       2.c       3.c       4.d

    Question 5:      a/ Each line in the following passage has a spare word; Underline that word and write it in the blanks given.

    1. in 2. much 3. time 4. them            5. lot    6. with
    2. more 8. start 9. have 10. able

    b/         Fill in the blanks with a suitable prepositions.

    1. off 2. from 3. to – on          4.out of – up to

    Question 6: Do as directed

    1. My friend not only had excellent ideas but did a good job as well.
    2. Neither his explanation nor the examples he gives are clear.
    3. It is said that the price of gold is going up( the price of gold is said to be going up)
    4. He asked me when I would give that book to him.
    5. People seldom travelled far from home years ago.
    6. He as well as you was given a gift.
    7. No matter how intelligent you may be, you should be careful about this.
    8. He was very proud of making a great discovery.
    9. Lan had difficulty in accepting the situation.
    10. Thanks to new technology which the farmers had applied in their fields, the output of rice was raised.

    TEST 4

    Question1:       a) (10 points)

    1. be – to get – gets
    2. had – would lend
    3. broke – was being moved
    4. is greeting
    5. are you getting ?
    6. didn’t rain
    1. b) (4 points)
    1. …………, did they?
    2. …………, have you?
    3. …………, isn’t it ?
    4. …………, didn’t they?

    Question 2: (8 points)

    1. unhealthful
    2. homeless
    3. creative
    4. overslept
    5. weekly
    6. thoughtful
    7. lengthened
    8. sharpening

    Question 3: ( 5 points)

    1. c: used to
    2. c: next week
    3. b: work
    4. d: them
    5. c: from

    Question 4:      a) ( 6 points)

    1. for
    2. from
    3. with
    4. by
    5. with
    6. from
    1. b) (5 points)
    1. Please don’t go out until the rain stops.
    2. I always get on the first bus and arrive at school at 7.30.
    3. I look forward to seeing you soon. (Or  I’m looking forward to seeing you soon)
    4. My mother is used to getting up early in the morning.
    5. we’ll arrive in Ha Noi in twenty minutes’time.

    Question 5: (10 points)

    1. You can’t believe John because he doesn’t always speak the truth(or he never speaks the truth)
    2. Your hair is long. It ought to be cut.
    3. Do you own this camera?
    4. Unless you leave me alone, I will call the police.
    5. Is this the best hotel you could find?
    6. We spent 3 hours opening the door.
    7. Mark isn’t old enough to get married.
    8. He is always short of money.
    9. The car was too expensive for him to buy

    ( Or The car was so expensive that he couldn’t buy it)

    1. I don’t know about it as/so much as she (does)

    Question 6: (8 points)

    1. depends
    2. under
    3. buy
    4. buses
    5. underground
    6. machine
    7. end
    8. flatform.

     

    TEST 5

    Question 1 (10 points)

    1. was being moved                                            5. is washing – has just repaired
    2. sleeping                                                           6. has been playing
    3. had – would lend                                             7. is greeting
    4. are you looking …..?                                        8. are you getting …?

    Question 2: ( 8 points)

    1. lengthened                                                      5. sleepy
    2. truthful                                                                        6. unpleasant
    3. lively                                                               7. childhood
    4. thoughtful                                                       8. retirement

    Question 3: (8 points)

    1. problem                                                           5. It
    2. century                                                                        6. everywhere
    3. people                                                              7. families
    4. was                                                                  8. children

    Question 4:

    1. (5 points) b) (5 points)
    1. A: on                                                               1. shortage
    2. A: go out                                                         2. youth
    3. C: from                                                            3. pride
    4. B: whom                                                         4. speech
    5. A: lie                                                               5. arrival

    Question 5:

    1. (9 points) b) (5 points)
    1. At – in – to                                                       1. to look à look
    2. up                                                                    2. by à with
    3. on                                                                    3. are there à there are..
    4. in – for – during                                               4. among à between
    5. from                                                                5. to study à study

    Question 6 ( 10 points)

    1. Never have I written such a good essay before.
    2. You didn’t need to go  to all trouble.
    3. John is one of people who has read this novel  to the end.
    4. France is famous for (its) food.
    5. She left the room without saying a word ( any words)
    6. Get the work finished by lunch time and you can go home
    7.  Unless you leave me alone, I’ll call the police
    8. I wish I had taken/ followed my doctor’s advice.
    9. I won’t go to bed untill Peter  gets  home at midnight.
    10. I’ll pay you the money as soos as I get a job.

    TEST 6

    Question1:       a) (10 points)

    1. being bitten had – had eaten
    2. Have you known ? – were entered – had finished – was  writing.
    3. has been working – is having
    4. b) ( 8 points)
    5. friendship overslept
    6. suitable excitement
    7. independence lively
    8. proud apologize

    Question 2 ( 10 points)

    1. in – with with
    2. of at
    3. about to
    4. from for – during

    Question 3: ( 10 points)

    1. at experience                                       9. whose
    2. matter buying                                             10. took.
    3. a that/which
    4. got/had theirs

    Question 4: (8 points)

    1. a : at last b: rather
    2. b: about a: make
    3. a: arrive b: Was
    4. a: had d: left

    Question 5:                  a- (10 points)

    1. It was too late for anything to be done.
    2. She left the room without saying a word .
    3. I will tell you all Bill’s news when he writes to me.
    4. As long as you are calm ( you keep calm) , you’ll pass your driving test.
    5. We were never made to do anything we didn’t want to do.
    6. I wish I had taken my doctor’s advice
    7. He was made to wait for two hours.
    8. We spent 3 hours opening the door.
    9. There is a 7 o’clock everymorning
    10. While I was having dinner the telephone rang.

    b- (4 points)

    1. I’ll have my house painted blue.
    2. I don’t like being laughed my bicycle.
    3. Were you seen to come in?
    4. I want to left alone.

     

    TEST 7

    Question1: ( 14 points)

    1. was getting 6. was going                11. had broken down
    2. shouted                   7. asked                       12. would not start
    3. asked 8. could 13. was not going
    4. was going 9. was 14. could
    5. told 10. was

    Question 2: ( 8 points)

    1. a- am in a hurry c- hurry

    b- hurry                                   d- hurried

    1. a- bring c- carry

    b- bring                                    d- taken

    Question 3: ( 10 points)

    1. must 2. had to 3. has to           4. am to           5. must
    2. is to 7. must 8. must            9. was to          10. have to

    Question 4: ( 15 points)

    1. spent 6. which 11. were
    2. possible 7. in 12. lots
    3. the 8. the 13. whose
    4. who 9. leaves                                  14. on
    5. at (by) 10. flying 15. deal

    Question 5: ( 5 points)

    1- a                  2- c                  3- b                  4- a                  5- a

    Question 6: ( 8 points)

    1. It was interesting to talk to you.
    2. Whatever did you do that for ?
    3. I made these bookshelves myself.
    4. You play tennis better than I do.
    5. It’s two years since I went to the dentist’s.
    6. She never went to Paris without buying a new dress.
    7. After having spent seven years at secondary school I went to university.
    8. There’s no need to make her change her mind.

    TEST  8

    Question1: ( 5points)

    1. c: laughed
    2. b: natural
    3. a: blood
    4. c: with
    5. c: many

    Question 2: (15 points)

    1. was rescued                             6. has been – happened – shot
    2. are always blaming                  7. have been
    3. will be stopped – try                8. is said – to have been built
    4. to leave                                    9. having – smoking
    5. have lived                                10. will have cost

    Question 3: ( 10 points)

    1. alive                                         6. distinguish
    2. dying                                       7. boredom
    3. illiteracy                                  8. typical
    4. attentively                               9. speech
    5. bleeding                                  10. maintenance/maintaining

    Question 4: (15 points)

    1. C : until                                   6. A: x                                     11.C : as much as
    2. A : with                                   7. B : No cars                          12.D : quite enough
    3. A : although                            8. C : again                              13.C : shall
    4. C : for                                      9. A : Whatever                       14.B : if
    5. A : One                                   10. C : by                                15. B : where

    Question 5:(10 points)

    1. keen                                         6. called
    2. at                                             7. were
    3. to                                             8. would
    4. whose                                      9. had/got
    5. time                                         10. much/far/a lot

    Question 6: ( 5 points)

    1. It was about dynamite
    2. He was very unhappy.
    3. No,he didn’t .
    4. (his money is now used) for the best working one of the following subjects: physics, chemistry, medicine, literature and peace.
    5. No, we can’t. Some of the world’s greatest scientists.

    Question 7: ( 10 points)

    a)(5 points)

    1. D à read
    2. D à either
    3. B à no “but”
    4. A à which
    5. C à built

     

    1. b) ( 5 points)
    1. He has been learning English for two years now.
    2. Cars and buses were moving along slowly because the weather was foggy.
    3. Nobody can predict what will happen.
    4. The noise of the traffic prevented me from going to sleep.
    5. Since the beginning of the course, I have never been late for class.

    Question 8:  (10 points)

    1. So far he has typed fifteen pages of the report.
    2. My English friend isn’t used to using chopsticks.
    3. It’s such an expensive car that I don’t think I can buy it.
    4. This is the most amusing story that I’ve ever heard.
    5. I was about to leave the house when the telephone rang.
    6. I never had (any) intention of helping / to help such a man.
    7. George told Mary that he had seen the film three times.
    8. Much as I admire her achievement, I don’t really like her.
    9. I think anyone who starts a fire should be punished.
    10. I wish I had more time to study.

    TEST 9

    Question1: ( 5points)

    1. d:waited 2.c: says 3. b: says                     4. d: chin         5. b: there

    Question 2: (15 points)

    1. being used                                           7. will be working- arrive
    2. had been killed                                    8. doesn’t answer – have gone
    3. has been playing                                  9. were having
    4. being called                                         10. paying
    5. should have been – has gone   11. eating
    6. understand                                          12. surprise

    Question 3: ( 10 points)

    1. appreciatively                          6. hardened
    2. salty                                                     7. entrance
    3. loss                                                      8. solution
    4. beautify                                               9. impatient
    5. distinguishes                                       10. wisdom

    Question 4: (15 points)

    1. A: from                       6.B : some                               11. D: so that
    2. B: with                                    7. B : an accident                    12. B: What terrible
    3. C : who                       8. C: by                                   13. A: which
    4. B : robbed                   9. D : such a                            14. C: himself
    5. C : as soon as              10. C: does he                         15. B : twice as much

    Question 5:(10 points)

    1. of                                 6. in
    2. from                            7. in
    3. on                                8. of
    4. but                               9. like
    5. or                                 10. doing

    Question 6: ( 5 points)

    1. b
    2. b
    3. c
    4. c
    5. a

    Question 7: ( 10 points)

    a)(5 points)

    1.  D à Isn’t there?
    2.  D  à doesn’t either
    3.  C  à because of
    4.  D  à seriously
    5.  B   à look after
    1. b) ( 5 points)
    1. Look! The sun is setting behind the mountains.
    2. I have been waiting for her for half an hour but she hasn’t come (yet).
    3. If I were him , I would choose English to learn.
    4. In the end, I decided not to buy that(the) dictionary because it was too expensive.
    5. This video film is so interesting that I have seen it twice.

    Question 8:  (10 points)

    1. Not only is Ann good looking, (but) she is also well-behaved.
    2. If I were you, I would tell the police about the accident.
    3. Mary asked if I had got any free time the following week/ a week after
    4. She is too old to have more children.
    5. The children sang really beautifully.
    6. It’s a five door/doored cross-country vehicle
    7. I think Paris is the most beautiful city in the world.
    8. It took three and half hours to fly to Moscow.
    9. Henry wished he had not bought the second hand car.
    10. No matter how hard I tried, I couldn’t get the money.

    TEST 10

    Question I:    Choose one word that is pronounced differently from the others in

                            each group

    1- C. grow          2-B. bridge   3- D. naked         4- C. adventure   5- A. notice

    Question II:    Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets.

    • has had 6- not to stay                      11- had
    • had seen 7- wouldn’t be punished    12-will land
    • were                    8- were cleaned                  13- had been told
    • will be fed 9-  was talking                    14- being taken

    5- be painted             10- wasn’t invited               15-will have finished

    Question III:     Complete sentences using the correct form of the words in brackets.

    • informative 6- ability
    • attractive 7- careless
    • participants 8- relatives
    • difficulty 9- uncomfortable

    5- competitions             10- unpolluted

    Question IV:    Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences.

    1-  C. of                           6- C. at                    11- C. had listened

    2-  C.heavy                     7- C. without           12- C. to

    3-  A. in                           8- C. hard                13- C. whom

    4-  B. for                          9- D. would be        14- B. but

    5-  D. from                      10-  A. by                15- B. more intelligent

    Question V:      Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word.

    • excellent(interesting) 6- souvernirs
    • narrow 7- friendly
    • town 8- tastes
    • walk 9- bought
    • old 10-colorful

    Question VI:    Read the paragraph. Then choose the best answer for each question.

     

    • d 2- b         3- d         4- c               5- b

     Question VII:

    a-Each sentence has one mistake. Find and correct it.

    1- hardly         –>     hard.

    2- to rain         –>     raining

    3- I   aren’t ?   –>     aren’t I ?

    4-  much.         –>     more

    5- don’t get     –>     not to get

    b-  Complete the sentences with the words given.

    1- She said she enjoyed Vietnamese food very much.

    2- I would tell him the truth if I were you.

    3- My father used to smoke when he was young.

    4- Mai is worse at Math than Lan Anh.

    5-Hoa has more books than her sister.

    Question VIII:     Rewrite the following sentences so that they stay the same meaning.

    • The house was dirty it hadn’t been cleaned for weeks by us.
    • We had our house painted last month/ We had a painter paint our house last month
    • Do you have any experience of driving this kind of car?
    • By whom was this story written ?
    • I am afraid of being left alone at home at night.
    • No one in Tom’s football club is a better football player than him.
    • This is the most beautiful house I have ever seen.
    • Does your homework have to be done by you tonight ?
    • My biggest problem is Listening / Listening is my biggest problem.
    • Have you been shown what to do ?

    TEST 11

    Question I:    Choose one word that is pronounced differently from the others in  each group

    1. c
    2. d
    3. b
    4. b
    5. c

    Question II:    Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets.

    1. had just finished/ rang
    2. failed
    3. will be
    4. will have been/ reach
    5. haven’t had
    6. is running
    7. be paid
    8. put
    9. was last given
    10. has been done
    11. hadn’t been
    12. would pass
    13. would you  do

    Question III:     Complete sentences using the correct form of the words in brackets.

    1. truthful
    2. incompetitive
    3. landscape
    4. contents
    5. loss
    6. extraordinary
    7. foreseeable
    8. blood – shot(bloody)
    9. poems
    10. editorial

    Question IV:    Choose the best answer to complete the following sentenses.

    1. d
    2. d
    3. c
    4. b
    5. a
    6. d
    7. a
    8. c
    9. d
    10. b
    11. b
    12. a
    13. c
    14. b
    15. a

    Question V:                 A- Put one suitable word in the blanks.

    1. of
    2. to
    3. and
    4. that
    5. in
    6. into
    7. of
    8. electrons
    9. combined
    10. planets

    B/ Choose the best one.

    1. b
    2. c
    3. d
    4. c
    5. a

    Question VI:

    A-  Find the mistakes and correct them in these sentences.

    1.  his instructor              – his instructor’s
    2. desert                          – dessert
    3. wasn’t it ?                   – didn’t it
    4. since                            – from
    5. had better to review    – had better review

    B- Make up sentences with the words given.

    1. The hotter it is, the more miserable I feel.
    2. The sooner you take medicine, the better you feel.
    3. Lately, you haven’t worked as you should.
    4. It took him an hour to wash his car .
    5. Nam was given a book on his last birthday.

    Question VII:    Rewrite  the following sentences and the meaning stays the same.

    1. Your hair needs cutting, it is too long.
    2. Do you object to working on Sunday?
    3. The letter was found nowhere.
    4. On arriving in China, I wrote  a letter home.
    5. But for your help, he couldn’t have gained such marvelous result.
    6. Were Nam to arrive on time, we could start early.
    7. The last time I saw my old school friend was 2 years ago.
    8. Soon she should give up her job.
    9. Never will we forget this event for the rest of our life.
    10. I have never been to North America

    TEST 12

    Question 1: Choose the word whose part underlined is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1. A                     4. B                             7.A                              10. C
    2. D                     5. B                             8. D
    3. C                     6.D                              9. D /fu:d/

    Question 2: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. have been                                                        6. paying
    2. were having                                                     7. to lie
    3. strikes – will have been waiting                       8. are allowed
    4. has been sleeping                                            9. has been done
    5. will have saved

    Question 3:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. wonderfully                                                    6. environmental
    2. unemployment                                                            7. official
    3. sleeplessness                                                    8. informative
    4. alive                                                                 9. foreigner
    5. meaningless                                                     10. secondary

    Question 4:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    1. more                2. for               3. there            4. so                 5. can
    1. in 7. each 8. has               9. be                10. where

    Question 5: Read the text then answer the question below.

    1. Primary schools, secondary schools and universities
    2. The two grade of state schools are primary schools and secondary schools.
    3. Reading, writing, English language, English literature, English history, geography, science, nature study, drawing, painting, singing, woodwork and drill.
    4. Yes, they are.
    5. At Christmas, Easter and summer.

    Question 6: Choose the best answer

    1. C         4. B                 7. B                 10. D                           13. D
    2. C         5. A                 8. D                 11. C                           14. A
    3. A         6. A                 9. A                 12. A                           15. C

    Question 6: a)  Find out  the  spared word  in each sentence.

    1. to         2. was              3. it                  4. to                 5. the

               b/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. I apologized to him for not being able to arrive on time.
    2. Look! The sun is setting behind the mountains.
    3. In my life, I have never been to Pac Bo Cave.
    4. It’s difficult to get in touch with the manager of the company.
    5. My uncle has given up smoking for one year.

    Question 8 : Rewrite the following sentences so that the meanings stay the same.

    1. Why don’t we go abroad for our holiday this year?
    2. He was arrested for stealing (having stolen) some money.
    3. She asked me if I had done that sort of work before.
    4. No one in the world plays guitar as badly as you do(worse than you do)
    5. Contrary to the (its) harmless appearance, the fish is quite dangerous.
    6. Mr Minh let Hai leave early.
    7. I have no advice to offer you.
    8. Not until 1981 did people discover AIDS.
    9. The owner of that house is thought to be abroad.
    10. She advised Peter to go by train

    TEST 13

    Question 1: Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. was being looked                                5. is cooking
    2. haven’t finished                                   6. to go
    3. would be arrested                               7. travelling
    4. doing                                                   8. am not using

    Question 2:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. behaviour /behavior                             5. bravery
    2. residents                                              6. foolish
    3. flights                                                  7. wisdom
    4. friendliness                                          8. speech

    Question 3:      a) Change the following sentences into reported speech

    1. Liz asked me if / whether I lived there.
    2. She said (that) he didn’t buy that book
    3. The teacher said/required (that) all the work had to/must be done carefully.
    4. Mr Cuong told/asked us/me not to throw that bottle away (because) they could reuse it.
    5. Tom told us that he didn’t understand what we were saying.
    1. b) Fill in the blanks with a suitable preposition.
    1. out                   2. to                 3. over                         4. in                 5. to

    Question 4:   Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    1. noise                                                    6. using
    2. from                                                    7. ever
    3. the                                                       8. up
    4. people                                                  9. faster
    5. leaving                                                 10. of

    Question 5: Read the passage and choose the best answer.

    1. C 2. B                             3.C                  4. B                             5.D

    Question 6:     a/  Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. This video film is so interesting that I have seen it twice.
    2. It is difficult to learn English without a good dictionary.
    3. He has been learning/ has learnt English for 2 years now.
    4. She used to study with her uncle when she was a child.

    Question 7: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. Vinh is always forgetting his homework.
    2. I wish your friend were at the party.
    3. We have lived/have been living here for 15 years.(since 15 years ago)
    4. Trung was given a microcomputer on his birthday.
    5. This is the first time he has played a computer game.
    6. Nga is looking forward to meeting her aunt again.
    7. He is so old that he can’t have more children.
    8. Susan said to me that she was very busy so she would ring me the following/next day.
    9. They are being made to study hard by their teacher.
    10. No one has signed this cheque.

    TEST 14

    Question 1: Choose the word whose part underlined is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1. D 2. B 3. C                 4. D                 5. C

    Question 2: Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets.

    1. has collected                   5. is going to rain                9. were sleeping
    2. seeing                              6. was rebuilt                       10. is explaining
    3. eating                              7. has been used                  11. playing
    4. have(just) made              8. to use – show                    12. isn’t (is not) – is cooking

    Question 3:      Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. energetic                                  4. traditional
    2. magically                                 5. action
    3. broken                         6. officially

    Question 4: Choose the word or phrase that best complete each sentence.

     

    1. B
    2. C
    3. D
    4. A
    5. A
    1. C
    2. B
    3. B
    4. A
    5. C
    1. B
    2. C
    3. A
    4. C
    5. C

    Question 5:   Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D ) for each space

    1. C
    2. A
    3. D
    4. D
    5. A
    1. C
    2.  B
    3. B
    4. A
    5. B

     

    Question 6: Read the passage and answer the questions below.

    1. It was about dynamite
    2. He was very unhappy.
    3. No, he didn’t .
    4. (his money is now used) for the best working one of the following subjects: physics, chemistry, medicine, literature and peace.
    5. No, we can’t. Some of the world’s greatest scientists.

    Question 7:

    1. a) There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistake and correct it.
    1. to eat à eating
    2. to tell à telling
    3. is à were
    4. will à would
    5. on à to
    6. to watch à watching

                           

                            b)Put the parts of the sentences below into the correct order.

    1. The postman has just come and given me a letter.
    2. We will get to the station before the train comes.
    3. Let him do it alone.
    4. They play football after work, don’t they?
    1.  c) Fill in the blanks with a suitable preposition.
    2. by 2. for 3. of                 4. about                       5. since

    Question 8: Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. What an excellent girl !
    2. He spends two hours each day doing his homework.
    3. The stomachache prevented Mr Binh from enjoying the meal.
    4. As soon as the next lecture ends, we will leave.
    5. People use computers to design new models.
    6. The red car is more expensive than the black car.
    7. Their house has been decorated recently.
    8. Why don’t we go to the sports centre this weekend?
    9. She asked him: “Have you studied French?” (did you study French?)
    10. Peter said he didn’t behave very well in front of a crowd.

    TEST 15

    Question 1: (5 points) Choose the word whose part underlined is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

    1. C 2. B 3. A                 4. C                 5. B

    Question 2: ( 10 points) Supply the correct forms of the verbs in  brackets.

    1. has had                                    6. has been done
    2. was watching              7. taking
    3. washed                                    8. haven’t had
    4. would be                                 9. did
    5. drank                                       10. paying

    Question 3: (10 points)Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences

    1. unfortunately                          6. distinguishes
    2. excited                                                7. appreciatively
    3. urbanized                                            8. beggar
    4. oceanic                                                9. personal
    5. compulsory                                          10 .loan

    Question 4: (10 points)  Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word

    1. young                                      6. night
    2. a                                              7. people
    3. others                                      8. be
    4. read                                         9. questions
    5. but                                           10. of

    Question 5:  (5 points)Read the text then answer the question below.

    1. to keep himself warm at night.
    2. to make smoke signals
    3. small fires hung in wire baskets from post.
    4. 12 hours.
    5. the clock would be slow.

    Question 6: (15 points) Choose the best answer

    1. D                     4.A                  7. B                 10. D               13. C
    2. A                     5.C                  8. A                 11. B               14. B
    3. B                     6.C                  9. B                 12. B               15. A

    Question 7:

    1. a) (5 points) There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistake and correct it.
    1. to review à review
    2. spending à to spend
    3. was à were
    4. get à getting
    5. on à of

    b/ (5 points) Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.

    1. If I were him, I would choose English to learn.
    2. In the end, I decided not to buy that dictionary because it was too expensive.
    3. This video film is so interesting that I have seen it twice.
    4. Mai is worse at Math than Lan (is)
    5. Hoa has more books than her sister (does)

                c/ (5 points)Change these sentences into passive voice.

    1. By whom was this book written?
    2. She likes that report to be written by me.
    3. We enjoy the letters being written.
    4. You are supposed to do this work.
    5. He was seen to pick up the gun.

    Question 8 : (10 points)following sentences so that the meanings stay the same.

    1. it was very kind of you to help me.
    2. Mary told me/us not to open the door.
    3. I’d rather stay at home than go out tonight.
    4. It hasn’t rained here for a fortnight.
    5. He’s always short/lack of money( he’s always broke)
    6. Mr Tuan was said to be a good teacher.
    7. My french friend isn’t used to driving on the left.
    8. I think Paris is the most beautiful city in the world.
    9. It took three and half hours to fly to Moscow.
    10. No matter how rich he was, he never helped the poor.

    TEST  16

    Question 1: (5 points)

    1. C 2. C                 3. A                 4. A                 5. B

    Question 2: (10 points)

    1. is going to rain 6. be woken
    2. are being followed 7. were practicing
    3. to use 8. have travelled
    4. am not using 9. has promised – has
    5. living

    Question 3: (8 points)

    1. action 5. disconnected
    2. electricity 6. loyalty
    3. magically 7. nationwide
    4. application 8. classifying

    Question 4: (12 points)

    1. C 5. A 9.   D
    2. B 6. C 10. A
    3. D 7. B 11. D
    4. D 8. A 12. A

    Question 5: (15 points)           a) (10 points)Fill in the gaps

    1. if/though 5. course 9. responsible
    2. between/of 6. different 10. is/remains/stays
    3. longer/more 7. who
    4. his/the 8. and
    1. b) (5points)What do these sentences imply?
    2. A 2. B                 3. A                 4. B                 5. B

    Question 6: (20points)            a) change into passive voice.

    1. This motor hasn’t been used for a long time.
    2. I think everybody should be told about it.
    3. This letter neednot be typed.
    4. The house began to be built last year.
    5. b) Change into reported speech.
    6. John told me that if I wanted to learn English, he could help me.
    7. Minh asked me if/whether I lived there.
    8. Hoa told me that I must/had to come that day.
    9. The man asked Mr Hai what his son wanted to learn.
    10. c) Fill a suitable preposition
    11. into from                        3. for               4. in

    d)Correct mistakes

    1. taking correct à to take
    2. used to be having correct à used to have

    à is used to having

    1. can correct à could
    2. didn’t he correct à did they
    3. e) Sentence building
    4. Life in Vietnam in the year 2100 will be very different from what it is today.
    5. Football seems to the most popular game in England.
    6. It’s wrong of you not to help him with his studies.
    7. They caught so many fish that they couldn’t count.

    Question7:  ( 10 points) Complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

    1. The cake was so hard that I couldn’t eat it.

    ( the cake was too hard for me to eat)

    1. He hates being asked about his past.
    2. It took two hours to fly from Ha Noi to Ho Chi Minh City.

    (It took two hours)to get/go/travel from Ha Noi to Ho Chi Minh City by air/plane)

    1. He suggested using fewer plastic bags.
    2. I’ll finish the work tonight if you like.
    3. After he had worked hard for many years, he retired.

    7.I prefer reading newspapers to watching TV.

    1. Your brother uses the Internet everyday, doesn’t he?
    2. I remember being taken to a well-known theatre in the city.
    3. Without saying anything, she stood looking at him.

     

    TEST  17

    Question 1

    1. did you do / had gone
    2. told / would work
    3. was stealing / felt
    4. should have been / has gone
    5. was having / stopped

    Question 2

    a-

    1. be –> is
    2. Could –> Would
    3. than –> to
    4. go –> going
    5. for –> by

    b- ( 1,0

    1. independence
    2. national
    3. variable
    4. disagree
    5. attractively

    Question 3: ( 1,0

    1. at
    2. to… .throughout
    3. to …for
    4. with …of
    5. on… next
    6. from

    Question 4: ( 2,0

    1. important 6. lead
    2. scarce 7. providing
    3. progress 8. fought
    4. devote 9. solution
    5. plentiful 10. produce

    Question 5: ( 1,0)

    1- B                2- D                 3- D                 4- A                   5- D

    6- C                 7- A                 8- C                 9- B                 10- A

    Question 6: ( 2,0

    a-

    1. –>He must have been at home last night.

    2.–>Nam’s parents, who were here last week, gave us a present.

    3.–>Despite feeling tired, Sue stayed up late talking to Jill.

    4.–>It was such a hot day that we had lunch outside in the garden.

    5.–>I started working for this company ten years ago.

    1. –> The book I lent you was written by a friend of mine who lives in France.

    2.–> The dog I used to own never barked at people who came to the door.

    1. –> The woman I bought my car from lives in the house you can see over there.
    2. –> My friend Bill, whose car was stolen last week, has decided to buy a motor-bike.

    5.–> The new car I bought cost me a lot of money.

  • Đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 Chuyên ngoại ngữ (Có đáp án)

    Đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 Chuyên ngoại ngữ (Có đáp án)

    Đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 Chuyên ngoại ngữ (Có đáp án)

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Bộ 20 đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 môn Tiếng Anh


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 Chuyên ngoại ngữ (Có đáp án)

    Đề ôn thi vào lớp 10 Chuyên ngoại ngữ (Có đáp án)

    ÔN VÀO 10

    I. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.

     

    1. campus
    1. congratulate
    2. gathering
    1. designed
    1. exchange
    1. relax B. profit B. clothes B. published fetch
    1. ancient C. compose C. athletics C. covered chimney
    1. fascimile D. decorate D. bathe D. sprayed
    1. champagne

    II. Choose a word in each group that has different stress pattern.

    6. A. psychedelic B. inspiration C. interactive D. encouragement
    7. A. scenery B. encourage C. embroider D. experience
    8. A. puppet B. freedom C. describe D. message
    9. A. extensive B. opinion C. official D. optional
    10. A. compulsory B. convenient C. correspond D. communicate

    III. Decide the best option A, B, C, or D for each gap to complete the following sentences.

    1. In towns please drive slowly! You …… drive faster than 50 kph.
    A. don’t have to B. mustn’t C. mayn’t D. needn’t
    12. We can’t use the car now because it  …… .
    A. is mended B. hasn’t mended C. is being mended D. will be mended
    13. They were arrested …… smuggling drug into the country.
    A. of B. by C. for D. about
    14. Who do you think I ran …… in the library this morning?
    A. down B. over C. in D. into
    1. …… behalf of the committee, I’d like to thank you for your generous donation.
    A. In B. For C. On D. To
    16. …… the rain, the football match went ahead.
    A. Owing to B. Despite C. However D. In spite
    17. …… he leaves or I leave!
    A. Either B. Neither C. Only D. Unless
    18. Why don’t you buy bananas when they are much …… than apples?
    A. less expensive B. not expensive C. as expensive D. lesser expensive
    19. Mr. Brown is the landlord …… we rent the house.
    A. who B. whom C. from whom D. of whom
    20. Let’s go for a walk, …… ?
    A. do we B. shall we C. don’t we D. let not we
    21. By the age of twenty-five he had …… his wish of becoming a pianist.
    A. reached B. achieved C. obtained D. had
    22. A large shop that sells all kinds of goods is called a …… .
    A. warehouse B. storeroom C. department D. department store
    23. When you’re on holiday you might buy a …… to take home with you.
    A. souvenir B. message C. memory D. remembrance
    24. I am very sorry. I’ve …… your book at home again. I’ll bring it again tomorrow.
    A. forgotten B. stored C. left D. thrown
    25. We’d better …… really early. It’s a very long journey.
    A. set up B. set off C. set down D. set on
    26. I’ve got a very high opinion …… your brother.
    A. on B. to C. for D. of
    27. We don’t sell foreign newspapers because there is no …… for them.
    A. request B. claim C. requirement D. demand
    28. …… I know, there are no problems with the class.
    A. As far as B. So much as C. Much more than D. Except that
    29. The little girl wouldn’t go to the seaside …… her father went too.
    A. except B. but C. also D. unless
    30. Having …… the table, Mrs Robert called the family for dinner.
    A. laid B. spread C. ordered D. completed

    IV. Choose the correct option A, B, C, or D for each of the gaps to complete the following passage.

    A FAMOUS EXPLORER
    Captain James Cook is remembered today for being one of Britain’s most famous
    explorers of the 18th century. Cook was (31) …… most other explorers of the same period as
    he did not come from a wealthy family and had to work hard to (32) …… his position in life.
    He was lucky to be (33) …… by his father’s employer, who saw that he was a bright boy and
    paid for him to attend the village school. At sixteen, he started (34) …… in a shop in a fishing
    village (35) …… on the coast and this was a turning (36) …… in his life. He developed an
    interest in the sea and eventually joined the Royal Navy (37) …… to see more of the world.
    Cook was (38) …… by sailing, astronomy and the production of maps, and quickly
    became an expert (39) …… these subjects. He was also one of the first people to (40) ……
    that scurvy, an illness often suffered by sailors, could be prevented by careful (41) …… to
    diet. It was during his (42) …… to the Pacific Ocean that Cook made his historic landing in
    Australia and the (43) …… discovery that New Zealand was two (44) …… islands. He became
    national hero and still (45) …… one today.
    31. A different B distinct C contrary D unlike
    32. A manage B succeed C achieve D fulfill
    33. A. remarked B viewed C glanced D noticed
    34. A trade B work C career D job
    35. A held B placed C positioned D situated
    36. A moment B instant C point D mark
    37. A in view B in order C as D due
    38. A keen B eager C fascinated D enthusiastic
    39. A from B over C in D for
    40. A regard B estimate C catch D realize
    41. A attention B organization C observation D treatment
    42. A travel B voyage C excursion D tour
    43. A serious B superior C major D leading
    44. A shared B particular C common D separate
    45. A keeps B stands C maintains D remains

    V. Read the following two passages and choose the correct answer for each question.

    Various types of fog are essentially clouds that form at the earth’s surface, produced by temperature differences and moisture in the air. As warm, moisture-laden air cools, its relative humidity (the amount of moisture that air can contain, which depends on the temperature) increases. Warm air can hold more water vapor than cold air. So if the air is cooled sufficiently it will reach saturation, or the dew point, at which point the moisture begins to condense out of the air and form water droplets, creating fog.

    1. What is the author’s main purpose in this passage?
    1. To describe various types of fog
    1. To explain how fog is formed
    1. To define relative humidity
    1. To compare the effects of warm air and cold air
    1. This passage would most likely be written by …… .
    1. an archeologist B. a biologist
    1. a meteorologist D. a psychologist
    1. The word in bold “sufficiently” as used in the passage is closest in meaning to …… .
    1. supposedly B. efficiently C. readily                        D. satisfactorily
    1. The tone of this passage could best described as …… .
    1. humorous B. argumentative C. objective                  D. persuasive
    1. It can be concluded from the passage that …… .
    1. foggy days are caused by cold nights
    1. fog is likely to form in desert areas
    1. hot humid days are usually followed by cold, foggy nights
    1. fog could form on a cold evening after a warm day

    A healthful lifestyle leads to a longer, happier, healthier life. Staying healthy means eating a well-balanced diet, getting regular exercise, and avoiding things that are bad for the body and mind.

    Nutrition plays a key role in maintaining good health and preventing many diseases. In spite of all the information available about diets, scientists still believe that good nutrition can be simple. There are several basic rules to follow. Keep fat intake low. Eat foods high in carbo-hydrates, which are the starches in grains, legumes (beans and peas), vegetables, and some fruits. Avoid too much sugar. Limit salt. Eat lots of fruits and vegetables, which are high in vitamins.

    A healthful lifestyle is an active lifestyle. Lack of proper physical exercise can cause tiredness, irritability, and poor general health. Physical fitness requires both aerobic exercise, such as running, bicycle riding, and swimming, and muscle-strengthening exercises, such as weight-lifting.

    Finally, good health is acquired by saying no to bad habits such as smoking, drinking, and overeating and by avoiding situations that are constantly stressful. People can take their lives and happiness into their own hands. Maintaining a healthy lifestyle is the first step.

    1. What is the main idea of the passage? A. How to keep an active lifestyle
    1. How to lead a healthy life C. The importance of nutrition
    1. The importance of physical exercise
    1. Three kinds of food that you should avoiding having too much of are …… .
    1. fat, foods high in carbo-hydrates, and legumes B. fat, salt, and vegetables
    1. starches, sugar, and salt D. fat, sugar, and salt
    1. …… are not good for your health.
    1. Smoking, drinking, excessive eating, and dieting B. Drinking and excessive eating
    1. Smoking, drinking, excessive eating, and stressful situations
    1. Smoking, drinking, excessive eating, dieting, and stressful situations
    1. What does the word “nutrition” in the first paragraph mean?
    1. The food we eat B. Eating C. Good health D. Dieting “
    1. Continuously B. Continually C. Terribly                     D. Eventually

    VI. Finish the following conversation by filling a suitable preposition in each numbered gap.

    Sammy: Hello, Mr. Bright. You’ve been gone a long time. Where have you been?

    Phil:       Asia. I’ve been (56) …… Hong Kong, Singapore,          Tokyo … all over.

    Sammy: You sure do travel a lot.

    Phil:       Too much. I’m tired (57) …… travelling now an            d just want to stay home.

    Sammy: Why do you want to do that? It’s not interesting (58) …… here.

    Phil:       Sammy, I’ve been everywhere and I’ve seen eve rything. Now I just want to settle

    down (59) …… a while.

    Sammy: But your life is so exciting.

    Phil:         Exciting? I spend all my time going (60) …… airports, waiting (61) …… my

    luggage, looking (62) …… a taxi, chec  king (63) …… a hotel … It’s not exciting at

    all.

    Sammy: Well it sure sounds exciting (64) …… me. I haven’t  been anywhere. I’ve spent my

    whole life right here in this small city.

    Phil:         Well, why don’t you go somewhere (65) …… you      r next vacation?

    Sammy: Me? Travel? Oh, I couldn’t do that. You have to get reservations and pack and … I might lose my passport and … Oh, no … not me.

    VII. Rewrite the following sentences, using the words given in brackets. Keep the new sentences as close in meaning to the original ones as possible.

    66. I only recognized him when he took off his hat. NOT UNTIL
    67. How far is it from Ha Noi to Sapa? DISTANCE
    68. You needn’t hurry. There’s still much time left . NECESSARY
    69. You will catch a cold if you don’t keep your feet dry. UNLESS
    70. On arrival at the shop, the goods are inspected carefully. WHEN
    71. The accident happened because the train driver ignored the warning light. IF
    72. “You should take more exercise,” the doctor sai d, “if you want to lose weight.” ADVISED
    73. “Could you guard my handbag while I go to the t oilet?” EYE
    74. The thief has broken into his house three times recently. HAD
    75. He is finding it easier to work on night shift. GETTING

    VIII. Write a paragraph about the origin of basketball, basing on the following cues.

    1. Basketball/ invent/ 1891/ physical education instructor/ Springfield/ name/ James Naismith
    1. Because/ terrible weather/ winter/ physical education students/ indoors/ rather/ outdoors
    1. not like/ idea/ boring/ repetitive exercise/ prefer/ excitement/ challenge/ game
    1. Naismith/ figure out/ team sport/ can play/ indoors/ involve/ lot/ running
    1. new game/ not allow/ tackling/ physical contact/ American-style football
    • The End —–

    ANSWER KEYS

    1. C 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. D
    6. D 7. A 8. C 9. D 10. C
    11. B 12. C 13. C 14. D 15. C
    16. B 17. A 18. A 19. C 20. B
    21. B 22. D 23. A 24. C 25. B
    26. D 27. D 28. A 29. D 30. A
    31. D 32. C 33. D 34. B 35. D
    36. C 37. B 38. C 39. C 40. D
    41. A 42. B 43. C 44. D 45. D
    46. B 47. C 48. D 49. C 50. C
    51. B 52. D 53. C 54. A 55. A
    56. to 57. of 58. around 59. for 60. to
    61. for 62. for 63. into 64. to 65. on
    1. Not until he took off his hat did/ could I recognize him.
    1. What is the distance from Ha Noi to Sapa?
    1. It is not necessary (for you) to hurry. There is ……
    1. Unless you keep your feet dry, you will catch a cold.
    1. When the goods arrive at the shop, they are inspected carefully.
    1. If the train driver hadn’t ignored/ had taken notice of/ had paid attention to the warning light, the accident wouldn’t have happened.
    1. The doctor advised me/ him … to take more exercise if I/ he … wanted to lose weight.
    1. “Could you keep an eye on my handbag while I go to the toilet?”
    1. He has had his house broken into three times recently.
    1. He is getting used to working on night shift.

    76 – 80:

    Basketball was invented in 1891 by a physical education instructor in Springfield, by the name of/ whose name was James Naismith. Because of the terrible weather in winter, his physical education students were/ had lessons indoors rather than outdoors. They did not like the idea of boring and repetitive exercise, and preferred the excitement and challenge of a game. Naismith figured out a team sport that could be played indoors that involved a lot of running. The new game did not allow tackling and physical contact of American-style football.

  • Bài tập ngữ pháp tiếng anh căn bản

    Bài tập ngữ pháp tiếng anh căn bản

    Bài tập ngữ pháp tiếng anh căn bản

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Bài tập môn Phân tích hoạt động kinh doanh


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Bài tập ngữ pháp tiếng anh căn bản

    English test (unit 1-10)                                                

    Teacher: Vladka

    Name:

    Instructions: fill in the missing words.

    Introduction:

    • Where do you ……. ……..?
    • What is your …….? My name is Peter.
    • …….old are you? I’m ………… ……. (Write the number in words. Example I’m 23 = I’m twenty three …..)
    • ……..is your bithrday?
    • What is your teachear’s name? …….name is Vladka.
    • The teacher was born ….25th July 1978. Her birthday is ……July.
    • What is the ……..…. city of Vietnam?
    • …….are you today? Thank you, I’m fine.

    Body parts:

    • You see with your ………..
    • You kiss with your ……….
    • You eat with your………..
    • You hear with your………
    • You lick an ice cream with your ………
    • I have five ……..on my hand.
    • The teacher has a blonde …….
    • Is your hair long or ………..?
    • Brush your ………..every day.
    • What ………..are your eyes?
    • You can hold your ………if you don’t like to smell it.

    Clothes:

    • We wear …………in the bed.
    • ………..weat skirts.
    • If I feel cold I wear……….on my feet.
    • We wear ……….in warm weather.
    • We wear……….(nike, puma) for sport.
    • We wear……….for work.
    • We wear sock on our ………

    Family

    • Your mother and father are your ………
    • Small childred call their mother ………
    • ………is an informal word for father.
    • Do you have any brother or………..?
    • How old is your …………? He is very old. He is 84 years old and he lives with my grandmother.
    • Your mother’s of father’s brother is your………

    Illness

    • I feel very ………today. I think I have a flu.
    • If don’t feel very well you should see the ……….
    • My tooth aches! I think I have to go to the ……….
    • I feel very sick. I have a ………………
    • I feel very hot. I think I have a ………………
    • What time is it? Example:09:15. It is a quarter past nine in the morning/am.
    • 08:15
    • 09:00
    • 10:30
    • 10:45
    • 11:50
    • 12:00
    • 12:08
    • 12:30
    • 12:50
    • 14:21
    • 15:05
    • 19:27
    • 22:30
    • 23:15
    • 23:45
    • 24:00

    The season:

    54) What are the 4 seasons? ……………            ……………..        …………………. ……………

    55) Flowers start to grow in ………..

    56) The leaves fall from the trees in………….

    57) It is very cold in ……………

    58) It is very ……    in summer.

    Vocabulary:

    59) What is the…………..today? Today is ………. …………2010.

    60) How do we call Saturday and Sunday? …………………

    61) The week starts on ……………

    62) The clock is on the …………..

    63) What kind of tropical ………… do you like? I like eating mango.

    64) I think you should eat more ……………(carrot, potato, onion).

    65) What are the months of the year?

    January……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… .December

  • BÀI TẬP VỀ CÁC THÌ TRONG TIẾNG ANH

    BÀI TẬP VỀ CÁC THÌ TRONG TIẾNG ANH

    BÀI TẬP VỀ CÁC THÌ TRONG TIẾNG ANH

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Bài tập nguyên lý kế toán


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: BÀI TẬP VỀ CÁC THÌ TRONG TIẾNG ANH

    BÀI TẬP VỀ CÁC THÌ TRONG TIẾNG ANH

     

    Dạng 1:

    Bài tập 1: Cho dạng thức đúng của động từ trong ngoặc:
    1. Ann, we (go) to town. (you/come) with us
    2. She (have) coffee for breakfast every morning
    3.  She sometimes (buy) vegettable at this market
    4. I (try) to learn English for year, but I (not succeed) yet
    5.Mary (rest) in the garden all day because she(be) ill
    6.That book(lie)on the table for weeeks. You (not read) it yet
    7.Mary (lose) her hat and she (look) for it until now
    8.I (see) that film several times because I like it
    9.That brown suitcase (belong) to Dr.Rice
    10.Micheal (work) thirty eight hours a week
    11.How many times you (see) him since he went to England
    12.Up to the present, we (write) almost every lesson in the book
    13.We will go when the rain (stop)
    14.I (stay) here until he (answer) me
    15.Wait until I (catch) you
    16.She (not come) until you (be) ready
    17.Miss Helen (help) you as soon as she (finish )that letter tomorrow
    18.I (come) and (see) you before you leave

    19.If you (find) a wallet in the street, what would you do with it?
    20.I (help) you if I could, but I am afraid I can’t
    21.Should I see him later, I (give) him your messege
    22.Were I your age, I (do) things differently
    23.I must hurry. My friend (be) annoyed If I (not be) on time
    24.If I were you, I (not wait). I (go) now

    Bài tập 2: ( câu đơn)

    1. I (have) coffee for breakfast every morning.
    2. We (do) exercise one right at the moment.
    3. Up to the present, he (do) good work in this class.
    4. This house (stand) for centuries.
    5. I (meet) him yesterday.
    6. She usually (wear) a blue dress, but today she (wear) a red one.
    7. Her bicycle (be) stolen.
    8. People (speak) English and French in Canada.

    Bài tập số 3:

    1. At nine o’clock yesterday morning we ________________ for the bus.
      A. wait B. waiting C. was waiting          D. were waiting
      2. At this time tomorrow ___________________ over the Atlantic.
      A. we flying               B. we ‘ll be flying     C. we ‘ll fly               D. we to fly
      3. Don’t worry. I ___________________ be here to help you.
      A. not                         B. will             C. willn’t        D. won’t
      4. “Let ‘s go! What ‘s taking you so long?”
      “I ‘ll be there as soon as I ______________ my keys.”
      A. found         B. will find                C. find            D. am finding
      5. My friend _____________ the answer to the question.
      A. is know                 B. know          C. knowing                D. knows

    1. “When is Mr. Nam planning to retire?”
      “Soon, I think. He ___________ here for a long time. He ‘ll probably retire either next year or the year after that.”
      A. has worked B. had been working C. has been working            D. is working
      7. While I __________________ TV last night, a mouse ran across the floor.
      A. watch                     B. watched                 C. was watching                    D. am watching
      8. “Is it true that spaghetti didn’t originate in Italy?”
      “Yes. The Chinese ____________________ spaghetti dishes for a long time before Marco Polo brought it back to Italy.”
      A. have been making           B. have made            C. had been making                         D. made
      9. After Jessica ___________ her degree, she intends to work in her father ‘s company.
      A. will finish             B. will have finished            C. finishes                 D. is finishing
      10. By the time I go to bed tonight, I ___________________ my work for the day.
      A. will finish             B. have finished       C. will have finished            D. finish

     

     

    Dạng 2

     

    Bài tập số 1:The simple present and the present continuous
    Put the verbs in brackets into the simple present or the present continuous tense.

    1. Cuckoos (not build) nests. They (use) the nests of other birds.
      2.You can’t see Tom now: he (have) a bath.
      3.He usually (drink) coffee but today he (drink) tea.
      4. What she (do) in the evenings? She usually (play) cards or (watch) TV.
      5. I won’t go out now as it (rain) and I (not have) an umbrella.
      6. The last train (leave) the station at 11.30.
      7. He usually (speak) so quickly that I (not understand) him.
      8. Ann (make) a dress for herself at the moment. She (make) all her own clothes.
      9. Hardly anyone (wear) a hat nowadays.
      10. I’m afraid I’ve broken one of your coffee cups.
      Don’t worry. I (not like) that set anyway.
      11. I (wear) my sunglasses today because the sun is very strong.
      12.Tom can’t have the newspaper now because his aunt (read) it.
      13.I’m busy at the moment. I (redecorate) the sitting room.
      14. The kettle (boil) now. Shall I make the tea?
      15. You (enjoy) yourself or would you like to leave now?
      I (enjoy) myself very much. I (want) to stay to the end.
      16. How you (get) to work as a rule?
      I usually (go) by bus but tomorrow I (go) in Tom’s car.
      17. Why you (put) on your coat?
      I (go) for a walk. You (come) with me?
      Yes, I’d love to come. You (mind) if I bring my dog?
      18. How much you (owe) him?
      I (owe) him £5.
      You (intend) to pay him?
      19. You (belong) to your local library?
      Yes, I do.
      You (read) a lot?
      Yes, quite a lot.
      How often you (change) your books?
      I (change) one every day.
      20. Mary usually (learn) languages very quickly but she (not seem) able
      to learn modern Greek.
      21. I always (buy) lottery tickets but I never (win) anything.
      22. You (like) this necklace? I (give) it to my daughter for her birthday
      tomorrow.
      23. I won’t tell you my secret unless you (promise) not to tell anyone.
      I (promise).
      24. You always (write) with your left hand?
      25. You (love) him?
      No, I (like) him very much but I (not love) him.
      26. You (dream) at night?
      Yes, I always (dream) and if I (eat) too much supper I (have)
      nightmares.
      27. The milk (smell) sour. You (keep) milk a long time?
      28. These workmen are never satisfied; they always (complain).
      29 .We (use) this room today because the window in the other room is broken.
      30. He always (say) that he will mend the window but he never (do) it.
      31. You (know) why an apple (fall) down and not up?
      32. You (write) to him tonight?
      Yes, I always (write) to him on his birthday. You (want) to send any message?
      33. Tom and Mr Pitt (have) a long conversation. I (wonder) what they (talk) about.
      34. You (believe) all that the newspapers say?
      No, I (not believe) any of it.
      Then why you (read) newspapers?
      35. This car (make) a very strange noise. You (think) it is all right?
      Oh, that noise (not matter). It always (make) a noise like that.
      36.The fire (smoke) horribly. I can’t see across the room.
      I (expect) that birds (build) a nest in the chimney.
      Why you (not put) wire across the tops of your chimneys?
      Tom (do) that sometimes but it (not seem) to make any difference.

     

    Bài tập số 2: The simple present and the present continuous
    Put the verbs in brackets into the simple present or present continous tense.

    1. What Tom (think) of the Budget?
      He (think) it most unfair.
      I (agree) with him.
      2.What this one (cost)?
      It (cost) forty pence.
      3. You (hear) the wind? It (blow) very strongly tonight.
      4. You (see) my car keys anywhere?
      No, I (look) for them but I (not see) them.
      5. He never (listen) to what you say. He always (think) about something else.
      6. This book is about a man who (desert) his family and (go) to live on a Pacific island.
      7. You (understand) what the lecturer is saying?
      No, I (not understand) him at all.
      8. What you (have) for breakfast usually?
      I usually (eat) a carrot and (drink) a glass of cold water.
      9. When the curtain (rise) we (see) a group of workers. They (picket) factory gate.
      10. Why you (walk) so fast today? You usually (walk) quite slowly.
      I (hurry) because I (meet) my mother at 4 o’clock and she (not like) to be kept waiting.
      11. I (wish) that dog would lie down. He (keep) jumping up on my lap.
      I (think) he (want) to go for a walk.
      12. You (recognize) that man?
      I (think) that I have seen him before but I (not remember) his name
      13. Look at that crowd. I (wonder) what they (wait) for.
      14. This message has just arrived and the man (wait) in case you (want) to send a reply.
      15. Stop! You (not see) the notice?
      I (see) it but I can’t read it because I (not wear) my glasses. What it (say)?
      It (say) ‘These premises are patrolled by guard dogs’.
      16. She always (borrow) from me and she never (remember) to pay me back.
      17. You (need) another blanket or you (feel) warm enough?
      18. It (save) time if you (take) the path through the wood?
      No, it (not matter) which path you take.
      19. I (save) up because I (go) abroad in July.
      20. I (think) it is a pity you don’t take more exercise. You (get) fat.
      21. The plane that you (look) at now just (take) off for Paris.
      22. Tom never (do) any work in the garden; he always (work) on his car.
      23. What he (do) to his car now?
      I (think) he (polish) it.
      24. That film (come) to the local cinema next week. You (want) to see it?
      25. How Peter (get) on at school?
      Very well. He (seem) to like the life.
      26. Why Mrs Pitt (look) so angry?
      Mr Pitt (smoke) a cigarette and (drop) the ash on the carpet.
      27. This is our itinerary. We (leave) home on the 8th, (arrive) in Paris on the 9th, (spend) the day in Paris, and (set) out that night for Venice.
      That (sound) most interesting. You must tell me all about it when you (get) back.
      28. This story is about a boy who (make) friends with a snake which he (find) in his garden. Then he (go) away but he (not forget) the snake and some years later he (return) and (look) for it.
      29. He (find) the snake who (recognize) its old friend and (coil) round him affectionately. But, unfortunately, the snake is by now a full-grown boa-constrictor and its embrace (kill) the poor boy.
      30. The snake (feel) sorry about this?
      I (not know). The story (end) there.
      31. How you (end) a letter that (begin), ‘Dear Sir’?
      I always (put), ‘Yours truly’, but Tom (prefer) ‘Yours faithfully’.
      32. What the word ‘catastrophe’ (mean)?
      It (mean) ‘disaster’.
      33. What you (wait) for?
      I (wait) for the shop to open.
      But it (not open) till 9.00.
      I (know) but I (want) to be early, as their sale (start) today.
      34. Why you (smoke) a cigar, Mrs Pitt? You (not smoke) cigars as a rule.
      I (smoke) it because I (want) the ash. This book (say) that cigar ash mixed with oil
      (remove) heat stains from wood.
      35. Who (own) this umbrella?
      I (not know). Everybody (use) it but nobody (know) who (own) it.
      36 You (mind) if I (ask) you a question?
      That (depend) on the question.
      It (concern) your brother.
      I (refuse) to answer any question about my brother.

    Bài tập số 3:The present perfect and the simple past
    Put the verbs in brackets into the present perfect or the simple past tense. In some sentences the present perfect continuous is also possible.

    1. This is my house.
      How long you (live) here?
      I (live) here since1970.
      2. He (live) in London for two years and then (go) to Edinburgh.
      3. You (wear) your hair long when you were at school?
      Yes, my mother (insist) on it.
      4. But when I (leave) school I (cut) my hair and (wear) it short ever since.
      5. Shakespeare (write) a lot of plays.
      6. My brother (write) several plays. He just (finish) his second tragedy.
      7. I (fly) over Loch Ness last week.
      You (see) the Loch Ness monster?
      8. I (not see) him for three years. I wonder where he is.
      9. He (not smoke) for two weeks. He is trying to give it up.
      10. Chopin (compose) some of his music in Majorca.
      11. When he (arrive)?
      He (arrive) at 2.00.
      12. You (lock) the door before you left the house?
      13. I (read) his books when I was at school. I (enjoy) them very much.
      14. I can’t go out because I (not finish) my work.
      15. I never (drink) whisky.
      Well, have some now.
      16. I (write) the letter but I can’t find a stamp.
      17. The clock is slow.
      It isn’t slow, it (stop).
      18. Here are your shoes; I just (clean) them.
      19. I (leave) home at 8.00 and (get) here at twelve.
      20. I (do) this sort of work when I (be) an apprentice.
      21. He just (go) out.
      22. He (go) out ten minutes ago.
      23. You (have) breakfast yet?
      Yes, I (have) it at 8.00.
      24. I (meet) him last June.
      25. You (see) the moon last night?
      26. The concert (begin) at 2.30 and (last) for two hours. Everyone (enjoy) it very much.
      27. The play just (begin). You are a little late.
      28. The newspaper (come)?
      Yes, Ann is reading it.
      29. The actors (arrive) yesterday and (start) rehearsals early this morning.
      30. It (be) very cold this year. I wonder when it is going to get warmer.
      31. Cervantes (write) Don Quixote.
      32. We (miss) the bus. Now we’ll have to walk.
      33. He (break) his leg in a skiing accident last year.
      34. Mr Pound is the bank manager. He (be) here for five years.
      35. Mr Count (work) as a cashier for twenty-five years. Then he (retire) and (go) to live in the country.
      36.You (be) here before?
      Yes, I (spend) my holidays here last year.
      You (have) a good time?
      No, it never (stop) raining.

    Bài tập số 4: The present perfect and the simple past
    Put the verbs in brackets into the present perfect or simple past tense. Fill the spaces by repeating the auxiliary used in the preceding verb.

    You (see) Mary on Monday?
    Yes, I…
    Did you see Mary on Monday?’
    Yes, I did.
    1. Where is Tom?
    I (not see) him today, but he (tell) Mary that he’d be in for dinner.
    2. I (buy) this in Bond Street.
    How much you (pay) for it?
    I (pay) Ј100.
    3. Where you (find) this knife?
    I (find) it in the garden.
    Why you (not leave) it there?
    4. I (lose) my black gloves. You (see) them anywhere?
    No, I’m afraid 1…. When you last (wear) them?
    I (wear) them at the theatre last night.
    Perhaps you (leave) them at the theatre.
    5. Do you know that lady who just (leave) the shop?
    Yes, that is Miss Thrift. Is she a customer of yours?
    Not exactly. She (be) in here several times but she never (buy) anything.
    6. He (leave) the house at 8.00.
    Where he (go)?
    I (not see) where he (go).
    7. He (serve) in the First World War.
    When that war (begin)?
    It (begin) in 1914 and (last) for four years.
    8. Who you (vote) for at the last election?
    I (vote) for Mr Pitt.
    He (not be) elected, (be) he?
    No, he (lose) his deposit.
    9. You (like) your last job?
    I (like) it at first but then I (quarrel) with my employer and he (dismiss) me.
    How long you (be) there?
    I (be) there for two weeks.
    10. I (not know) that you (know) Mrs Pitt. How long you (know) her?
    I (know) her for ten years.
    11. That is Mr Minus, who teaches me mathematics, but he (not have) time to teach me much. I only (be) in his class for a week.
    12. You (hear) his speech on the radio last night?
    Yes, I . . .
    What you (think) of it?
    13. I (not know) that you (be) here. You (be) here long?
    Yes, I (be) here two months.
    You (be) to the Cathedral?
    Yes, I (go) there last Sunday.
    14.You ever (try) to give up smoking?
    Yes, I (try) last year, but then I (find) that I was getting fat so I (start) again.
    15. You (see) today’s paper?
    No, anything interesting (happen)?
    Yes, two convicted murderers (escape) from the prison down the road.
    16. Mary (feed) the cat?
    Yes, she (feed) him before lunch.
    What she (give) him?
    She (give) him some fish.
    17. How long you (know) your new assistant?
    I (know) him for two years.
    What he (do) before he (come) here?
    I think he (be) in prison.
    18. I (not see) your aunt recently.
    No. She (not be) out of her house since she (buy) her colour TV.
    19. The plumber (be)here yet?
    Yes, but he only (stay) for an hour.
    What he (do) in that time?
    He (turn) off the water and (empty) the tank.
    20. Where you (be)?
    I (be) out in a yacht.
    You (enjoy) it?
    Yes, very much. We (take) part in a race.
    You (win)?
    No, we (come) in last.
    21. How long that horrible monument (be) there?
    It (be) there six months. Lots of people (write) to the Town Council asking them to take it away but so far nothing (be) done.
    22. I just (be) to the film War and Peace. You (see) it?
    No, 1…. Is it like the book?
    I (not read) the book.
    I (read) it when I (be) at school.
    When Tolstoy (write) it?
    He (write) it in 1868.
    He (write) anything else?
    23. Hannibal (bring) elephants across the Alps.
    Why he (do) that?
    He (want) to use them in battle.
    24. Where you (be)?
    I (be) to the dentist.
    He (take) out your bad tooth?
    Yes, he . . .
    It (hurt)?
    Yes, horribly.
    25. She (say) that she’d phone me this morning, but it is now 12.30 and she (not phone)
    yet.
    26. I just (receive) a letter saying that we (not pay) this quarter’s electricity bill. I (not give) you the money for that last week?
    Yes, you . . . but I’m afraid I (spend) it on something else.
    27. How long you (be) out of work?
    I’m not out of work now. I just (start) a new job.
    How you (find) the job?
    I (answer) an advertisement in the paper.
    28. You (finish) checking the accounts?
    No, not quite. I (do) about half so far.
    29. I (cut) my hand rather badly. Have you a bandage?
    I’ll get you one. How it (happen)?
    I was chopping some wood and the axe (slip).
    30. How you (get) that scar?
    I (get) it in a car accident a year ago.
    31. You (meet) my brother at the lecture yesterday?
    Yes, I …. We (have) coffee together afterwards.
    32. He (lose) his job last month and since then he (be) out of work.
    Why he (lose) his job?
    He (be) very rude to Mr Pitt.
    33. What are all those people looking at?
    There (be) an accident.
    You (see) what (happen)?
    Yes, a motor cycle (run) into a lorry.
    34. I (phone) you twice yesterday and (get) no answer.
    35. Originally horses used in bull fights (not wear) any protection, but
    for some time now they (wear) special padding.
    36. That house (be) empty for a year. But they just (take) down the ‘For Sale’ sign, so I suppose someone (buy) it.

     

     

    Bài tập số 5: The simple past and the past continuous
    Put the verbs in brackets into the simple past or the past continuous tense.

    1. I lit the fire at6.00and it (bum) brightly when Tom came in at 7.00.
      2. When I arrived the lecture had already started and the professor (write) on the overhead projector.
      3. I (make) a cake when the light went out. I had to finish it in the dark.
      4. I didn’t want to meet Paul so when he entered the room I (leave).
      5. Unfortunately when I arrived Ann just (leave), so we only had time for a few words.
      6. He (watch) TV when the phone rang. Very unwillingly he (turn) down the sound and (go) to answer it.
      7. He was very polite. Whenever his wife entered the room he (stand) up.
      8. The admiral (play) bowls when he received news of the invasion. He (insist) on finishing the game.
      9. My dog (walk) along quietly when Mr. Pitt’s Pekinese attacked him.
      10. When I arrived she (have) lunch. She apologized for starting without me but said that she always (lunch) at12.30.
      11. He always (wear) a raincoat and (carry) an umbrella when he walked to the office.
      12. What you (think) of his last book?
      I (like) it very much.
      13. I (share) a flat with him when we were students. He always (complain) about my untidiness.
      14. He suddenly (realize) that he (travel) in the wrong direction.
      15. He (play) the guitar outside her house when someone opened the window and (throw) out a bucket of water.
      16. I just (open) the letter when the wind (blow) it out of my hand.
      17. The burglar (open) the safe when he (hear) footsteps. He immediately (put) out his torch and (crawl) under the bed.
      18. When I (look) for my passport I (find) this old photograph.
      19. You looked very busy when I (see) you last night. What you (do)?
      20. The boys (play) cards when they (hear) their father’s step. They immediately (hide) the cards and (take) out their lesson books.
      21. He (clean) his gun when it accidentally (go) off and (kill) him.
      22. He (not allow) us to go out in the boat yesterday as a strong wind (blow).
      23. As I (cross) the road I (step) on a banana skin and (fall) heavily.
      24. I still (lie) on the road when I (see) a lorry approaching.
      25. Luckily the driver (see) me and (stop) the lorry in time.
      26. How you (damage) your car so badly?
      I (run) into a lamp-post yesterday.
      I suppose you (drive) too quickly or were not looking where you (go).
      27. As he (get) into the bus it (start) suddenly and he (fall) backwards on to the road.
      28. I (call) Paul at 7.00 but it wasn’t necessary because he already (get) up.
      29. When he (mend) the fuse he (get) a very bad shock.
      30. When I (hear) his knock I (go) to the door and (open) it, but I (not recognize) him at first because I (not wear) my glasses.
      31. When I came in they (sit) round the fire. Mr. Pitt (do) a crossword puzzle, Mrs. Pitt (knit), the others (read). Mrs. Pitt (smile) at me and (say), ‘Come and sit down.
      32. While the guests (dance) thieves (break) into the house and (steal) a lot of fur coats.
      33. The next day, as they (know) that the police (look) for them, they (hide) the coats in
      a wood and (go) off in different directions.
      34.She was very extravagant. She always (buy) herself new clothes.
      35. Her mother often (tell) her that she (spend) too much money but she never (listen).
      36. Whenever the drummer (begin) practising, the people in the next flat (bang) on the wall.

    Bài tập số 6: The simple past and the past continuous
    Put the verbs in brackets into the simple past or past continuous tense.

    1.Mr. Smith never (wake) up in time in the mornings and always (get) into trouble for being late; so one day he (go) to town and (buy) an alarm clock.
    2. To get home he (have to) go through a field where a bad-tempered bull usually (graze).
    3. This bull normally (not chase) people unless something (make) him angry. Unfortunately, as Mr. Smith (cross) the field, his alarm clock (go) off.
    4. This (annoy) the bull, who immediately (begin) to chase Mr. Smith.
    5. Mr. Smith (carry) an open umbrella as it (rain) slightly. He (throw) the umbrella to the ground and (run) away as fast as he could.
    6. The bull (stop) and (begin) to attack the umbrella. While he (do) this Mr. Smith escaped.
    7. When he (awake) she (sit) by the window. She (look) at something in the street, but when he (call) her she (turn) and (smile) at him.
    8. Why you (interrupt) me just now? I (have) a very interesting conversation with Mr. Pitt.
    9. The murderer (carry) the corpse down the stairs when he (hear) a knock on the door.
    10. When I (look) through your books I (notice) that you have a copy of Murder in the Cathedral.
    11. As they (walk) along the road they (hear) a car coming from behind them. Tom (turn) round and (hold) up his hand. The car (stop).
    12. When I (arrive) at the station Mary (wait) for me. She (wear) a blue dress and (look) very pretty. As soon as she (see) me she (wave) and (shout) something, but I couldn’t hear what she (say) because everybody (make) such a noise.
    13. The prisoner (escape) by climbing the wall of the garden where he (work). He (wear) blue overalls and black shoes.
    14. She said that the car (travel) at 40 k.p.h. when it (begin) to skid.
    15. She said that she (not like) her present flat and (try) to find another.
    16. While he (make) his speech the minister suddenly (feel) faint. But someone (bring) him a glass of water and after a few minutes he (be able) to continue.
    17. When I (see) him he (paint) a portrait of his wife.
    You (like) it?
    He only just (start) when I (see) it, so I couldn’t judge.
    18. I (take) my friend to a murder trial the other day.
    Who (be) tried?
    A man called Bill Sykes.
    Was he acquitted?
    I don’t know. They still (listen) to the evidence when we (leave).
    19. I (be) sorry that I (have to) leave the party early, because I (enjoy) myself.
    20. As we (come) here a policeman (stop) us. He (say) that he (look) for some stolen property and (ask) if he could search the car.
    21. I (see) you yesterday from the bus. Why you (use) a stick?
    I (use) a stick because I had hurt my leg that morning falling off a horse.
    Whose horse you (ride)?
    22. The floor was covered with balls of wool. Obviously Mrs. Pitt (knit) something.
    23. Ann said that she (be) on holiday. I (say) that I (hope) that she (enjoy) herself.
    24. While he (water) the flowers it (begin) to rain. He (put) up his umbrella and (go) on watering.
    25. I just (write) a cheque when I (remember) that I (have) nothing in the bank.

     

    Dạng 3

    VERB TENSE EXERCISE

    A. Simple present / present progressive

    1. Every Monday, Sally (drive) _____ her kids to football practice.
      2. Usually, I (work) _____ as a secretary at ABT, but this summer I (study) _____ French at a language school in Paris. That is why I am in Paris.
      3. Shhhhh! Be quiet! John (sleep) _____.
      4. Don’t forget to take your umbrella. It (rain) _____.
      5. I hate living in Seattle because it (rain, always) _____.
      6. I’m sorry I can’t hear what you (say) _____ because everybody (talk) _____ so loudly.
      7. Justin (write, currently) _____ a book about his adventures in Tibet. I hope he can find a good publisher when he is finished.
      8. Jim: Do you want to come over for dinner tonight?
      Denise: Oh, I’m sorry, I can’t. I (go) _____ to a movie tonight with some friends.
      9. The business cards (be, normally ) _____ printed by a company in New York. Their prices (be) _____ inexpensive, yet the quality of their work is quite good.
      10. This delicious chocolate (be) _____ made by a small chocolatier in Zurich, Switzerland.

     

    B. Past simple / past progressive

    1. A: What (you, do) _____ when the accident occurred?
      B: I (try) _____ to change a light bulb that had burnt out.
      2. After I (find) _____ the wallet full of money, I (go, immediately) _____ to the police and (turn) _____ it in.
      3. The doctor (say) _____ that Tom (be) _____ too sick to go to work and that he (need) _____ to stay at home for a couple of days.
      4. Sebastian (arrive) _____ at Susan’s house a little before 9:00 PM, but she (be, not) _____ there. She (study, at the library) _____ for her final examination in French.
      5. Sandy is in the living room watching television. At this time yesterday, she (watch, also) _____ television. That’s all she ever does!
      6. A: I (call) _____ you last night after dinner, but you (be, not) _____ there. Where were you?
      B: I (work) _____ out at the fitness center.
      7. When I (walk) _____ into the busy office, the secretary (talk) _____ on the phone with a customer, several clerks (work, busily) _____ at their desks, and two managers (discuss, quietly) _____ methods to improve customer service.
      8. I (watch) _____ a mystery movie on TV when the electricity went out. Now I am never going to find out how the movie ends.
      9. Sharon (be) _____ in the room when John told me what happened, but she didn’t hear anything because she (listen, not) _____.
      10. It’s strange that you (call) _____ because I (think, just) _____ about you.
      11. The Titanic (cross) _____ the Atlantic when it (strike) _____ an iceberg.
      12. When I entered the bazaar, a couple of merchants (bargain, busily) _____ and (try) _____ to sell their goods to naive tourists who (hunt) _____ for souvenirs. Some young boys (lead) _____ their donkeys through the narrow streets on their way home. A couple of men (argue) _____ over the price of a leather belt. I (walk) _____ over to a man who (sell) _____ fruit and (buy) _____ a banana.
      13. The firemen (rescue) _____ the old woman who (be) _____ trapped on the third floor of the burning building.
      14. She was so annoying! She (leave) _____ her dirty dishes in the sink. I think she (expect, actually) _____ me to do them for her.
      15. Samantha (live) _____ in Berlin for more than two years. In fact, she (live) _____ there when the Berlin Wall came down.

    C. Past simple / present perfect

    1. A: Did you like the movie “Star Wars?”
      B: I don’t know. I (see, never) _____that movie.
      2. Sam (arrive) _____in San Diego a week ago.
      3. My best friend and I (know) _____each other for over fifteen years. We still get together once a week.
      4. Stinson is a fantastic writer. He (write) _____ten very creative short stories in the last year. One day, he’ll be as famous as Hemingway.
      5. I (have, not) _____this much fun since I (be) _____a kid.
      6. Things (change) _____a great deal at Coltech, Inc. When we first (start) _____working here three years ago, the company (have, only) _____six employees. Since then, we (expand) _____to include more than 2000 full-time workers.
      7. I (tell) _____him to stay on the path while he was hiking, but he (wander) _____off into the forest and (be) _____bitten by a snake.
      8. Listen Donna, I don’t care if you (miss) _____the bus this morning. You (be) _____late to work too many times. You are fired!
      9. Sam is from Colorado, which is hundreds of miles from the coast, so he (see, never) _____the ocean. He should come with us to Miami.
      10. How sad! George (dream) _____of going to California before he died, but he didn’t make it. He (see, never) _____the ocean.
      11. In the last hundred years, traveling (become) _____much easier and very comfortable. In the 19th century, it (take) _____two or three months to cross North America by covered wagon. The trip (be) _____very rough and often dangerous. Things (change) _____a great deal in the last hundred and fifty years. Now you can fly from New York to Los Angeles in a matter of hours.
      12. Jonny, I can’t believe how much you (change) _____since the last time I (see) _____you. You (grow) _____at least a foot!
      13. This tree (be) _____planted by the settlers who (found) _____our city over four hundred years ago.
      14. This mountain (be, never) _____climbed by anyone. Several mountaineers (try) _____to reach the top, but nobody (succeed, ever). The climb is extremely difficult and many people (die) _____trying to reach the summit.
      15. I (visit, never) _____Africa, but I (travel) _____to South America several times. The last time I (go) _____to South America, I (visit) _____Brazil and Peru. I (spend) _____two weeks in the Amazon, (hike) _____for a week near Machu Picchu, and (fly) _____over the Nazca Lines.

    D. Past simple / past perfect

    I can’t believe I (get) _____that apartment. I (submit) _____my application last week, but I didn’t think I had a chance of actually getting it. When I (show) _____up to take a look around, there were at least twenty other people who (arrive) _____before me. Most of them (fill, already) _____out their applications and were already leaving. The landlord said I could still apply, so I did.

    I (try) _____to fill out the form, but I couldn’t answer half of the questions. They (want) _____me to include references, but I didn’t want to list my previous landlord because I (have) _____some problems with him in the past and I knew he wouldn’t recommend me. I (end) _____up listing my father as a reference.

    It was total luck that he (decide) _____to give me the apartment. It turns out that the landlord and my father (go) _____to high school together. He decided that I could have the apartment before he (look) _____at my credit report. I really lucked out!

     

    E. Present / past tense review

    Lars: Excuse me, which movie are you waiting for?
    Tony: We (wait) _____for the new Stars Wars movie. In fact, we (wait) _____here for more than five hours.
    Lars: Five hours? When did you arrive?
    Tony: We (get) _____here at 6:00 o’clock this morning. More than forty people (stand, already) _____here waiting for tickets when we arrived.
    Lars: I can’t believe that! Are you serious?
    Tony: Yeah, people (take) _____Star Wars movies seriously. In fact, this particular showing has been sold out for over a week. We (wait, just) _____in line to get a good seat in the theater.
    Lars: When did you buy your tickets?
    Tony: I (buy) _____them last week by phone. I (know) _____tickets would be hard to get because I (see) _____a news interview with a group of people standing in line to get tickets. They (wait) _____in line for almost a month to buy tickets for the first showing.
    Lars: I don’t believe that!
    Tony: It’s true. They (camp) _____out in front of Mann’s Chinese Theater in Los Angeles for about a month because they (want) _____to be the first people to see the movie.

    F. Simple present / simple future

    1. Today after I (get) _____out of class, I (go) _____to a movie with some friends.
      2. When you (arrive) _____in Stockholm, call my friend Gustav. He (show) _____you around the city and help you get situated.
      3. A: Do you know what you want to do after you (graduate)?
      B: After I (receive) _____my Master’s from Georgetown University, I (go) _____to graduate school at UCSD in San Diego. I (plan) _____to complete a Ph.D. in cognitive science.
      4. If it (snow) _____this weekend, we (go) _____skiing near Lake Tahoe.
      5. Your father (plan) _____to pick you up after school today at 3:00 o’clock. He (meet) _____you across the street near the ice cream shop. If something happens and he cannot be there, I (pick) _____you up instead.
      6. If the people of the world (stop, not) _____cutting down huge stretches of rain forest, we (experience) _____huge changes in the environment during the twenty-first century.
      7. If Vera (keep) _____drinking, she (lose, eventually) _____her job.
      8. I promise you that I (tell, not) _____your secret to anybody. Even if somebody (ask) _____me about what happened that day, I (reveal, not) _____the truth to a single person.
      9. She (make) _____some major changes in her life. She (quit) _____her job and go back to school. After she (finish) _____studying, she (get) _____a better-paying job and buy a house. She is going to improve her life!
      10. Tom (call) _____when he (arrive) _____in Madrid. He (stay) _____with you for two or three days until his new apartment (be) _____available.
    2. Michael: After you (leave) _____work, will you please drop by the grocery store and pick up some milk and bread?
      Marie: No problem, I (pick) _____up the groceries and be home by 6 o’clock.
      Michael: Great. You will probably get home before I (do).

      12.
      Ari: By the time we (get) _____to the movie theater, the tickets are going to be sold out.
      Sarah: Don’t worry. I told Jane we might be arriving just before the movie (start). She (buy) _____our tickets and meet us in the lobby.
      Ari: That place is huge! We (find, never) _____her in that crowded lobby.
      Sarah: Calm down, we (meet) _____each other near the entrance.

      13.
      Terry: If the weather (be) _____good tomorrow, maybe we should go to the beach.
      Jennifer: I have a better idea. If it (be) _____nice out, we’ll go to the beach; and if it (rain), we’ll see a movie.
      Terry: I guess we will have to wait until we (get) _____up in the morning to find out what we are going to do.

      14.
      Max: What are you going to do tomorrow after work?
      Sean: I (meet) _____some friends at the cafe across the street. Would you like to come along?
      Max: No thanks! My brother is coming to town and I (pick) _____him up from the airport at 7 o’clock.
      Sean: We (be, probably) _____at the cafe until 9 o’clock. Why don’t you join us after you (pick) _____him up.
      Max: Sounds good. We (see) _____you around 8 o’clock.

      15.
      Lucy: I (call) _____you as soon as I arrive in Dublin.
      Dwain: If I am not there when you (call), make sure to leave a message.
      Lucy: I will. And please don’t forget to water my plants and feed the cat.
      Dwain: I promise I (take) _____care of everything while you are in Ireland.

    1. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting.
      1. Jim isn’t wanting an ice cream. He doesn’t like it.
      2. She is listening to a french song but she doesn’t understand what it is meaning.
      3. I’m thinking you are very polite.
      4. I took a photograph of him while he ate an ice cream.
      5. “Oh dear, I’m late for work.” “Don’t worry. I’m going to give you a lift.”
      6. I will get in touch as soon as I will get back.
      7. I won’t speak to her until she will say sorry.
      8. He has been reading fifty novels this year but he hasn’t got enough experience to start his writing career.
      9. I’m exhausted! I have worked all day and I haven’t finished my report yet.
      10. I have been losing ten pounds so far but I am still fat.
      11. Up to now, there had been no woman being chosen for the US president
      12. People had struggled against weeds since the beginning of agriculture.
      13. Ethics are the studies of moral duties, principals and values.
      14. Fifteen hundred dollars a year were the per capital income in the United States in 1950.
      15. A number of tourists comes to Vietnam every year.
      16. The number of students in my class have increased by 10 so far.
      17. Medical student must to study both the theory and practice of medicine.
      18. Each of the four types of human tooth are suited for a specific purpose.
      19. Together with his friends, Mark have won two gold medals.
      20. The mayor, along with the city council, are visiting the poor in this area.

     

    1. Choose ONE phrase for each of the following sentences by circling A, B, C, or D

      1. They ……………….. in that factory for three years – from 1995 to 1998.
      A. are working B. have been working

    2. worked D. have worked
      2. We …………………… the television when the lights ………………… out.
      A. were watching / were going B. were watching / went
    3. watched / went D. watched / were going
      3. When I ………………………… In Ho Chi Minh city for ten years, I ………………………… a book.
      A. have been / write B. have been / shall write
    4. am / write D. shall be / shall write
      4. I ………………………………… ten records from Tom this month.
      A. have borrowed B. borrow
    5. am borrowing D. have been borrowing
      5. He ……………………. A book while she ……………… the flowers.
      A. was reading / watered B. was reading / was watering
    6. is reading / watered D. reads / was watering
      6. By the end of this year, my father ……………………… for 40 years.
      A. will have been teaching                                                 B. will be teaching
    7. will teach D. has been teaching
      7. He ………………………….. in space for 10 days by tomorrow.
      A. will travel             B. will be travelling
      C. will have been travelling                                    D. has travelled
      8. He said he would visit me but he …………………. me yet
      A. has not visited                                                     B. had not visited
    8. is not visiting D. does not visit
      9. The weather ………………………. fine so far this week.
      A. is B. has been
    9. was D. had been
      10. We had just got out of the car when it ………………………… to set fire.
      A. has begun B. had begun
    10. was beginning D. began
      11. As soon as he ………………………….. a certificate in English, he will apply for a job.
      A. would get B. got
    11. gets D. will get
      12. She has been studying engineering ………………………………. .
      A. since 8 years B. for 8 years
    12. 8 years before D. during 8 years
      13. We …………………………….. waiting for her for half an hour before she came.
      A. have been B. will be
    13. will have been D. had been
      14. I ……………………………….. it is a stupid idea. He should stay where he is.
      A. think B. am going to think
    14. am thinking D. have been thinking
      15. Since my accident, I ……………………………. with my left hand.
      A. wrote B. am writing
    15. have written D. was writing
      16. This is the worst book I am …………………………………….
      A. read B. am reading
    16. have ever read D. had read
      17. The population of the world …………………….. very fast.
      A. rises B. doesn’t rise
    17. is rising D. A & B are correct
      18. When she came back, everything ……………………………
      A. has changed B. had changed
    18. have changed D. were changing
      19. They ………………………….. this course by next June.
      A. have finished B. will finish
    19. are going to finish D. will have finished
      20. She will go abroad as soon as she …………………………… this English course.
      A. has completed B. will complete
    20. will have completed D. completed
      21. She is tired now. She ……………………. for a long time.
      A. has been learning B. has learned
    21. learns D. learned
      22. Hurry up or the train …………………………. before you can catch it.
      A. will leave B. leaves
    22. will have left D. has left
      23. I ……………………. that novel at least twice.
      A. have read B. read
    23. reads D. have been reading
      24. You can’t see Tom now: He …………………….. a bath.
      A. have B. has
    24. had D. is having
      25. I won’t go out now as it …………………. and I …………………………. an umbrella
      A. is raining / haven’t got B. rained / hasn’t
    25. rains / haven’t had D. rains / haven’t
      26. Can I borrow your pen or ………………………… you …………………………… it at the moment.
      A. do / use B. have / used
    26. are /using D. did / use
      27. He never ………………………… to what you say. He ………………………. about something else.
      A. listens / is always thinking B. listens / always thinks
      C. listen / is always thinking                                  D. listens / always think
      28. The children were frightened because it ……………………… dark.
      A. was getting                                                           B. is getting .
    27. got D. gets
      29. It …………………………. heavily when he …………………………… up.
      A. snowed / wakes B. was snowing / woke
    28. has snowed / woke D. was snowing / has woken
      30. She was too far away, so she ………………………. you.
      A. mustn’t see B. hasn’t seen
    29. couldn’t have seen D. hadn’t seen
      31. I’ve lost my gloves. I ……………………… it somewhere.
      A. must drop B. must have dropped
    30. must be dropping D. must have been dropping
      32. I ………………… a new house last year, but I …………………….. my old house yet, so at the moment I have two houses.
      A. buy / didn’t sell B. bought / didn’t sell
    31. bought / haven’t sold D. have bought / haven’t sold
      33. I hope they ………………………. this road by the time we come back next summer.
      A. will have repaired B. have repaired
    32. repair D. repaired
      34. He ……………………….. us up when he arrives in England.
      A. ring B. rings
    33. will ring D. rung
      35. I ………………………. here till he comes back.
      A. wait B. waited
    34. have waited D. will wait
      36. His eyes hurt because he …………………. for 8 hours.
      A. been reading B. have been reading
    35. had been reading D. was reading
      37. After I …………………………. Lunch, I looked for my bag.
      A. had B. had had
    36. have had D. has had
      38. By the end of next year, George ……………………. English for 2 years.
      A. will have learned B. will learn
    37. has learned D. would learn
      39. Henry …………………….. into the restaurant when the writer was having dinner.
      A. was going B. went
    38. has gone D. did go
      40. He will take the dogs out for a walk as soon as he …………………………… dinner.
      A. finsh B. finishes
    39. will finish D. shall have finished
      41. Ask her to come and see me when she ………………………… her work.
      A. finish B. has finished
    40. finished D. finishing
      42. Oil ……………………. if you pour it into water.
      A. floated B. floats
    41. will be floated D. float
      43. When he returned home, he found the door …………………………… .
      A. unlocking B. unlocked
    42. to be unlocked D. have unlocked
      44. Almost everyone ……………………………….. for home by the time we arrived.
      A. has left B. left
    43. leaves D. had left.
      45. By the age of 25, he …………………… two famous novels.
      A. wrote B. writes
    44. has written D. had written
      46. When he ………………………… all his newspapers, he will go home.
      A. has sold B. sold
    45. sell D. sells
      47. When I arrived at the party, Martha …………………………. home already.
      A. went B. has gone
    46. had gone D. would go
      48. How long ……………………….. you to travel to school every day?
      A. does it take B. has it taken
    47. it takes D. is it taking
      49. She ……………………. music all day. Now she feels tired.
      A. has been playing B. is playing
    48. played D. plays
      50. At first she …………………….. out with him because she thought he was weird, but then she changed her mind.
      A. didn’t wanted to B. wanted not to
    49. wasn’t wanting to D. didn’t want to

     

     

    Dạng 4

     

    I. Chọn từ có phần gạch chân có cách phát âm khác với các từ còn lại:

    1. A. recognized B. endangered                 C. weighed                            D. flourished
    2. A. imagined B. released                       C. rained                               D. followed
    3. A. strives B. states                            C. stays                                 D. studies
    4. A. tells B. talks                             C. stays                                 D. steals
    5. A. devotion B. congestion                   C. suggestion                        D. question
    6. A. cats B. tapes                             C. lives                                  D. cooks
    7. A. practiced B. raised                           C. rained                               D. followed
    8. A. trays B. says                              C. bays                                  D. days
    9. A. chooses B. houses                          C. rises                                  D. horses

    10.A. naked                     B. wicked                         C. beloved                            D. confused

    II.  Gạch chân và sửa các lỗi sai trong những câu sau đây.

    1. I have been in Mexico during the summer of 1998. ___________________
    2. Three years ago, he had been a student at a university in New York. ___________________
    3. We took the bus downtown, did a few errands, and had gone to lunch.___________________
    4. The doctor had seen ten patients since eight oclock this morning. ___________________
    5. He is studying English for the last five years. ___________________
    6. I am studying here since August. ___________________
    7. We have met several fascinating people at the conference last week. ___________________
    8. Once upon a time, a beautiful princess has lived in a castle. ___________________
    9. Ive been owning this answer phone for three years. ___________________
    10. They havent been selling all the tickets for the Cup Final yet. ___________________

    III. Chọn hình thức động từ thích hợp.

    1. Harry up. What is taking you so long?I ……… for an important phone call.
    2. wait B. will wait                       C. am waiting                   D. have waited
    3. Robert is going to be famous some day. He …………. in three movies.

    A appeared                  B. had appeared             C. has appeared               D.  has been appearing

    1. Where is Polly?”- “She……………………..
    2. is in her room studying B. in her room studying
    3. studies in her room D. has in her room studied
    4. Hello, Alice? This is Jeff. How are you?

    Jeff? I………………..about you when the phone rang.

    1. was just thinking B. just thought           C. have been thinking     D. have just been thinking
    2. What ………………. about the new tax law?
    3. are you thinking B. do you think          C. have you thought        D. have you been thinking
    4. When is Mr. Brown planning to retire?He…………. here for a long time
    5. worked B. had been working      C. has been working           D. is working
    6. Next week when there …………. a full moon, the ocean tides will be higher.
    7. is being B. is                                   C. will be                          D. will have been
    8. While I …………. last night, Tom telephoned me.
    9. watch B. watched                       C. was watching              D. am watching
    10. Tom was disappointed that most of the guests…………when he ………at the party.
    11. left/had arrived B. left/ arrived                 C. had left/had arrived   D. had left/ arrived
    12. My brother ……….. while he ……… his bicycle and hurt himself.
    13. fell/ was riding B. was falling /rode        C. had fallen/rode           D. had fallen/was riding
    14. Now he………… a book about English. I dont think he will finish it.
    15. writes B. has written                  C. wrote                            D. is writing
    16. What ……….. you…………. tomorrow morning?
    17. do/do B. are/do                           C. are/going do                D. are/going to do
    18. I………….. as soon as you come back.
    19. went B. shall go                        C. have gone                    D. am going
    20. He found his book this morning, but now he……………his pen.
    21. loses B. lost                               C. has lost                        D. had lost
    22. I……………….. you were here.
    23. dont know B. not know                     C. didnt know                 D. wasnt know
    24. You may leave the classroom when you ……………. writing.
    25. will finish B. are finishing                C. have finished              D. had finished
    26. Im sure I…………….. her four years ago.
    27. have seen B. saw                               C. had seen                      D. will see
    28. ………………a noise just then?
    29. Have you heard B. Were you hearing      C. Did you hear               D. Are you hearing
    30. The foreign guests ………………….. here almost a week.
    31. have arrived B. have been                    C. have reached              D. have got
    32. She ………….her lessons from seven to nine last night.
    33. did B. had done                      C. was doing                    D. has been doing

    IV. Hãy hoàn thành các  câu hỏi sau với hình thức thích hợp của các động từ sau:

    flow/ sleep/ live/ eat/ take/ boil/ come/ mean/ lie/  travel

    1. What temperature ____________ water ____________ at?
    2. Which river ____________ through Paris?
    3. What animal ____________ in China and ____________ bamboo?
    4. Where ____________ the Pope ____________?
    5. ____________ light ____________ faster than sound?
    6. Where ____________kangaroos ___________from?
    7. Which islands ____________ in the middle of the Atlantic?
    8. How long ____________ it ____________ to fly from London to New York?
    9. What ____________ “likely” ____________?
    10. ____________ horses ____________ standing up?

    V. Hãy viết lại các câu  sau bắt đầu bằng những từ đã cho :

    1. I have not been to an Indian restaurant for ages.

    It is ages…………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. How long have Helen and Robert been married?

    When …………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. When you phoned me, it was my lunchtime.

    When ……………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. I have not had a Chinese meal for 4 years.

    The last time ……………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. David went home before we arrived.

    When ……………………………………………………………………………………………

    1. I have only recently started wearing glasses.

    I did not………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. Jack left the office before I arrived there.

    When …………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. During my dinner, the phone rang.

    While ………………………………………………………………………………………….

    1. I have not been to the cinema for 2 months.

    I last ……………………………………………………………………………………………..

    1. This is my first visit to Japan.

    This is the first time………………………………………………………………………………

     

    Dạng 5

    I.   Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn hoặc hiện tại tiếp diễn :

    It is 7.30 a.m and the Browns …………..(1. be) in the kitchen. Mrs. Brown ………………. (2. sit) at the breakfast table. She ………..… (3. read) the morning paper. Mr. Brown …………… (4. pour) a cup of coffee. He ……………… (5. drink) tow cups of coffee every morning before he ………… (6. go) to work. There is the cartoon on TV, but the children are not watching it. They …… (7. play) with the toys. They usually ……………. (8.watch) cartoons in the morning, but this morning they ……………. (9.not  pay) any attention to the TV. Of course. Mr. and Mrs. Brown are not watching TV either. They …………………… (10. like) watching cartoons.

    II. Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì quá khứ đơn hoặc hiện tại hoàn thành :

     

    1.They just…….(decide) to buy a new house.

    2.”Gone with the Wind” is the most interesting film we……

    ( see) recently.

    3.You……..(see) Nam last Sunday.?

    Oh, no I……..(not see) him for many days now.

    4.Since when you…….(learn) E?

    I……..(learn) it since I……….( be) a girl of twelve.

    5.You ever ……(be) to HCM city?

    -No, I ……(not be) there yet. But my parents ……..(be) there twice this year.

    6.They ……..(do) nothing since they ……(get) up.

    7.My brother………..(join) the army when he………( be) 18.

    He…….(serve) in the army for 3 years and then ……(go) to universiy.

    8.How long you……..(live) in this town?

    -I……….(live) in this town for ten years.

    9.My sister……….(finish) school in 1997 and ……..(be) a student at the National University since then.

    10.My parents……….(go) out. They will be back soon.

    III. Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn hoặc tương lai đơn :

    1.He………..(learn) French when he………(have) time.

    2.They ………(not go) on working until the rain ………(stop) .

    3.I……….(not do) it until they……….(tell) me to.

    4.They………..(come) to see their grandparents before they ……….(leave) for New York

    5.She………(learn) one more foreign language when she…..….(go) to university.

    6.They……………(not go) home until it………….(stop) raining.

    7.Where you…….(be) at this time tomorrow?

    –   I……….(be) at the meeting.

    8.Nobody……………(know) what he……….(do) to earn his living after he……………( finish)school.

    9.When we………..(meet) again?

    – We ……………(meet) again when I……………( return) home from Australia.

    10.He………….(be) busy at the moment. But he…………..(come) to give you a helping hand as soon as he………….( finish) his work.

    III. Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn/ hiện tại tiếp diễn/ quá khứ đơn/ quá khứ tiếp diễn :

    1.We often……..(drink) coffee in the morning. But yesterday morning we…….. (drink) tea.

    2.On my way home I often……….(meet) many children who……(go) to school.

    3.The sun……..(rise) in the East and …….(set) in the West.

    4.When they……….(finish) their work? They…….(finish) it two hours ago.

    5.What she still……..(do) when her mother………(go) to bed last night?

    -She still……..(write) an essay on the hames.

    6.What you……..(do)now?

    -We ……(repair) our house. We……..(hope) everything …..(be) nice.

    7.He often…….( buy) presents for his daughter on her birthday.Yesterday ………(be) her 15th birthday. He………(buy) her a big doll.

    1. He……..(begin) to learn foreign languages when he…….(be) quite young.

    9.People………(know) that Columbus ……..(discover) America nearly 500 years ago.

    10.They all…….(believe) that he just …..(come) back from London last week.

    III. Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn/ hiện tại tiếp diễn/ quá khứ đơn/ quá khứ tiếp diễn/ hiện tại hoàn thành/ tương lai đơn :

     

    1.Be quiet ! The baby ( sleep)……………

    1. The sun ( set) …………………………in the West.

    3.Mr Green always ( go)…………………. to work by bus.

    1. It ( not rain ) ……………….in the dry season.
    2. They ( have ) ……………….lunch in the cafeteria now.
    3. She ………………. (go) camping tomorrow.
    4. The doctor sometimes ( return)…………………….. home late.
    5. He ( write)……………….. a long novel at present.
    6. Look ! The bus ( come)………………..
    7. The earth (move)………………… around the sun.
    8. What you (do) ……………..at 8 p.m yesterday?

    12.His uncle ( teach) …………………English in our school five years ago.

    1. The old man( fall) …………….as he (get)……………… into the bus.
    2. When I saw him, he (sit) …………….asleep in a chair.
    3. She ………………….. (visit) her aunt next week.
    4. Last Monday, while I (read)…………… a book, the phone rang.

    17.They ( not speak)…………. to each other since they quarreled

    1. I (try) to learn English for years, but I ( not succeed)……………… yet

    19.I (not see) …………………her since last week.

    1. John( do) ………………..his homework already.
  • Bài tập trắc nghiệm về từ loại trong tiếng Anh

    Bài tập trắc nghiệm về từ loại trong tiếng Anh

    Bài tập trắc nghiệm về từ loại trong tiếng Anh

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Bài tập lớn môn Đường lối: Thời cơ trong CMT8/1945 đối với quá trình đổi mới và hội nhập quốc tế của Việt Nam từ 1986 đến nay


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Bài tập trắc nghiệm về từ loại trong tiếng Anh

    Bài tập trắc nghiệm về từ loại trong tiếng Anh

    Exercise 1: Choose the best verb to fit these following sentences

    1. Because they don’t have enough money to buy a bigger house, they must make up their _______ here.
    2. minds to staying B. minds to stay C. mind staying            D. mind to stay
    3. The police _______him for burglary.
    4. arrested B. charged C. convinced                D. accused
    5. Many people______ about the bad behavior of soccer fans in the town centre after the match.
    6. criticized B. disapproved C. complained              D. objected
    7. I never wear red. It’s color that doesn’t _________me.
    8. go with B. suit C. match                        D. take to
    9. See if you can ________Joe to do this share of the housework.
    10. get B. have C. make                         D. try
    11. The train was_____ from leaving because of a signal failure.
    12. prevented B. forbidden C. detained                   D. cancelled
    13. After a lot of difficulties he finally _________to start the car.
    14. succeeded B. coped C. managed                   D. worked out
    15. The manager asked her to _______with the complaint.
    16. take care B. attend C. deal                           D. follow
    17. Where are you going to ___________ your summer holiday?
    18. send B. spend C. stay                           D. live
    19. I ________ him of the meeting to the other day. I wonder why he didn’t turn up.
    20. mentioned B. warned C. reminded                  D. pointed
    21. I ________ him to work hard this semester.
    22. made B. forced C. suggest                     D. told
    23. He didn’t ________his children to play in the back yard.
    24. allow B. help C. force                         D. let
    25. Combining our two incomes will _________ us to get a bigger loan from the bank.
    26. guarantee B. ensure C. enable                       D. confirm
    27. Is she just _____ to be crazy, or she really mad?
    28. imagining B. faking C. asserting                   D. pretending
    29. Am I happy? It all ___________ on what you mean by “happy”!
    30. includes B. relates C. concerned                D. depended
    31. I _________ you enjoy the play, Mr. Lincoln.
    32. wish B. hope C. want                          D. expect
    33. Don’t __________your bicycle too fast!
    34. go B. drive C. ride                           D. walk
    35. How happy we were to __________ our holidays on the farm!
    36. send B. pass C. spend                        D. have
    37. They are going to_________ their golden wedding anniversary next week.
    38. hold B. celebrate C. have                          D. open
    39. Don’t ___________me as if I were an idiot!
    40. talk B. show C. turn                           D. treat

     

     

     

     

     

    Exercise 2: Choose the best verb to fit these following sentences

    1. Hurry up! Our uncle is coming. His plane will ___________in less than an hour.
    2. fly B. go C. park                          D. land
    3. Charles Dickens is ___________ as one of the greatest names in English literature.
    4. told B. known C. spoken                      D. considered
    5. At the age of sixty, the man ___________and went to the country to live.
    6. retired B. died C. drew                          D. gave up
    7. She __________ herself as an old beggar to enter Tibet.
    8. wore B. disguised C. made                         D. appeared
    9. Mrs. Green ___________all her life to teaching orphans.
    10. devoted B. gave C. compared                 D. spent
    11. “To __________someone” means “to put someone into prison”.
    12. keep B. catch C. arrest                        D. imprison
    13. How long does it take you to __________ in the morning?
    14. get dressed B. dress up C. dress yourself         D. dressed
    15. Where did they _________ their summer holiday?
    16. go B. send C. try                             D. spend
    17. Just a minute! I must have a shower and __________before we go out.
    18. change B. exchange C. changing                  D. exchanging
    19. You’d better _________your coat before you go out into the cold.
    20. take off B. dress in C. have on                    D. put on
    21. A terrible explosion ___________them up.
    22. got B. raised C. lifted                         D. woke
    23. Up to now, I _________a lot of information about her.
    24. would learn B. have learnt C. have learn                D. will learn
    25. They will rebuild the bridge which was ___________ in the war.
    26. defeated B. retreated C. used                          D. destroyed
    27. After an explosion, a flame ___________ high into the sky.
    28. raised B. rose C. flew                           D. jumped
    29. We __________ them a visit last week.
    30. gave B. paid C. asked                        D. did
    31. Faraday attended a lecture__________ y a famous scientist.
    32. giving B. gave C. given                         D. to give
    33. Nam was so tired that he __________ asleep in the class.
    34. got B. felt C. went                          D. fell
    35. The players__________ to be at the stadium at 3 o’clock.
    36. told B. were told C. have told                  D. tell
    37. The old students __________ one another in the school yard.
    38. clutched B. gathered C. greeted                     D. looked
    39. – Must I lock the door before I leave? – No, you ___________Someone can do it for you.”
    40. mustn’t B. needn’t C. don’t                          D. haven’t

    Exercise 3: Choose the best verb to fit these following sentences

    1. Everybody …………. healthy and good looking.
    2. looked at B. looked C. looked of                 D. looked after
    3. After he __________ his homework, he went to bed.
    4. had finished B. has been finishing C. has finished D. would finish
    5. Peter is __________the radio.
    6. looking B. watching C. listening to               D. seeing
    7. Mary often ___________. the morning newspaper after breakfast.
    8. sees B. reads C. watches                    D. writes
    9. Our summer holidays __________ quickly.
    10. past B. passed C. was past                   D. passing
    11. __________a strange man in her house, the girl was afraid.
    12. Had seen B. Seeing C. See                            D. When seen
    13. I’ve never __________ to Da Lat before.
    14. went B. go C. been                          D. gone
    15. The crowd ___________excitedly when he scored the third goal.
    16. spoke B. said C. shouted                    D. told
    17. I tried hard but I couldn’t ___________him.
    18. take B. gain C. win                            D. beat
    19. If you ___________ flu, you’ll have to stay in bed.
    20. had caught B. caught C. does not catch         D. catch
    21. My relative is busy. Can you ___________ home?
    22. make me a ride B. give me a lift C. ride me                     D. pick me up
    23. We ___________ a table for four, at nine o’clock.
    24. set B. bought C. reserved                   D. put
    25. The computers ___________ used in class now.
    26. have B. are being C. being                         D. was
    27. Daisy is going to have someone __________ her skirt.
    28. is making B. is made C. to make                    D. make
    29. – “Do I have to take that English course?” – No, you ___________
    30. haven’t B. don’t have C. mustn’t                      D. needn’t
    31. Before __________ to bed, remember to turn off the lights.
    32. to go B. went C. goes                          D. going
    33. In spite of the hot weather, the little boy refused __________off his coat.
    34. take B. have take C. to take                      D. having take
    35. She was amazed ___________ about that.
    36. to know B. knowing C. to be known             D. know
    37. The students are happy __________that good news.
    38. to hear B. heard C. hears                         D. hearing
    39. Children __________ play football in the street.
    40. must B. need C. mustn’t                      D. needn’t

    Exercise 4: Choose the best verb to fit these following sentences

    1. Would you mind __________ this problem for me?
    2. solve B. will solve C. to solve                    D. solving
    3. My sister often __________Shakespeare’s lines in the essay.
    4. writes B. reads C. quotes                       D. uses
    5. They__________ to Hanoi three times this year.
    6. were B. have been C. went                          D. have gone
    7. What time did you ___________London?
    8. leave from B. live C. live from                  D. leave
    9. I was locked out and I had to ___________ through the window.
    10. enter B. get in C. get into                     D. enter in
    11. He looks tired. He __________a rest.
    12. need B. needs C. needn’t                      D. need to
    13. Money you are paid for your work is money you ___________
    14. earn B. win C. profit                        D. benefit
    15. We must __________well when we eat.
    16. hold B. keep C. chew                         D. brush
    17. Two of his teeth need __________
    18. filling B. be filled C. filled                         D. to fill
    19. How much did you ___________ the plumber before he left?
    20. pay B. pay for C. pay of                       D. paid
    21. How much did you __________ that dress?
    22. pay B. pay for C. pay of                       D. paid
    23. Three prisoners ___________ from the prison in May.
    24. collapsed B. attacked C. escaped                    D. appeared
    25. Someone’s selling a car and you want to know how much he is ___________
    26. asking B. demanding C. charging                   D. thinking
    27. You pass an empty house and see a notice outside it which reads: “___________”
    28. To sell B. On sale C. For sale                    D. In sale
    29. I don’t know how she __________ her birthday party.
    30. greets B. celebrates C. hopes                        D. wishes
    31. On Sunday, our family members usually __________ and enjoy a good meal.
    32. meet B. gather C. talk                            D. see
    33. Children _________play football in the street. They _________ play it in the stadium.
    34. mustn’t / need B. mustn’t / must C. needn’t / need          D. needn’t / must
    35. – _________ we go to the tailor’s?- Yes, let’s.
    36. Shall B. Will C. Do                             D. Would
    37. The clowns in the circus made us _________ a lot.
    38. to laugh B. laughed C. laugh                         D. laughing
    39. We don’t take the umbrella. We wish we _________
    40. take B. can take C. took                          D. could

    Exercise 5: Choose the best verb to fit these following sentences

    1. Mr. Dick likes watching football but his wife_________
    2. doesn’t B. doesn’t like C. does like                  D. don’t
    3. The Pyramids _________by the ancient Egyptians.
    4. was built B. were being built C. had built                   D. were built
    5. Have orange juice, _________?
    6. will you B. do you C. do we                        D. would you
    7. I think he will help you doing your homework_________?
    8. doesn’t he B. won’t he C. don’t I                       D. do I
    9. She is afraid of _________.
    10. watching horror films. B. to ride in busy streets.
    11. climbing up trees. D. a and c are correct
    12. Let’s go to the beach for summer holiday, _________?
    13. shall we B. don’t we C. will we                      D. do we
    14. The young man _________a phone call.
    15. made B. did C. bought                      D. held
    16. Fish don’t _________noise as other pets do.
    17. sound B. go not C. make                        D. give
    18. I have to _________weight. I’m too fat.
    19. drop B. gain C. loose                         D. lose
    20. He says his father will go to a (an) _________meeting in London tomorrow.
    21. famous B. important C. clever                       D. fine
      11. The clerk had to _________ the conversation in order to wait on a customer.
    22. interrupt B. continue C. begin                         D. hurry
    23. There are _________tourists in London this year than last year.
    24. littler B. smaller C. lesser                        D. fewer
      13. If traffic moves at low speed, the number of accidents is _________
    25. pulled back B. cut down D. turned off                D. put away
    26. He’s _________, so he can’t hear your voice.
    27. blind B. blond C. deaf                          D. died
    28. You’re _________your time trying to persuade him. He’ll never help you.
    29. spending B. closing C. missing                     D. wasting
      16. How will you _________a living in Australia?
    30. gain B. earn C. perform                    D. look for
      17. The driver _________ at the boys who are playing football in the street.
    31. shouted B. called C. rang                           D. B and C are correct
    32. I won’t go to bed _________I finish my homework.
    33. until B. when C. while                         D. since
      19. He is _________his driving test today.
    34. examining B. taking C. answering                D. holding
      20. She needs a pair of _________shoes.
    35. skin B. feather C. leather                     D. complexion

     

    Exercise 6: Choose the best verb to fit these following sentences

    1. I _________this shirt from my brother.
    2. gave B. sold C. lent                            D. borrowed
      2. He is collecting coins and he has a valuable _________of rare coins.
    3. number B. collection C. packet                       D. pile
      3. After one month of hard fighting, the northern alliance army won the_________
    4. attack B. force C. war                            D. battle
      4. He got some money by selling one of _________old pictures which his father left.
    5. useful B. helpful C. usual                         D. valuable
      5. I telephoned the airport to make _________of the time of the plane.
    6. sure B. true C. real                            D. right
      6. _________of the visitors were strangers to me.
    7. Mostly B. Almost C. Most                         D. The most
      7. There was nearly a terrible accident in the javelin_________.
    8. examination B. problem C. result                        D. event
    9. The picture he gave you is more valuable_______ the one he gave me.
    10. over B. above C. to                            D. than
      9. How long does it_______ him to walk to his school?
    11. want B. need C. take                       D. require
      10. She is better today _______better than yesterday.
    12. very . so C. too                          D. much
      11.”To put off” means “to _______”
    13. destroy B. postpone C. cancel                    D. turn on
      12. We will wait here _______he comes back.
    14. while B. until C. before                    D. after
      13. His father has not seen his mother_______five years.
    15. for B. since C. during                    D. until
      14. Her teacher _______her to come and see him.
    16. spoke B. said C. told                        D. says
      15. My watch is slow and_______ is hers.
    17. either B. too C. so                           D. neither
      16. She _______Alice that it was awful.
    18. tells B. said C. speaks                   D. told
      17. Mary told her dog to _______down
    19. lie B. laid C. lay                          D. lain
      18. The teacher has _______ come into the principal’s room.
    20. still B. already C. yet                          D. so far
      19. His motorbike doesn’t cost so much _______yours does.
    21. like B. as C. same                      D. such
      20. He is_______a busy man that he really needs a helper.
    22. so B. such C. very                       D. quite
    1. Don’t use plastic bags. They are very hard_______.
    2. to disappear B. to go away            C. to dissolve            D. to reduce
    3. The air in the city is very_______.
    4. pollute B. polluted                 C. pollution               D. pollutant
    5. We are talking about the preservation of _______resources.
    6. nature B. natural                   C. naturally               D. naturalize
    7. It is necessary _______forests.
    8. to protect B. protecting             C. protected               D. protect
    9. The local authority should _______the fish catching by electricity.
    10. allow B. permit                    C. prohibit                 D. give up
    11. These bags are made of _______. You can use them to carry heavy things.
    12. paper B. silk                         C. plastic                    D. glass
    13. A large number of inhabitants have made _______on how to protect the environment.
    14. suggest B. to suggest              C. suggested              D. suggestio
    15. The _______of cars, motorbikes and factories has also increased air pollution in most cities.
    16. gas B. exhaust fume        C. dirt                         D. dust
    17. In Western countries, electricity, gas, and water are not luxuries but _______.
    18. goods B. foods                     C. products                D. necessities
    19. Scientists are working for an _______ way to reduce energy consumption.
    20. effect B. effective                C. effection               D. effectively
    21. If you want to save money, you should _______ the amount of water your family uses.
    22. increase B. reduce                   C. adapt                      D. repair
    23. _______ put all the guests on the first floor ?
    24. Why don’t we B. I think we should C. How about            D. Let’s
    25. You should _______the amount of water your family uses by_______shower.
    26. increase – using B. reduce – use         C. reduce – using      D. increase – use
    27. Passover is celebrated in Israel and by all _______people.
    28. English B. Vietnamese           C. Japanese               D. Jewish
    29. We think that Mother’s Day should be celebrated _______.
    30. nation wide B. nation                    C. nationality            D. nationhood
    31. Tet is a _______festival of the Vietnamese people.
    32. joy B. joyful                     C. joyfully                 D. joyfulness
    33. On National Day, there is usually a _______in Ba Dinh square in Hanoi.

    festival

    party

    holiday

    parade

    The full-moon festival is celebrated in _______.

    mid – autumn

    mid – spring

    mid – summer

    mid – winter

    Auld Lang Syne is an old song which is sung on _______.

    Christmas Day

    Father’s Day

    New Year’s Eve

    Halloween

    Catherine enjoys the festivals in Vietnam although she doesn’t understand Vietnamese _______very much.

    culture

    cultural

    traditional

    traditionOn Passover’s night, Jewish families eat a special _______called the Seder.

    meal

    lunch

    breakfast

    dinner

    On this _______, mother usually receives cards, flowers and gifts from her husband and children.

    chance

    occasion

    opportunity

    date

    What activities do you often _______at school?

    come in

    take part in

    hold in

    get in

    Coal, oil, gas are  ________resources.

    1. nature B. natural C. naturally               D. unnaturally

    She has ________ provided a picnic lunch for us.

    1. kind B. kindness C. kindly                    D. unkind

    We’ll make this beach clean and___________ again.

    1. beautiful B. beauty C. beautifully                        D. beautify

    In many countries, people crowd the streets to watch __________parades.

    1. color B. colorfully C. colorful                 D. colorless

    The children laughed____________ when they played with their toys.

    1. happy B. unhappy C. happily                  D. happiness

    I can speak English__________.

    1. good B. well C. bad                         D. quick

    This test must be done __________.

    1. care B. careful C. carefully               D. careless

    Lan’s voice is soft . She speaks very__________.

    1. loud B .loudly C. soft                         D. softly

    What will they achieve If they work ___________today.

    1. hardly B. hard C.harden                    D.hardness

    The soccer players have played_____________.

    A.beauty                    B.beautiful                C.beautify                  D.beautifully

    Your program is very interesting and ________________.

    1. use B. useful C. useless                   D.uselessly

    Her parents were_________happy that she won the prize.

    A.extreme                  B.extremeness          C.extremely               D.extremism

    The restaurant is near here so people can get there_________.

    A.easy                                    B.easily                      C.difficult                  D.difficultly

    The tour around the country was ____________cheap.

    A.surprise                  B.surprised                C.surprising               D. surprisingly

    Don’t be ________. We’ve only been waiting for a few minutes .

    A.impatient               B.patient                    C.patiently                 Dpantience

    They tried to win, but their efforts were____________.

    1. success B. successful C.succeeded              D.unsuccessful

    Tom looks very __________.Do you know what happened to him?

    A.sad                          B.sadly                       C.sadness                   D.sadless

    He said “ Good afternoon” to me in a most____________way.

    1. friend B.friendness C.unfriendly              D.friendship

    My uncle’s old car was___________, but his new one is very ________.

    1. slow / fast B.slowly / fast C.slow / fastly           D.slowly / fastly

    He drove _____________and had an accident .

    A.careful                    B.careless                  C.carefully                D.carelessly

  • Tiếng Anh lớp 9: Bài tập điền từ

    Tiếng Anh lớp 9: Bài tập điền từ

    Tiếng Anh lớp 9: Bài tập điền từ

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:ĐỒ ÁN NGÂN HÀNG ĐIỆN TỬ TẠI VIỆT NAM THỰC TRẠNG VÀ GIẢI PHÁP


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Tiếng Anh lớp 9: Bài tập điền từ

    Tiếng Anh lớp 9: Bài tập điền từ

    1. JACK LONDON

    Jack London (1876 – 1916) is an American writer whose work combined powerful realism and humanitarian sentiment. He was (16) …….. in San Francisco. After finishing grammar (17) ……….., Jack London worked at various jobs and in 1897 and 1898 he participated (18)……….. the Alaska Gold Rush. Upon his return to the San Francisco area, he began to (19) ………… about his experiences. A collection of his short stories, The Son of the Golf, was (20) ………… in 1900. Jack’s colourful life, during which he wrote more than 50 books and which included enormous popular successes as an (21) ………., ended in his suicide at the (22) ……….. of 40.

    Many of his stories including his masterpiece The Call of the Wild deal with the reversion of a civilized creature to the primitive state. Jack London’s style – brutal, vivid and exciting – (23) ……….. him enormously popular outside the United States; His (24) …….. were translated into many languages. Jack’s important works include People of the Abyss about the poor in London; the Sea Wolf, a novel based on the author’s experiences on a seal hunting ship; John Barleycorn , an autobiographical novel about Jack’s struggle (25)………….  alcoholism.

    1: A. grown                      B. born                C. developed       D. lived

    2: A. lessons                    B. course             C. notes               D. school

    3: A. in                             B. to                    C. at                    D. of

    4: A. speak                       B. read                C. talk                 D. write

    5: A. printed                    B. ordered           C. sold                 D. published

    6: A. architect                  B. author             C. actor               D. orator

    7: A. moment                   B. age                  C. time                D. year

    8: A. gave                         B. let                   C. made               D. did

    9: A. speeches                  B. sayings           C. words             D. works

    10: A. to                           B. for                   C. against            D. of

    2. WATER

    There’s much more water than land on the (31) ___ of the earth. The seas and oceans cover nearly (32) ___ of the whole world, and only one-fifth of (33) ___ land. If you traveled over the earth in diffenrent directions, you would have to spend (34) ___ more of your time (35) ___ on water that on roads or railways. We sometimes forget that for every mile of land (36) ___ four miles of water.

    There’s so much water in the surface of our earth that we (37) ___ to use two words to describe. We use the word SEAS (38) ___ those parts of water surface which (39) ___ only few hundreds of mile, the word OCEANS to describe the huge area of water (40) ___ are thousands of miles wide and very deep.

    1. A. cover B. surface             C. outer                D. outside
    2. A. four-fives B. four-fifth           C. four fifths        D. fourth-fifths
    3. A. it is B. it’s           C. its                    D. them are
    4. A. many B. much                C. few                   D. too
    5. A. to move B. move C. moved              D. moving
    6. A. there are B. there is C. there has           D. have
    7. A. must B. should              C. have                 D. would
    8. A. describing B. describes                    C. describe           D. to describe
    9. A. is B. are           C. has                             D. will be
    10. A. that’s B. which               C. where               D. whose

    3. A VISIT TO LONDON

    Jane’s family decided to go to London last week because they want to __(1)__ a tour. The sight in London was so __(2)__ that she’s been there a few days but it __(3)__ to her only to be yesterday. It means __(4)__  she enjoyed the trip so much. She and her father stayed __(5)__ a very big hotel __(6)__ two hundred rooms. From there, they can __(7)__ reach Hyde Park,  __(8)__ very big park in London. In here, people can buy from a needle __(9)__ an elephant in two best__(10)__  streets, Regent Street and Oxford Street.

    1. do B. make                C. work                D. have
    2. interest B. interesting        C. interested                   D. interestingly
    3. makes           B. thinks              C. does                 D. seems
    4. that B. is that              C. that is              D. that was
    5. for B. on                    C. in                     D. to
    6. have B. has                             C. with                 D. to with
    7. easiness B. easily               C. easy                 D. uneasy
    8. the B. a which            C. is a                   D. a
    9. with B. and                  C. or                     D. to
    10. shopping B. selling              C. trading             D. shop

    4. ISAAC NEWTON

    Isaac Newton, one of the __(1)__ scientists, was born __(2)__ December 25th, 1642 in a small village __(3)__ Wool Thorpe in England. His father was a poor __(4)__. When the boy was fourteen, his father died. Newton  __(5)__ school and helped his mother on the farm. __(6)__ he was fun __(7)__ physics and mathematics, Newton was sent to school.  __(8)__ he left high school, Newton studied at Cambridge University. In 1667 he became __(9)__ professor on mathematics at the university. His greatest discovery is the __(10)__ of gravitation. He died in 1727.

    1. great B. greatest            C. most great       D. greater
    2. in B. on                    C. at                     D. a and b
    3. in B. at                     C. on                    D. of
    4. farmer B. apprentice        C. bookbinder      D. blacksmith
    5. went B. sent                  C. left                             D. run
    6. So B. So that             C. Because            D. Because of
    7. in B. of                     C. at                     D. about
    8. For B. While               C. Before              D. After
    9. an B. one                   C. a                      D. the
    10. law           B. invention                   C. foundation       D. operation

    5. NANCY LEE JOHNSON

    Nancy Lee Johnson was a __(1)__ girl. She was smart, pretty and __(2)__ in well with the life of her school. One Thursday afternoon, Miss O’Shay, the vice-principal, __(3)__ Nancy that the girl’s pictures had won the Artist Club __(4)__. Nancy was very happy at the news. She __(5)__ have danced al the way home through the rain.

    But the __(6)__ didn’t let Nancy get the scholarship __(7)__ because they found that she was a __(8)__  student and they said that the __(9)__ of the coloured student in the local art school might  __(10)__ difficulties for all concerned.

    1. colour           B. coloured           C. colouful            D. colourless
    2. fit B. fitted                C. fix                    D. interested
    3. asked B. spoke               C. said                  D. told
    4. scholar B. committee        C. punishment     D. scholarship
    5. can B. may                 C. must                D. might
    6. jury B. committee        C. statesman        D. champion
    7. just B. right                 C. one                  D. yet
    8. black B. Negro               C. colour              D. white
    9. attend           B. attendance       C. present            D. presence
    10. give           B. form                 C. create               D. drawl

    6. SEAN O’CASEY

    Sean O’Casey was a famous Irish __(1)__. Born __(2)__ a poor worker’s family, he had known, __(3)__ his childhood, hunger, poverty and ill-health. He deeply __(4)__ the unjust laws and the police __(5)__ of the British in his home country. When  __(6)__ up, he worked first as a labourer, and __(7)__ joined the Irish Citizen Army, __(8)__ Irish nationalist organization, to fight __(9)__ independence __(10)__ great Britain.

    1. writer           B. reader              C. player              D. actor
    2. on B. at                     C. in                     D. from
    3. from B. to                     C. since                 D. for
    4. recalled B. remembered     C. thought            D. felt
    5. defence B. rule                   C. fight                 D. struggle
    6. grown           B. grew                 C. grow                D. growing
    7. but B. later                 C. an                    D. one
    8. against B. an                    C. for                              D. to
    9. from           B. to                     C. of                     D. for

     

    7. OSEOLA MCCARTY

     

    As a young girl, Oseola McCarty dreamed of becoming a nurse. However, her family duty stood as a(n) ________ (41) to educational goals. McCarty left school after completing the sixth. Since her family was one of washerwomen, McCarty followed ________ (42) their footsteps. She ________ (43) other people’s clothes for over seventy years.

    Due to good work and saving habits, McCarty, a washerwoman, ________ (44) a great deal of money. She made a ________ (45) of $150,000 – a large portion of her life savings – to the University of Southern Mississippi to help needy students. She was 88 years old and had never married. She did not have any children. She did not own a car. From this simple and ________ (46) life, she was able to impress the world with a significant ________ (47) act.

    Though she was unable to complete her own education, it was her ________ (48) that her gift would make ________ (49) possible for many others in ________ (50) need to do so. Now, with McCarty’s support, specifically African American students have an opportunity to fulfill their dreams of a college education.

    1.       A. solution           B. problem           C. obstacle                     D. difficulty

    2        A. with                 B. in                     C. on                                        D. along

    1. A. cleaned B. made                C. cleared                       D. did
    2. A. accomplished B. loaned              C. paid                           D. accumulated
    3. A. money B. donation                    C. profit                         D. living
    4. A. frugal B. mean                C. generous                              D. selfish
    5. A. helpful B. charitable         C. useful                        D. remarkable
    6. A. generosity B. experience        C. responsibility            D. intention
    7. A. it B. them                C. her                             D. us
    8. A. economical B. financial           C. healthy                      D. fashionable

    8. ARE MEN LAZY

    Men are lazy in the home, according to an official survey (41)_______  today. They have about six hours’ a week more free time than wives, but play very little (42) _______ in cooking, cleaning, washing, and ironing, according to the Social Trends Survey by the Central (43)  _______ Office.

    Nearly three quarters of married women (44) _______ to do all or most of the housework, and among married men the proportion who admitted that their wives did all or most of the housework was only slightly lower.

    The survey (45) _______ that washing and ironing was the least popular task among men, with only one per cent (46) _______ this duty, compared with 89 per cent of women, and 10 per cent sharing equally.

    Only 5 per cent of men (47) _______ the evening meal, 3 per cent carry out household cleaning duties, 5 per cent household shopping, and 17 per cent wash the evening dishes.

    But when household gadgets break down, (48) _______ are carried out by 82 per cent of husbands. The survey says that, despite our economic problems, the majority of Britons are substantially better (49) _______ than a decade ago. We’re healthier, too – eating healthier foods and smoking less.

    The (50) _______ Briton, not surprisingly, is more widely traveled than a decade ago. More people are going abroad for holidays, with Spain the favorite destination.

    1. A. emerged B. edited               C. published                  D. furnished
    2. A. role B. section             C. work                D. part
    3. A. Numerical B. Ordinal            C. Cardinal           D. Statistical
    4. A. pronounced B. uttered             C. claimed            D. emitted
    5. A. pointed B. evolved            C. planned            D. showed
    6. A. forming B. formulating      C. performing       D. burdening
    7. A. prepare B. process            C. undertake                  D. fit
    8. A. repairs B. fixings              C. fittings             D. amendments
    9. A. over B. off                    C. through            D. on
    10. A. medium B. average            C. popular            D. normal

    9. CONCORDE

    CONCORDE, the world’s fastest and most graceful (41)______  plane, will soon be 25 years old. It first flew on 2 March 1969, from Toulouse in France.

    Concorde was developed by both France and Britain. From 1956 these two countries had a (42) ______ of a supersonic passenger plane. In 1962 they started to work together on the (43)______. The plane cost over £1.5 billion to develop. It is the most (44) ______ plane in the history of (45)______. It was given over 5,000 hours of testing.

    Concorde flies at twice the speed of sound. This means that it takes only 3 hours 25 minutes to fly between London and New York, compared with 7 – 8 hours in other passenger jets. Because of the five-hour time (46)______  between the USA and Britain, it is possible to travel west on Concorde and arrive in New York before you leave London! You can (47)______  the 10.30 am flight from London, Heathrow and start work in New York an hour earlier!

    Concorde is much used by business people and film stars. But its oldest passenger was Mrs. Ethel Lee from Leicestershire in England. She was 99 years old when she (48)______  from Heathrow on 24 February 1985.

    Each Concorde is built at a (49)______  of £55 million. Twenty have been built so far. Air France and British Airways (50)______  the most. They each have seven planes.

    1. A. transportation B. carriage C. conveyance                D. passenger
    2. A. expectation B. dream              C. hope                D. imagination
    3. A. project B. plot                  C. structure          D. development
    4. A. tested B. tried                 C. investigated     D. experimented
    5. A. flight B. aviation           C. space               D. locomotion
    6. A. separation B. division            C. expansion        D. difference
    7. A. run           B. transport                   C. catch                D. register
    8. A. blasted B. launched off     C. took off            D. flew off
    9. A. cost B. price                C. expense            D. expenditure
    10. A. own B. mortgage                   C. hire                  D. master

    10. CHARLIE CHAPLIN

    The person I am going to write about is Charlie Chaplin. He has always been one of

    my favorite actors and I really (41)_____ his films.

    Charlie was born in London in 1889. Both his parents were music hall performers. His father was a drunkard and his mother later (42)______  mad. Life was hard and Charlie and his half brother, Sidney, were sent to a(n) (43)______  for a time.

    He first appeared on the stage when he was seven and by the time he was ten he was a regular performer. When he was 17, he went on a tour of the USA where he was (44) _______ and given a part in a Hollywood film. His early films were not particularly successful but in 1915 he made his (45) _______, “The Tramp”, in which he first appeared in the baggy trousers and with the hat and cane. Soon he had had his own (46)_______  built and was making his own films which included “The Gold Rush”, “Modern Times” and “The Great Dictator”.

    In the 1940s his reputation in the USA started to (47) _______. Silent films were no longer so popular. Chaplin went to Europe but was not allowed to return to the USA because he was (48) _______  of being a communist. The authorities finally let him back in 1972 and he was (49)_______  an Oscar, but by this time he had made Switzerland his home.

    Chaplin did not have a very happy personal life and was married four times. He only found happiness with his fourth marriage in 1943. When he died on Christmas Day 1977, the world had lost one of the greatest (50) _______ comedians.

    1. A. admire B. admit               C. claim                D. encourage
    2. A. ended B. went                 C. came                D. began
    3. A. orphanage B. institution        C. shelter              D. lodging
    4. A. spotted B. elected C. set                    D. drafted
    5. A. achievement B. completion C. fiction D. masterpiece
    6. A. factory B. workshop C. studio              D. stage
    7. A. slide B. split                 C. decline             D. discredit
    8. A. suspected B. doubted C. considered       D. abused
    9. A. prized B. awarded C. delivered           D. rewarded
    10. A. ever B. before C. previously       D. present

     

    11. DROUGHT IN THE UNITED STATES

    The Southwestern States of the United States suffered one of the worst droughts in their history from 1931 to 1938. The drought (41) ______ the entire country. Few food crops could be grown. Food became (42)______, and prices went up (43) ______ the nation. Hundreds of families in the Dust Bowl region had to be moved to farms in other areas with the help of the federal government. In 1944, drought brought great damage to (44)______  all Latin America. The drought moved to Australia and then to Europe, (45)______  it continued throughout the summer of 1945. From 1950 to 1954 in the

    United States, the South and Southwest suffered a (46)______  drought. Hundreds of cattle ranchers had to ship their cattle to other regions because (47)______  lands had no grass. The federal government again (48)______  an emergency drought-relief program. It offered farmers (49)______  credit and seed grains (50)______  low prices.

    1. A. pushed B. incurred           C. occurred           D. affected
    2. A. scarce B. mystified                   C. hidden              D. uncommon
    3. A. over B. throughout       C. all                    D. across
    4. A. near B. totally              C. almost              D. factually
    5. A. which B. that                  C. where               D. when
    6. A. heavy B. sharp               C. strict                D. severe
    7. A. pasture B. culture             C. moisture          D. manure
    8. A. carried B. conducted        C. convened                   D. conformed
    9. A. emergency B. crisis                C. tension             D. disaster
    10. A. to B. in                     C. over                 D. at

    12. DRUGS

    Drugs are one of the (56) ________ profession’s most valuable tools. Doctors prescribe drugs to (57) ________ or prevent many diseases. Every year, penicillin and other (58) ________ drugs save the lives of countless victims of pneumonia and other dangerous infectious diseases. Vaccines prevent attacks by such diseases as (59) ________, polio, and smallpox. The use of these and many other drugs (60) ________ helped millions of people live longer, healthier lives than would (61) ________ have been possible.

    Almost all our most important drugs, however, were unknown before the 1900’s. For example, the sulfa drugs and antibiotics did not come into use (62) ________ the late 1930’s and early 1940’s. Before that time, about 25 percent of all pneumonia victims in the United States died of the disease. The new drugs quickly reduced the (63) ________ rate from pneumonia to less than 5 percent. Polio vaccine was introduced in 1955. At that time, polio struck about 30,000 to 50,000 Americans each year. (64)________ 1960, the use of the vaccine has reduced the number of new polio cases to about 3,000 a year. In 1900, most Americans did not live (65) ________ the age of 47. Today, Americans live an average of more than 70 years, in great part because of the use of modern drugs.

    1. A. medical B. medicine      C. health          D. medic
    2. A. solve B. settle           C. ruin             D. treat
    3. A. germ-killing B. helping        C. saving    D. rescuing
    4. A. AIDS B. measles       C. influenza     D. hiccups
    5. A. would have B. have            C. has         D. did
    6. A. only B. even            C. also             D. otherwise
    7. A. until B. to                C. onto            D. upon
    8. A. end B. ruin             C. death           D. termination
    9. A. About B. By               C. To               D. Prior
    10. A. past B. passing   C. well        D. through

    Ever since humans have inhabited the earth, they have made (41) _______ of various forms of communication. Generally, this expression of thoughts and feelings has been in the form of oral (42)______. When there is a language (43)______, communication is accomplished through sign language in which motions (44) ______ for letters, words, and ideas. Tourists, the deaf, and the mute have had to (45) ______ to this form of expression. Many of these symbols of whole words are very picturesque and exact and can be used internationally; spelling, however, cannot.

    Body language (46) ______ ideas or thoughts by certain actions, either intentionally or unintentionally. A wink can be a way of flirting or indicating that the party is only joking. A nod (47) ______ approval, while shaking the head (48) ______ a negative reaction.

    Other form of nonlinguistic language can be (49) ______ in Braille (a system of raised dots read with the fingertips), signal flags, Morse code, and smoke signals. Road maps and picture signs also guide, warn, and instruct people.

    (50) ______ verbalization is the most common form of language, other systems and techniques also express human thoughts and feelings.

    1. A. usage B. use                   C. employment              D. utility
    2. A. address B. speech              C. utterances                  D. claims
    3. A. barrier B. obstacles          C. divisions          D. separation
    4. A. point B. signify              C. imply                         D. stand
    5. A. refer B. rotate               C. resort                         D. revolve
    6. A. progresses B. transmits         C. remits                        D. emits
    7. A. signifies B. signs                C. registers           D. presents
    8. A. predicates B. indicates C. abdicates                   D. implicates
    9. A. traced B. trailed              C. found                         D. explored
    10. A. While B. As          C. Because           D. Until

     

    The Great Pyramid of Giza, a monument of wisdom and prophecy, was built as a tomb for Pharaoh Cheops in 2720 B.C. (41)________ its antiquity, certain (42)________ of its construction make it one of the truly great wonders of the world. The four sides of the pyramid are (43)________ almost on exactly true north, south, east and west – an incredible engineering feat. The ancient Egyptians were sun worshippers and great astronomers, so computations for the Great Pyramid were (44)________ on astronomical observations.

    Explorations and detailed examinations on the base of the structure (45)________ many intersecting lines. Further scientific (46)________ indicates that these (47)________ a type of time line of events – past, present, and future. Many of the events have been interpreted and found to (48)________ with known facts of the past. Others are prophesied for future generations and are presently under (49)________.

    Was this superstructure made by ordinary beings, or (50)________ built by a race far superior to any known today?

    1. A. Though B. In spite C. By     D. Despite
    2. A. tenets B. relics              C. aspects        D. properties
    3. A. lined B. aligned C. assigned        D. fathomed
    4. A. set B. based C. fitted              D. founded
    5. A. reveal B. testify C. impose          D. reset
    6. A. volume B. trial C. study D. text
    7. A. front B. represent C. repose           D. forward
    8. A. tangle B. consort C. resort             D. coincide
    9. A. inspection B. introduction C. recommendation D. investigation
    10. A. that B. which C. such               D. one

     

    Most ghost stories are (41)________ in mysterious, old houses or castles. The ghosts themselves whose (42)________ wander the earth at night, are usually the victims of some horrible crimes. This is not always the case as the following story (43)________.

    When my friend, Paul, was a schoolboy, he often used to chat to Mr. Scott, an elderly gentlemen living on his own. Mr. Scott was a keen gardener. He would always be looking after his lawn or his flowers and Paul was (44)________ the habit of saying a few words to him over the fence.

    One summer’s evening, as Paul was on his way home from school, he saw, as (45)________, Mr. Scott in his garden. The old man was busily weeding his flowerbeds. When he saw Paul, he invited him into the garden with a (46)________ of his hand. Slowly, they strolled all around, admiring the various flowers. Then, to Paul’s surprise, Mr. Scott bent down and picked a (47)________ of his finest dahlias. ‘Here boy,’ he said. ‘Give these to your mother.’

    No sooner had he arrived home than he (48)________ the flowers to his mother. He then told her that they were with Mr. Scott’s compliments. His mother’s face went red with anger. ‘You wicked boy!’ she shouted. ‘How (49)________you say such a thing! I (50)________ into his daughter in the supermarket this morning. She told me that the poor old chap had passed away in his sleep last Friday.’

    1. A. set B. put            C. fixed       D. programmed
    2. A. bodies B. minds        C. spirits     D. phantoms
    3. A. points B. indicates    C. states      D. shows
      1. on B. in              C. within     D. with
      2. frequent B. common    C. often       D. usual
      3. A. rise B. spread C. wave       D. shake
      4. A. carton B. bunch        C. roll          D. packet
      5. A. submitted B. turned       C. presented     D. demonstrated
      6. A. should B. dare           C. would     D. wrong
    4. bumped B. struck        C. rushed     D. knocked

    (41)________ of the garbage we produce every day is a major problem in cities around the world. In the United States, over 160 million tons of garbage are produced every year. Ten percent is recycled, ten percent is burned, and the rest is put in landfills. But finding (42)________ for new landfills is becoming more difficult.

    A city that has solved this problem in an unusual way is Machida, in Tokyo, Japan. They have developed a totally new (43)________ to garbage disposal. The (44)________ to the operation is public cooperation. Families must divide their garbage into six categories:

    • Garbage that can be easily burned (that is, combustible garbage), such as kitchen and garden trash.
    • Noncombustible garbage, such as small electrical appliances, plastic tools and plastic toys.
    • Products that are poisonous or that (45)________ pollution, such as batteries and fluorescent lights.
    • Bottles and glass containers that can be recycled.
    • Metal containers that can be recycled.
    • Large item, such as furniture and bicycles.

    The items in categories 1 to 5 are collected (46)________ different days. (Large items are collected upon request). Then the garbage is taken to a center that looks like  a clean new office building or hospital. Inside the center, special equipment is used to sort and (47)________ the garbage.  Almost everything can be reused: garden or kitchen trash becomes fertilizer; combustible garbage is burned to (48)________ electricity; metal containers and bottles are recycled; and old furniture, clothing, and other useful items are cleaned, repaired, and resold cheaply or given away. The work provides (49)________ for handicapped persons and gives them a (50)________ to learn new skills.

    Nowadays, officials from cities around the world visit Machida to see whether they can use some of these ideas and techniques to solve their own garbage disposal problems.

    1. A. Disposing B. Dealing C. Contriving D. Ridding
    2. land B. soil             C. earth             D. position
    3. method B. process      C. technique      D. approach
    4. answer B. solution     C. key                D. way
    5. produce B. generate     C. originate       D. cause
    6. on B. in               C. by                 D. over
    7. process B. create         C. manipulate    D. mould
    8. cause B. exit            C. produce        D. emit
    9. positions B. careers       C. situation       D. employment
    10. time B. moment     C. occasion        D. chance

    ANGER ON THE ROADS

    The anger that descends on people when they get behind the steering wheel of a car used to be (41)________ as a joke. But the laughter is getting noticeably quieter (42)________ that the problem has become increasingly widespread.

    Stuck in a traffic jam, with family cars inching their (43)________ past, the driver of a fast sports car begin to lose his temper. (44)________ the capabilities of his car, there is nothing he can do. The outcome is anger.

    Many people live in (45)________ of losing control. This is true of many situations but driving is a good example. People think that the car might not start, it might break (46)________ or, someone might run into it. Before anything even happens, people have worked themselves up into a (47)________of anxiety. And when something does happen, they are (48)________ to explode. In fact, it’s their anxiety about losing control that makes them lose control.

    This isn’t to say that all offenders have psychological problems or drive powerful sports cars. In fact, most of them are (49)________ ordinary human beings who have no history of violence. There is (50)________ something deep in our nature that awakens when we start up a car engine.

    1. found B. thought     C. treated     D. intended
    2. once B. even          C. since        D. now
    3. path B. way           C. course     D. route
    4. However B. Besides     C. Although D. Despite
    5. worry B. fright         C. fear         D. concern
    6. up B. down         C. out D. off
    7. state B. condition   C. feeling     D. case
    8. good B. prepared   C. near         D. ready
    9. purely B. fully          C. exactly    D. perfectly
    10. openly B. directly      C. clearly     D. frankly

    Reading and gap fill

    Test 1.

     

    great       themes           avoided            happy            civil         works            win          influenced             movement              wealthy         dressed        helped

    LEO TOLSTOY

    Leo Tolstoy was a famous Russian writer of the nineteenth century. He lived between 1828 and 1910. He wrote many novels. Two of his famous (1) _________ are “ War and Peace” and “Anna Karenina”. Tolstoy was born into a (2) _________ family. However, he was not (3) ___________ that others were poor. He did not like living in the rich life when others did not have food or money. In fact, Tolstoy often (4) ________  like a peasant. He wanted the simple life.

    In his novels, Tolstoy wrote about many things, but one of his most important (5) __________ was nonviolence. His ideas about nonviolence (6) _____________ two other famoys leaders: Mahatma Gandhi and Martin Luther King. In fact, Tolstoy and Gandhi wrote letters to each other when Gandhi was in South Africa. Tolstoy’s ideas (7) ___________ Gandhi to use nonviolence.

    Martin luther Jing , the American (8)____________ right leader, also believed in nonviolence. In his demontrations during 1960s, he always (9) ________ violence. He helped to (10) __________ more right for Blacks.

    Thus, Leo Tolstoy, the (11) _______ Russian writer of the nineteenth centery, greadly influenced two other great leaders of peace (12) ______________ .

    Test 2:

    operation            counterparts              glamorous             space          microcomputer      handle                components             variety                     unlike                factory

    Industrial robots

    One step beyond automated machines is the industrial robot, the heart and brain of which is the (1) _________ . (2) _________ most automated machines, industrial robot can be programmed to do a (3) __________ of tasks that are usually accomplished by human (4) ___________ workers. Like their human (5) ________ , industrial robots can be switched from one job to another and can be programmed to (6) __________ new tasks. Thus far, robots have found their greatest use in assembling (7) __________ . However, they are swiftly branching from basic assembly.(8) __________ to construction and mining, and their most (9) _________ use of all, the exploration of oceans and outer (10) ____________ .

    Test 3:

    transmssion      growth       developed        energy        popular      basic          possible      improved             practical         regular

    The development of television

    Television was not really invented. Many scientists invented or (1) __________ parts of the systems that have become the the television systems we know now. Radio, of course, was necessary before television could be (2) __________ , because the television uses the same principles of eletromagnetic waves that radio does. As soon as radio became possible, the possibility of television(3) _________ was also known, but it took many years for it to become (4) ____________ .

    British and American scientists helped to develop the (5) ___________ ideas that made television (6) ___________ , but it was a Russian who made th first practical television system. By 1923, Vladimir Zworykin , a Russian, had invented a camera tub that could turn pictures into electric (7) ___________ . By 1929, Zworykin had built a television system that work.

    By 1935, (8) ____________ television broadcasts were begun in Germany. the first broadcasts in the United States began in 1939, but television did not reallybecome (9) ___________ until later the Second World War. Between1945 and 1955 there were rapid (10) ___________ in the practical use of television.

    Test 4:

    live           space             signals             poor                   events                 radio         until transmitted               expensive                    landing                one                use

    All early television was broadcast in black and white. Color television was possible, but it was too (1) ___________ and of very (2) _________ quality (3) __________ the middle of the 1950s.Color television broadcasts began in the United States in 1954, in Japan in 1960 and in Europe in 1967.

    The first (4) ____________  on the moon was broadcast (5) ______________  on television in 1969, and now television programs are (6) ____________ all over the world immmediately through the (7) ______________ of satellites that transmit the (8) from the earth, through the(9)___________, and back to the earth.

    More people now get their news and information through television than through newspapers and (10) ___________ . the development of television is (11)__________  of the most rapid and exciting(12) ____________ of our century.

    Test 5 :

    available                consequently                      disturbing                eliminated           even explains               For example        in marine           poisons           refers            scattering         too                        with

    Environmental pollution is a item that (1) ___________ to all the ways by which man pollutes his surroundings. Man dirties the air with gases and smoke, (2) _____________ the water with chemicals and other substances, and damages the soil with (3) ___________ many fertilizers and peticides. Man also pollutes his surroundings (4) _________ various other ways. (5) _________ , people ruins natural beauty by (6) ___________ junk and litter on the land and in the water. They operate machines and motor vehicles that fill the air with (7) ___________ noise.

    Environmental pollution is on of the most serious problems facing mankind today. Air, water and soil are necessary to the survival of all living things. Badly polluted air can cause illness, and (8) ____________ death. Polluted water kill fish and other (9) _______ life. Pollution of soil polluted reduces the amount of land that is (10) __________ for growing food. Enviromental pollution also brings ugliness to man’s natural beauty world.

    Test 6:

    control                  deficient                devote                 generation               lead to necessary             plays                          plentiful             produce                 proper proposing             providing                 scarce               seek                            solution

    Food (1) ________ an important part in the development of nations. In countries where food is (2) ________ , people have to send most of their time getting enough to eat. This usually slow down progreee, because man have little time to (3) _________ science, industry, government, and art. In nations where food is (4) ________ and easy to get, men have more time to spend in activities that (5) ___________ progress human betterment, and enjoy ment of leisure. The problems of (6) _________ good food for everybody has not been solved. Many wars have been fought for the (7) _________ of rich food – producing lands. But it is no longer(8) __________ to go to war for food. Nations are beginning to put scientific knowledge to work for a (9) __________ to their food problems. They work together in the Food and Agriculture Oganization of the United Nations (FAO) to help hungry nation (10) ___________ more food.

     

     

    TEST 1

    To do well at school, college or university you usually need to do well in exams. “All students hate exams” may be a generlization, but it is fairly true one. Certainly, all of the students I’ve known disliked doing exams, None of them thought that the exam system was fair;to do well in a exam you simply had to be able to predict the questions which would be asked, This was the case as regards tow students in my class at college. Botyh of them were exceptionally bright, but in the final year “exam” neither of them got an a grade. In fact, they both got Cs. The exam had tested us on questions which had come up the previous year. They had both assumed that the same questions wouldn’t come up again, and hadn’t prepaired for them.

    • Students need to do well in exams __________.
    1. In order to do well at school.
    2. Because they need to do well at school.
    3. So that to do well at school.
    4. Therefore they have to do well at school.
    • The stastement “ All students hate exams” is _________.
    1. extremely true b. completely true
    2. quite true                                 d. very true

    3) Which of the following sentences is not true?

    1. All of the students the writer has known thought that the exam system was unfair.
    2. To do well in an exam you simly had the ability to predict the questions which would be asked.
    3. None of the students the writer has known disliked doing exams.
    4. “ All students hate exams” is fairly true generalization.

    4) Why did the two students in the writer’s class get C grades in the final exam?

    1. Because the exam was very difficult.
    2. Because they didn’t prepare for the questions that had come up the previous year.
    3. Because they were dull students.
    4. Because the questions weren’t in their lesson.

    5) The writer’s main purpose of writing the passage is to _________________________.

    1. discribe the importance of exams.
    2. discuss how exams effect on the students.
    3. explain the equality in examinations.
    4. criticize the exam system.

    TEST 2

    Every year people in many countries learn English. Some of them are young children. Others are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school. Others study by themselves. A few learn English just by hearing the language in film, on television, in the office or among their friends. Most people must work hard to learn English.

    Why do these all people learn English? It is not difficult to answer this question.

    Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their sujects. Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work.Teenagers often learn English for their higher studies because some of their books are in English at the college or university. Other people learn English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English.

    1. According to the writer. English is learn by _____________.
    2. young children b. adults
    3. teenagers c. all are correct
    4. Most people learn English by ____________.
    5. themselves b. hearing the language on television
    6. working hard on the lesson d. speaking English to their friends
    7. Where do many boys and girls learn English?
    8. at home b. in the office
    9. in evening class d. at school
    10. Teenagers learn English because ___________.
    11. It’s useful for their higher studies b. it’s one of their subjects.
    12. They want to master it. D. a and c are correct.
    13. Why do many adults learn English?
    14. Because they want to see movies in English.
    15. Because they need it for their job.
    16. Because they are forced to learn.
    17. Because it’s not difficult to learn.

    TEST 3

    More than two hundreds years ago, the term “ environmental pollution”was quite strange to people. They lived healthy, drank pure water, and breathed fresh air. Nowadays, the situation is quite differrent.People all over the world are worried about things that are happening to the environment. Actually it is man that is destroying the surroundings with many kinds of wastes. Everybody knows that motorbikes and cars emit dangerous gases  that cause poisonous air and cancer, but no one wants to travel on foot or by bicycle. Manufactures know that wastes from factories make water and soilpolluted, but they do not want to spend a lot of their money on treating the wastes safely. Scattering rubbish is bad for our health, but noone wants to spend time burying it. Is it worth talking a lot about pollution?

    1. More than two hundred years ago _____________.
    2. the environment was polluted as much as it is today.
    3. people knew nothing about environmental pollution.
    4. air was polluted badly
    5. people was faced with pollution.
    6. In former days, people ____________.
    7. led a healthy life
    8. lived in the polluted environment
    9. were worried about pollution
    10. drank contaminated water
    11. Nowadays, many people are concerned about ___________.
    12. the destruction of the poisonous air.
    13. the polluted water
    14. the wastes from the factories.
    15. the pollution of the environment.
    16. Everybody knows that cars emit dangerous gases ______________.
    17. so they donot travel by car
    18. so they prefer travelling by bicycle
    19. but they still prefer traveling by car
    20. and they enjoy traveling on foot.
    21. Factory owners _____________.
    22. know nothing about pollution
    23. have no awaeness of pollution
    24. treat wastes from their factories safely
    25. do not want to spend money on treating the wastes safely
    26. It’s harmful for our health _______________.
    27. if rubbish is preaded over our sea
    28. If we don’t scatter our rubbish
    29. if we spend time on gathering rubbish
    30. if rubbish is burried

    TEST 4

    It is estimated that about 200 milion people who use the Internet computer network around the world. The Internet allows people to work at home instead of traveling to work. The Internet allows businesses to communicate with customers and workers in many part of the world for the cost of a local telephone call. E.mail allows users to send documents, pictures and other data from one part of the world to another in at least 5 minutes. People can use the Internet to do shopping. This saves a lot of time. It is possible to use the Internet for education – students may connect with their teachers from home to send or receive e.mail or talk their problems through “ on line” rather than attend a class.

    1. The Internet allows people ______________.
    2. to stay at home and rest b. not to work
    3. to travel to work d. to work at home
    4. To a business, the Internet is ____________ to communicate with customers.
    5. a cheap way b. a very expensive way
    6. an inconvenient way d. a difficult way
    7. E. mail can be use to send ________________.
    8. documents b. information
    9. data d. all are correct
    10. It takes _______________ to do the shopping on the Internet.
    11. a lot of time b. a little time
    12. less time d. more time
    13. To use the Internet for education is ________________.
    14. impossible b. possible
    15. inconvenient d. difficult

     

    TEST 5

    The search of alternative resources of energy has resulted in different directions. Many communitives are burning garbage and other biological waste products to produce electricity.

    Experimental work is being done to make synthetic fuels from coal, or coal tars. But to date, that process has proved expensive. Some experts are trying to revive hydroelectrig power which is derived from streams and rivers. Fifty years ago, hydroelectric power provided one third of the electricity used in the United States, but today it supplies only four percent. The oceans are another source of energy. Scientists are studying ways to change the energy of ocean currents, tides, and waves into electricity.

    1. What are many communities doing to produce electricity?
    2. burning garbage and other biological waste products.
    3. changing waste products into power
    4. searching for alternative resources
    5. Has the process of making synthetic fuels proved cheap or expensive?
    6. It has proved cheap
    7. It has proved expensive
    8. It has not proved expensive
    9. Where is hydroelectric power derived from?
    10. rivers and ocean
    11. lakes and streams
    12. rivers and streams.
    13. What percentage of the electricity used in the United States does hydroelectric power provide today?
    14. 33%
    15. 35 %
    16. 4 %
    17. What are scientists studying?
    18. ways to have electricity from the energy of ocean.
    19. ways to change the energy of ocean currents, tides, and waves into electricity.
    20. a and b are correct.

    TEST 6

    Education is not an end, but a mean to an end. In other words, we do not educate children only for the purpose of education them; our purpose is  to fit them for life. So it is very important to choose a suitable system of education which will relly prepare children for life.

    When we say that all of us must be educated to fit us for life, it means that we must be educated in such a way that, firstly, each of us can do whatever job is suited to his brain and ability, and, secondly, that we can realize that all jobs are necessaryto society, and that it is very bad tobe ashamed of one’s work, or to scorn someoen else’s. Only such a type of education can be called valluable to society.

    1. Education is a mean _____________.
    2. to reach one’s goals
    3. to earn lots of money
    4. to make up one’s personality
    5. Accoding to the writer, the purpose of education is ___________.
    6. symply to provide knowlegde for children.
    7. to fit children for life
    8. to prepare anything which is suitable for children
    9. Each of us must be educated to do ______________.
    10. whatever job that is well-paid
    11. whatever job that is suitable
    12. whatever job that is professional
    13. All jobs are necessary ________________.
    14. to the employees
    15. to us
    16. to society
    17. It is very bad ______________.
    18. to look down on someone else’s work
    19. to feel ashamed of someone else’s work
    20. to think one’s work as a means to earn money
    21. Only a type of education ____________ can be called valuable to society.
    22. that helps people to get good jobs
    23. that trains people to do whatever they want
    24. that fit people for life

    TEST 7

    Children’s education is changing rapidly today. In the past, teachers made children sit still for hours. They made them memorize all sorts of things. In other words, children had to go on repeating things until they knew them by heart. Today, many teachers wonder if it possible to make children learn at all. They say you can only help them learn. They say you must let children learn and discover things for themselves.

    1. What did teachers make children do in the past?
    2. stand for hours B. memorize everything
    3. repeat their homework D. sit for days
    4. Children in the past were mase to learn everything…………………
    5. by head B. by hand C. by hair             D. by heart
    6. Nowadays, many teachers say that they only ……………………
    7. give children more homework B. make children learn
    8. help children D. teach children at home
    9. Today, the modern learning method is ……………………
    10. Letting children play computer games
    11. making children read a lot of books
    12. doing homework for children
    13. letting children discover things for themselves

    TEST 8

    I often hear or read about “natural disaster”- the eruption of  Mount St Helen, a volcano  the state of Washington: Hurricane Andrew in Florida; the floods in the American Midwest; terrible earthquakes all over the world; huge fires; and so on. But I’ll never forget my first  personal experience with the strangeness of nature – “the London Killer Fog” of  1952. It began on Thursday, December 4th when a high –pressure system (warm air) cover southern England. With the freezing-cold air below, heavy fog formed. Pollution from factories, cars, and coal stoves mixed with the fog. The humidity was terribly high, there was no breeze at all. Traffic (cars, trains, and boats) stopped. People couldn’t see, and some walked  onto the railroad tracks or into the river. It was hard to breathe, and many people got sick. Finally on Tuesday, December 9th , the wind came and the fog went away. But after that, even more people got sick, many of them died.

    1.Which natural disaster isn’t mentioned in the text?

    1. a volcanic eruption B. a flood
    2. a hurricane D. a tornado

    2.What is his unforgettable person experience?

    1. the London killer B. the heavy fog in London
    2. the strangeness of nature D. a high-pressure system

    3.What didn’t happen during the time of the “London Killer Fog”?

    1. pollution B.humidity
    2. heavy rain D. heavy fog

    4.The traffic stopped because of ……….

    1. The rain                                  B. the windy weather
    2.   the humid weather                            D. the heavy fog

    TEST 9

    Christmas is the biggest festival of the year in most of Britain. Celebrations start properly on December 24, Christmas Eve, although there have been several weeks of preparation beforehand. The Christmas tree and all the presents, food, drink and decorations have been bought. Christmas cards have already been sent to friends and relations. About a week before Christmas, people usually put up their decorations and decorate the Christmas tree with lights, various colored decorations and an angel on the top. Family presents are usually put under the tree.

    Christmas Day is the biggest day of the holiday. On the Christmas morning (often very early), children open the presents that are in their socks. Some families go to church. The traditional Christmas  dinner consists of roast turkey with potatoes and various other vegetables. Before the dinner, people usually pull crackers-small rolls of paper that have gifts, jokes, and party hats inside.

    1.People usually decorate the Christmas tree ……………………

    1. on December 24 B. on December 25
    2. several weeks before Christmas D. about a week before Christmas

    2.The most important day of the holiday is ……………………

    1. the day before Christmas B. the day after Christmas Day
    2. Christmas Eve D. Christmas Day

    3.Children open the presents…………………………

    1. on the Christmas morning           B. on the Christmas afternoon
    2. on Christmas Eve D. on December 24

    4.Which of the following is the traditional Christmas dinner?

    1. Roast turkey and potatoes and bread
    2. Roast potatoes, tomatoes with turkey and various vegetables
    3. Roast turkey with tomatoes and various other vegetables
    4. Roast turkey with potatoes and vegetables

     

    TEST 10

    Pollution is the process of making air, water, soil etc dangerously dirty and not suitable for people to use. For example:

    * Air pollution is where there are gases in the air that is harmful, these gases come from object or buildings like harmful smoke from factories, vehicles, automobiles. (cars, trucks, planes, boats) and many more.

    * Light pollution is unwanted light, such as the light of cities, street lights, and others makes it hard to see the stars.

    * Noise pollution is unwanted noise, such as the sound of cars in a city, loud boats/ship, airplanes, and trains.

    * Water pollution is where there are things in the water that are harmful such as crude oil spilled from a shipwrecked tanker, smoke, poison, air pollution, and a lot other things that are not human/plant/animal remains.

    1. Air pollution comes from harmful………………from factories, vehicles, etc.
    2. trees B. parks C. smoke              D. liquid
    3. All of the following things cause light pollution except……………
    4. traffic light B. light of cities
    5. street lights D. light of the moon
    6. Noise pollution is ……………sound of cars, trains, planes, etc.
    7. unwanted B. small C. interesting                 D. useful
    8. Which of the following sentences is Not true?
    9. Air pollution comes from harmful gases.
    10. Light of the stars causes light pollution
    11. Sound from a loud ship cause pollution
    12. Water pollution can come from the land.

    TEST 11

    In biology and ecology the environment is all of the natural materials and living things on the Earth. This is also called the natural environment. Some people call themselves environmentalists. These people think that harmony with the environment is important. They think we must protect the environment. The important things in the environment that we value are called natural resources. For example fish, sunlight, and forests. These are renewable natural resources because they grow naturally when we use them. Non-renewable natural resources are important things in the environment that do not come back naturally. For example coal and natural gas.

    1.What does the world “environmentalists” in line 3 mean?

    1. living things B. people who protect the environment
    2. people who destroy the environment D. people who pollute the environment

    2.One example of renewable natural resource is………………..

    1. sunlight B. coal C. oil           D. natural gas

    3.One example of renewable natural resource is………………..

    1. fish B. tree C. water      D. coal

    4.all of the following things are renewable natural resource except…………………….

    1. Air B. gas C. silver                D. animal

    5.What does the word “them” in line 7 refer to?

    1. materials B. environmentalists
    2. renewable natural resources D. non-renewable natural resources

    TEST 12

    Christmas .

    Two popular traditions at Christmas are : decorating the home and singing the Christmas carols. The home is the center of the Christmas celebration.Inside, an evergreen tree is usually placed in the corner of the Living room.Children and their parents  wrap string of colorful lights around the tree, they hang ornaments on the branches . A star or angle often crowns the top. Careful- wrapped gifts are placed beneath. Outside, families often string lights around the windows and wind light around trees and shrubs in the front yard. As the families decorate their homes, they often put on Christmas record. Almost every family has at least one favorite album or compact disc. School children of all ages perform Christmas concerts for their parents and communities. On Christmas’ Eve, family members gather around Christmas tree to sing traditional songs Such as Jingle bells and Silent night and then give presents to each other.

    Questions.

    • What are the popular traditions at Christmas?
    1. a) Decorating the home. b) Singing Christmas carols.
    2. c) Eating Christmas pudding. d) a and b are correct.
    • Where is the evergreen put ?

    a)In the middle of the livingroom.                                c) In the middle of the bedroom.

    b)In the corner of the livingroom.                                 d) In the corner of the bedroom.

    • How do they decorate the Christmas tree?
    1. a) They wrap string of colorful lights around the tree. c) They crown a star on the top.
    2. b) They hang ornaments on branches d) a,b and c are correct.
    • What do the family members often do on Christmas’ Eve ?
    1. a) They gather around Christmas tree.
    2. b) They sing traditional songs.
    3. c) They gather around the tree,sing traditional song and get presents
    4. d) They give presents to each other.
    • What do they do as they decorate their home ?
    1. a) They sing traditional songs. c) They eat Christmas pudding.
    2. b) They put on Christmas record. d) a , b and c are correct.

    *CHOOSE THE WORD (A, B,C OR D) THAT BEST COMPLETES THE FOLLOWING PASSAGE.

    TEST 1

    Environmental (1)……………is one of the most serious problems (2)……………mankind today. Air, water and soil are necessary to the survival of all (3)………………things. Badly polluted air can (4)………………illness and even death. Polluted water (5)…………… many kinds of wild animals and other marine life. Pollution of soil reduces the amount of land  (6) ……………growing food.

    1.A. pollute          B. polluted                     C. pollution                             D. polluting

    2.A. face               B. faces                          C. to face                       D. facing

    3.A. lived             B. living                         C. live                                      D. lives

    4.A. cause            B. give                                     C. make                         D. catch

    5.A. kills              B. kill                                      C. are killing                            D. doesn’t kill

    6.A. of                           B. to                               C. from                          D. for

    TEST 2

    Among the festivals (1)…………  by some of Asian people is the Moon Cake Festival, also known (2)…………  the Mid August Festival. Large numbers of small round moon cakes are eaten (3)………. this day, and children enjoy carrying colorful (4)………….  lanterns come in all shapes; the most popular ones are shaped like fish, rabbits and butterflies. According to (5)…………, the moon shines the brightest on the night of the Moon Cake Festival. As the moon rises, tables are placed (6)………  the house and women make offerings of fruit and moon cakes to the Moon Goddess.

    1. A. celebrated B. made                C. held                           D.  set
    2. A. like B. as                     C. such as             D. Þ
    3. A. in B. for                    C.  at                    D. on
    4. wood                             B. metal                C. paper               D. gold
    5. they                     B. them                C. it                      D. their
    6. under                            B. near                           C. outside             D. around

    TEST 3

    Nowadays, people are destroying rain forests of the earth seriously. It is  (1)……………….. that every year 100,000 (2)……………….. kilometers of rain forests are destroyed for (3)……………….. of wood paper and fuel as well as for the residence and (4)………………..  land. Rain forests are very  important for the world’s climate. They receive the rainfall on the earth and produce a large amount of the world’s oxygen. Destroying rain forests,(5)………………..  , is destroying our environment. Saving rain forests is a(n) (6)………………..  problem. Nations need cooperation to save rain forests, if not, it will be late.

    1. A. exhausted B. pleasure C. interesting                 D. estimated
    2. A. square B. cross C. round               D. heart
    3. A. bring B. supply C.  support           D. suggest
    4. A. planting B. field C. farming            D. rice
    5. A. moreover B. however C. so D. therefore
    6. A. national B. international C. world wide                D. world

    TEST 4

    Halloween is a holiday. It is on the night of October 31. It is (15)………………in many English speaking countries. Children (16)………………costumes. They go to people’s homes. The people give them candy. Children say “trick or treat!” to ask (17)…………candy. This comes from a threat. It means, “Give me a treat (18)…………I will play a tricks o  you. “Children today usually (19)……………not do the tricks (20)……………they do not get treats. But some students still do  (21)…………(playful pranks or things to make fun of people like putting toilet paper in trees or writing with soap on windows). In these countries Halloween is about ghosts, witches, goblins, and (22)……………acray things.

    1. A. presented B. proposed                   C. celebrated                  D. played
    2. A. wear                            B. hold                           C. take                           D. up
    3. A. with B. for                    C.  after                D. movies
    4. A. otherwise B. when                C. but                             D. fire
    5. A. do B. goes                 C. will                            D. little
    6. A. if B. unless              C. before              D. Therefore
    7. A. problem B. mischief           C. incident            D. little
    8. A. other B. another’s                   C. other                D. Therefore

    TEST 5

    Garbage is what someone leaves behind that they do not want to use anymore. It can also be called (1)…………… or rubbish. A definition of garbage is anything left behind at a place (2)………….you used to be, but are not anymore. In modern home and businesses, (3)…………….., garbage is normally separated and put where it can be (4)………….and taken to a place designed to hold, burn, or (5)…………….garbage.

    Smoke is a cloud of very small, solid parts. It is made when (6)…….something. Smoke is can be bad because if it goes into the lungs of a person, it can kill them. Most people think that they are always (7)……..to see smoke, but it can also can (8)…………(a thing that a person is not able to see).

    1. A. waste                   B. save                 C. safe                            D. stone
    2. it                B. that                            C.  which              D. where
    3. but                       B. however           C. therefore          D. moreover
    4. wrapped    B. organized                   C. collected           D. picked
    5. recycle      B. rebuild             C.  reuse               D. rearrange
    6. firing B. fighting            C. burning            D. chopping
    7. could                   B. possible           C. capable            D. able
    8. invisible     B. unmovable                 C. unspeakable     D. insensible

     

    TEST 6

    Television is one of man’s most (31) ………… means of communication. It brings events and sounds (32) ………….. around the world into millions of homes. A person with a television set can sit in his house and watch the president making a (33)……… or visit a foreign country . He can see a war being (34)………… and watch statesmen try (35) ………… about peace . Through television, home viewers can see and learn about people places and things all over the world. TV even takes its viewers out of the world. It brings them coverage of American’s astronauts as the astronauts explore outer space.

    31.A. importance          B. important        C. unimportance  D. unimportant

    32.A. from          B. at            C. in                     D. to

    33.A speak                   B. speaking C. speech              D. spoken

    34.A fight            B. find                  C. found               D. fought

    35.A bring           B. brought C. bringing           D. to bring

     

     

     

    TEST 7

    I keep a vocabulary notebook. It’s organized ( 1) ____________. Whenever I hear or read a new word, I write it (2) ______________. Then (3) _________________ I have time, I look it up in my dictionary. Then I put down some key (4) _____________ about the word- you know, (5) _____________ it’s a noun or a verb, and some (6) ________________ of how it’s used. I (7) ______ the notebook and study the words as often as I can. I really (8) ____________ that the only way to learn new words- (9) ___________in your own language- is by (10) __________them.

    1. a.alphabet b. alphabetical               c. alphabetic                   d. alphabetically
    2. a. in b. on                     c. down                d. beside
    3. a. when b. if                       c. while                 d. unless
    4. a. examples b. information                c. meaning            d. usage
    5. a. what b. where               c. whether             d. when
    6. a. meanings b. things               c. examples          d. words
    7. a. go after b. go through                 c. go on                d. go up
    8. a. believe b. mean                 c. guess                 d. learn
    9. a. whether b. ever                            c. even                            d. though
    10. a.forgetting b. memorizing                c. improving                  d. learning

    TEST 8

    Are there intelligent (1) _____________ on the other planets in our solar system? Maybe there are. In our (2) _________ galaxy  there are milions of stars. Some must have plannets with (3) __________ like those on the earth. (4) ________ in space there could be other thinking beings. They would probaly look (5) ___________ different that we might not (6) _____________ them as people. However, (7) ___________ their plannet is older than our plannet, they may know more than (8) ______. They may have more progress ( 9) _______ some aspects. They may be traveling in space and be (10 ) __________ human beings.

    1. a. things b. humans            c. beings               d. animals
    2. a. own b. distant              c. nearby              d. faraway
    3. a. air b. conditions                  c. climate              d. gemstones
    4. a. nowhere b. Anywhere                  c. Somewhere                 d. Where
    5. a. much b. many                c. such                            d. so
    6. a. recognise b. look                           c. approve            d. consider
    7. a. when b. if                       c. in case               d. unless
    8. a. our b. us                     c. we do                d. we are
    9. a. on b. for                    c .with                            d. in
    10. a. examining b. looking             c. discovering                 d. in

     

     

    TEST 9

    Every year many people in the world learn English. Some of them are young children. (1)…………are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school, and some learn in evening classes. A few learn English by (2)………….or just by (3) …………. to the language on television or among their friends. Most people must work hard to learn English. (4) ………. do all these people want to learn English? It is difficult to answer that question.

    Young children learn English at school to study better at their subject. Many adults learn English because (5) …………. useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their (6) …………

    studies, because some of their books are written (7) …………….English at their college or university. Other people learn English because they want to read English newspaper or magazine for (8) ……….and entertainment.

    1. A. The other

    2. A. them

    3. A. listening

    4. A. What

    5. A. they are

    6. A. taller

    7. A. in

    8. A. equipment

    B. Others

    B. their

    B. speaking

    B. How

    B. it is

    B. higher

    B. at

    B. example

    C. Another

    C. themselves

    C. talking

    C. Why

    C. there is

    C. better

    C. by

    C. transportation

    D. Each other

    D. theirs

    D. hearing

    D. Where

    D. of being

    D. fuller

    D. with

    D. information

    TEST 10

    The Internet has (1)……………..and become part of our life .It’s very fast and convenient way to get information. People use the Internet (2)……………many purposes: education, communication, (3)…………………and commerce. The Internet helps people communicate (4)………………friends and relatives by (5)…………..of email or chatting.

    However, the Internet has limitations. It is time-(6)…………..and costly. It is also dangerous because of virus and bad programs. (7)…………….the other hand, the Internet (8)……………..sometimes have to suffer various risks such as spam or electronic junk mail and personal information leaking. So, while enjoying surfing, be alert!

    1.A-develop

    2.A-for

    3.A-entertainment

    4.A-to

    5.A- mean

    6.A-consume

    7.A-at

    8.A-use

    B-developed

    B-in

    B-entertaining

    B-among

    B-meaning

    B-consumed

    B-on

    B-users

    C-development

    C-at

    C-entertained

    C-with

    C- meant

    C-consumer

    C-to

    C-using

    D-developing

    D-to

    D-entertain

    D-between

    D-means

    D-consuming

    D-in

    D-used

     

    TEST 11

    Television is one of man’s most (1)………….means of communication.

    It brings events and sounds (2)……………around the world into millions of homes .A person with a television set can sit in his house and watch the president making a (3)…………..or visit a foreign country , He can see a war being fought and watch statesmen try (5) ……………about peace . Through television, home viewers can see and learn about people, places, and things all over the world. TV even takes its (6)………………out of this world. It brings them coverage of America’s astronauts as the astronauts explore outer space.

    In (7)……………….to all these things, television brings its viewers a steady stream of programs that are (8)……………….to entertain. In fact, TV provides (9)……………entertainment programs than any other kind. The programs include action-packed dramas, light comedies , sporting events and motion pictures .

    1.A-importance

    2.A-from

    3.A-speak

    4.A-bring

    5.A-viewers

    6.A-add

    7.A-made

    8.A-many

    B-important

    B-at

    B-speaking

    B-brought

    B-seers

    B-edit

    B-designed

    B-much

    C-unimportance

    C-in

    C-Speech

    C-bringing

    C-lookers

    C-addition

    C-did

    C-more

    D-unimportant

    D-to

    D-spoken

    D-to bring

    D-watchers

    D-editor

    D-built

    D-most

     

     

    TEST 12

    I believe that it is (1)…………to wear uniforms when students are at school. Firstly ,(2)………………encourage the children to take pride in being students of the school they are going to (3)…………….they are wearing uniforms with labels bearing their school’s name .

    Secondly, wearing uniforms helps students feel (4)……….in many ways .They all start (5)…………the same place no matter they are rich or poor. They are really friends to one another (6)…………….one school roof.

    Last but not least, it is (7)………… to wear uniforms .It doesn’t take you time to think of what to wear every day.

    In conclusion ,all students ,from primary to high schools should (8)…… uniforms

    1.A-importance

    2.A-uniforms

    3.A-so

    4.A-happy

    5.A-in

    6.A-at

    B-unimportance

    B-clothes

    B-because

    B-lucky

    B-on

    B-in

    C-important

    C-shirts

    C-and

    C-equal

    C-at

    C-on

    D-unimportant

    D-blouses

    D-but

    D-interesting

    D-from

    D-under

    7.A-exciting

    8.A-wear

    B-practical

    B-wearing

    C-terrible

    C-to wear

    D-fashionable

    D-wore

    TEST 13

    When Malaysia became (1)………….., Malay language was chosen as the National Language. The reason (2)……………..this choice is that it is the language of the Malays who are the natives of Malaysia.

    The (3)………….of Malaysia takes pride in promoting this language among all the races in Malaysia. The Chinese, The Indians and other non-Malay communities have accepted the decision of the government. It is the (4)………………language (5)…………….the country.

    In Malaysia, the national language is (6)………………the Bahasa Malaysia .It is the language of (7)……………..in schools. Since the introduction of Malay in schools, it has become the most (8)……………….used language in Malaysia.

    1.A-independence

    2.A-for

    3.A-govern

    4.A-office

    5.A-in

    6.A-call

    7.A-instruction

    8.A-wide

    B-independ

    B-in

    B-government

    B-official

    B-to

    B-calling

    B-instruct

    B-widen

    C-dependent

    C-since

    C-governor

    C-officer

    C-of

    C-to call

    C-instructive

    C-widely

    D-independent

    D-at

    D-governing

    D-officially

    D-for

    D-called

    D-instructively

    D-widening

     

    TEST 14

    Television is an important (1)………..of the 20th century. It has been so (2)……….. that now we can’t (3)…………..what life would be like if there were no television. Television is a major mean (4)………………… communication . It brings pictures and sound from around the world into millions of home. TV (5)……….. can see and learn about people , places and things in faraway lands . TV widens our (6)………………by introducing us to new ideas which may lead us to new hobbies and recreations. In addition to the news. TV provides us with a variety of programs that can satisfy every taste. Most people now like (7)………………..their evenings watching TV. It is more (8)………………..for them to sit at home watching TV than to go out for amusement elsewhere.

    1.A-invent

    2.A-popularity

    3.A-imagination

    4.A-of

    5.A-viewers

    6.A-know

    7.A-spend

    8.A-convenience

    B-inventive

    B-popular

    B-imaginative

    B-in

    B-lookers

    B-knowledge

    B-spent

    B-inconvenience

    C-invention

    C-popularly

    C-to imagine

    C-to

    C-seers

    C-knowing

    C-spending

    C-inconvenient

    D-inventor

    D-popularize

    D-imagine

    D-with

    D-watchers

    D-known

    D-to spend

    D-convenient

    TEST 15

    My village is about 50 kilometers (1)…….the city center. It is a very beautiful and (2) ………. place where people (3)……………. flowers and vegetables only. It’s very famous for its pretty roses and picturesque (4) …….The air is quite (5) …….; however, the smell of the roses makes people (6) ………. cool. In spring, my village looks like a carpet with plenty of (7) ….Tourists come to visit it so often. Nowadays, with electricity, it doesn’t take the (8) ………. much time to water the roses. And even at night, people can walk along the path and enjoy the fresh smell of the flowers.

     

    1. A. on

    2. A. peace

    3. A. grow

    4. A. scenery

    5. A. dirty

    6. A. felt

    7. A. colors

    8. A. village

    B. for

    B. peaceful

    B. buy

    B. sneces

    B. fresh

    B. to feel

    B. colorful

    B. towns

    C. from

    C. peacefully

    C. grew

    C. sceens

    C. bad

    C. feel

    C. spots

    C. villagers

    D. since

    D. quite

    D. bought

    D. scenes

    D. hot

    D. feeling

    D. styles

    D. city-dwellers

    TEST 16

    At 6.30 in the morning, the bus (1) …….Ba and his family from their home. After picking (2) …….everyone, the bus continued North on the Highway Number 1. It crossed the Dragon Bridge and stopped at the gas station to get some more fuel. Then, it left the highway and turned onto a small road westward. This road ran (3) ……. green paddy fields, (4) ……. the people on the bus could see a lot of cows and buffaloes. The road ended before a big store beside a pond. Instead of (5) ……….left towards a small airport, the bus went on the opposite direction. It didn’t stay on that road for very long, but turned left onto a road (6) … ….… went across a small bamboo forest. Finally, the bus dropped everyone at the (7) ……. lot ten meters from a big old banyan tree. It would park there and waited (8) ……….people to come back in the evening.

    1. A. collect

    2. A. at

    3. A. between

    4. A. so

    5. A. to turn

    6. A. who

    7. A. park

    8. A. in

    B. collect

    B. in

    B. to

    B. and

    B. turned

    B. whom

    B. parking

    B. at

    C. collecting

    C. on

    C. for

    C. but

    C. turning

    C. whose

    C. parked

    C. for

    D. to collect

    D. up

    D. besides

    D. because

    D. turn

    D. which

    D. to park

    D. to

    TEST 17

    Millions of people (1) …………the world want to learn English. Many of them go to the US and other English (2) ………… countries to study at language schools, especially (3) …………Summer. There are thousands of different schools. They often course (4) ……children, teenagers and adults.

    If you go to a language school, you should try (5) ………… English as much as possible. Students can stay with a local family. This is a good opportunity (6) …………your English and to learn a lot about everyday life. You should try to talk to students from other countries. This will help you to improve your English (7) ……it will also show how important English is for international (8) ………………

    1. A. at

    2. A. speak

    3. A. at

    4. A. to

    5. A. to speak

    6.A. to improve

    7. A. but

    8.A.communicator

    B. around

    B. spoke

    B. on

    B. with

    B. speak

    B. improved

    B. so

    B.communication

    C. on

    C. speaking

    C. for

    C. between

    C. spoke

    C. improving

    C. and

    C.communicative

    D. to

    D. spoken

    D. in

    D. for

    D. speaking

    D. improve

    D. therefore

    D. communicate

    TEST 18

    Television is an important  invention of the 20th century. It has been (1) …………. popular that now we can’t imagine what life would be like if (2)………. were no television. Television is a major means of communication, It (3) ……….. pictures and sounds from around the world into millions of home. Though television (4)…………… can see and learn about people, places and things in far away lands, television widens our knowledge by introducing us to new ideas which may lead us to new hobbies and recreations. In addition (5) ………… the news, television provides us with a variety of program that can satisfy (6)………… taste. Most people now seem to like spending their evenings (7)………… television. It is more convenient for them to sit at (8)…………….. watching television than to go out for amusements elsewhere.

    1. a. very b. too c. enough              d. so
    2. a. there b. those c. these                           d. they
    3. a. gets b. brings c. gives                 d. shows
    4. a. audience b. spectators c. viewers             d. people
    5. a. of b. spectators c. for                     d. at
    6. a. each b. many c. all                     d. every
    7. a. watching b. looking c. seeing                d. cleaning
    8. a. house b. home c. building            d. office

    TEST 19

    Air pollution is a ( 23 ) _______ of ill health in human beings. In a lot of countries there are laws limiting the amount of smoke which factories can ( 24 ) ________. Although there isn’t enough ( 25 ) _______ on the effects of smoke in the atmosphere, doctors have ( 26 ) _______ that air pollution cause lung diseases. The gases from the exhausts of cars have also ( 27) ________ air pollution in most cities. The lead in petrol produces a ( 28 ) _______ gas which often collects in busy streets surrounded by high buildings. Children who ( 29 ) _______ in areas where there is a lot of lead in the atmosphere can not think as ( 30 ) _______ as other children and are clumsy when they use their hands.

    1. A. reason B. cause C. effect                D. effort
    2. A. reduce B. send C. produce           D. give
    3. A. information B. news C. data                 D. figures
    4. A. said B. told C. proclaimed       D. proved
    5. A. increased B. decreased C. minimized        D. sent
    6. A. poison B. poisonous C. poisoned          D. poisoning
    7. A. stay B. live C. come                D. work
    8. A. quick B. slow C. quickly             D. slowly

    TEST 20

    New Year is one of the most important (23) ____________ in the United States. On New Year’s Eve, most people go to the parties. At twelve o’clock (24) ____________ night, everyone says “Happy New Year” and they (25) _____________ their friends and relatives good luck. New Year’s Eve is usally a long night to this holiday children (26) __________ as witches, ghosts or orthers. Most children go from house to house asking for candy or fruit. (27) ___________ the people at the house do not give (28) _____________ candy, the children will (29) ___________ a trick on them. But this (30) __________ ever happens. Many people give them candy or fruit.

    23. A. festivals B. meetings C. contests D. courses
    24. A. on B. at C. in D. for
    25. A. dream B. greet C. wish D. congratulate
    26. A. wear B. dress C. put on D. take off
    27. A. Whether B. So C. Although D. If
    28. A. they B. them C. their D. theirs
    29. A. say B. tell C. play D. speak
    30.A. hardly B. hard C. soon D. always

    TEST 21

    Mr. Brown and some (23) __________________ conservationists are on a very dirty beach now. Today they are ready to make the beach a clean and beautiful place again. After listening to Mr. Browns instructions, they are divided (24) ____________ three groups. Group I needs to walk along the shore. Group 2 should check the sand, (25) _________ group 3 has to check among the rocks. Garbage must be put into plastic bags, and the bags will be (26) __________ by Mr. Jones. He will take the bags to the garbage (27) _________. Each member will be given a map to find the right place. They won’t eat the picnic lunch (28) __________ by Mrs. Smith until the whole area is clean. (29) _________ are eager to work hard so as to refresh this (30) ________ area.
    23. A. voluntary            B. volunteers        C. volunteering     D. volunteer
    24. A. in                         B. to                     C. into                            D. onto
    25. A. or                        B. and                  C. because            D. though
    26. A. selected               B. chosen             C. collected                    D. elected
    27. A. dump          B. yard               C. area                  D. place
    28. A. happened            B. provided                    C. achieved                    D. shown
    29. A. Them all              B. They all           C. All them                    D. All they
    30. A. spoiling               B. spoil                C. spoiled             D. spoils

     

     

    TEST 22

    A great number of people from many countries have joined in trips to space up to now. A trip to space is very _( 1 )_. Do you want to join in a trip in the future?

    If you decide to take a trip, you will have to get ready a few months before the _( 2 )­­_. You must be in excellent physical condition .You should run a lot, swim everyday, and do aerobics and push-ups. You must get a letter from the doctor that shows you are in perfect _( 3 )_ .

    Once you get on the trip, you will be in a(n) _( 4 )_ world. You will see pictures of the Earth. You may also find your country and other interesting places. You will be able to see the oceans, the big rivers, the tall mountains. You will be able to see them many times because you will _( 5 )_ the Earth 16 times a day! You will also be able to see stars that you couldn’t see _( 6 )­_ the Earth.

    When you are in orbit, you will be able to get out of your seat and walk in the cabin. You will be able to walk on the walls or on the ceiling like in a circus. You will not _( 7 )_ anything! You will feel totally free and enjoy the wonderful feeling you have never had before. If you _( 8 )_ on board now, you would experience those marvelous things.

    1. A. marvelous B. harmful                        C. dangerous              D. terrible
    2. A. walk B. course                          C. voyage                   D. flight
    3. A. knowledge B. health                           C. intelligence            D. wisdom
    4. A. ancient B. imaginary                     C. different                D. mysterious
    5. A. fly B. orbit                              C. travel                     D. go
    6. A. by B. in                                   C. around                   D. from
    7. A. eat B. see                                C. weigh                     D. know
    8. A. were B. sit                                 C. are                          D. come

     

     

    TEST 23

    One of the main sources for the spreading of news and events throughout the world is the newspaper.

    The purpose of newspapers is to inform the public of political, social economic and entertainment happenings, among other things .Generally, there are three types of newspapers: daily newspapers, weekly newspapers, and special-interest newspapers. Daily newspapers publish at least one edition every weekday. Most dailies also have a weekend edition. Daily newspapers often have sections for news, sports, arts and entertainment, business and classified advertising. Weekly newspapers print once a week and cover news of interest to readers in a smaller area than that of a daily paper. They focus on local happenings rather than national or international events. Special-interest newspapers may publish daily, weekly, monthly, or even less frequently. They generally disseminate news of interest to a particular group of readers or feature news about a specific topic.

    Thanks to the development of the Internet, we can now get access to electronic newspapers. To some extent, e-newspapers are cheap, up-to-date, and convenient for most readers in the world.

    1.The purpose of newspapers is to inform the public of…

    1. political and social happenings
    2. economic and entertainment happenings
    3. other different events
    4. all A, B and C
    5. Three types of newspapers are…
    6. daily newspapers, weekly newspapers and special-interest newspapers.
    7. weekly newspapers, monthly newspapers , yearly newspapers .
    8. daily newspapers, weekly newspapers and monthly newspapers.
    9. weekly newspapers, monthly newspapers and special-interest newspapers.
    10. Most daily newspapers publish…
    11. only one edition every weekday .
    12. one edition every weekend .
    13. at least once every weekday and once at weekend.
    14. one different edition for one different section
    15. Weekly newspapers usually focus on…
    16. local happenings
    17. national happenings
    18. international happenings
    19. local and international happenings .
    20. Social-interest newspapers cover news of interest to…
    21. special people
    22. particular group of readers
    23. feature news about a specific topic
    24. both B and C
    25. We can easily get access to electronic newspapers because they are…
    26. modern, up-to-date but expensive
    27. cheap, up-to-date and convenient worldwide
    28. quick, cheap and convenient
    29. modern, quick and up-to-date

     

  • Tài liệu luyện thi TOEIC

    Tài liệu luyện thi TOEIC

    Tài liệu luyện thi TOEIC

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Làm sao nghe được tiếng anh


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Tài liệu luyện thi TOEIC

    Tài liệu luyện thi TOEIC

    NOUN  1  Countable Noun                 ><       Uncountable Noun

    Singular                     Plural                                     without a/an/ -s

    a /an/the

    Regular     Irregular

    Noun –s/ es

    Note 1

     

    a means/series/species – means ..

    a child – children

    a foot   – feet

    a tooth – teeth

    a louse – lice

    a person – people

    a goose – geese

    a mouse – mice

    a man – men

    a woman – women

    on ox – oxen

    a fish –  fish

    a carp – carp

    a cod – cod

    a salmon – salmon

    a deer – deer

    a sheep – sheep

    a crisis – crises

    a thesis – theses

    a diagnosis – diagnoses

    a hypothesis – hypotheses

    a parenthesis – parentheses

    an axis – axes

    an oasis – oases

    a phenomenon –  phenomena

    a criterion – criteria

    a memorandum – memoranda

    a curriculum – curricula

    a bacterium – bacteria

    a syllabus – syllabi

    a cactus – cacti

    a fungus – fungi

    a stimulus – stimuli

    a radius – radii

    an appendix – appendices

    an index – indices

    Note 2: Twelve nouns ending in f or fe drop the f or fe and ad ves

    a calf – calves

    a half – halves

    a knife – knives

    a leaf – leaves

    a life – lives

    a loaf – loaves

    -self – -selves

    a sheaf – sheaves

    a shelf – shelves

    a thief – thieves

    a wife – wives

    a wolf –wolves

    But:

    a hoof – hooves/hoofs                a roof – roofs                                   a cliff – cliffs

    a safe – safes                             a handkerchief – handkerchiefs      a belief- beliefs

     

    NOUN           2:        Compound Nouns

    1. Normally the last word is made plural

    boyfriends

    travel agents

    shop windows

    hitch-hikers

    traffic wardens

    river banks

    city streets

    corner shops

    street markets

    spring flowers

    November fogs

    church bells

    college libraries

    driving licenses

     

    1. But when man and woman is prefixed both parts are made plural

    men drivers

    women drivers

    1. The first word is made plural with compounds formed of verb + er or compounds composed of noun + preposition + noun

    lookers-on                runners-up                           sisters-in-law

     

    NOUN           3:  Quantifiers

    1. Many/several/various/numerous/diverse ><        Much
    2. A number of/numbers of ><        An amount of/amounts of
    3. (A) few            ><        (A) little
    4. Fewer/ the fewest ><        Less/ the least

     

    NOUN           4:  Numbers

    1. a /two/three… hundred/thousand/million/billion/trillion + Noun
    2. hundreds/thousands/millions/billions + OF + Noun
    3. Compound adjectives

    A three-year-old boy

    A 16,000-page book

    1.         one/two/three percent (no –s) of Noun ; but a/the percentage of Noun

     

    VERB

    (1) Subject _ Verb Agreement

    (2) Tenses

    (3) Active                      ><                             Passive

    Transitive V + Obj                             V + No Object /Prepositional phrase (by, in, with…)

    (4) Form

    1. After modal verb + Bare inf (can, could, may, might, shall, should, must, will, would, would rather, had better, have to, ought to, be to, be supposed to)

    V- ing ( active/ continuous tenses)

    1. After ‘be’
    2.     P (passive)
    3. After ‘have’ + P. P (perfect tenses)
    4. Gerund >< Infinitive
    5. Finite Verb >< Participle ( Present Participle >< Past participle)

     

    PARALLEL STRUCTURE

    1. ,
    2. and
    3. but
    4. or
    5. either …or
    6. neither… nor
    7. not only… but also
    8. both … and
    9. rather than
    10. whether … or
    11. as well as

    PRONOUN

    1. Pronoun/Noun Agreement they >< it/he/she/we

    their >< its/his/her/our

    them>< it/him/her/us

    themselves><itself/himself/herself/ourselves

    who/whom>< which

    that (of )    >< those (of) (plural)

    1. Which type?
      1. Subjective Pronouns (I/You/He/She/It/ We/You/They)
        • Subject of a Verb
        • After ‘Be’
      2. Objective Pronouns (me/you/him/her/it/us/you/them)
        • Object of a Verb
        • Object of a Preposition
      3. Possessive Adjectives (my/your/his/her/its/our/your/their)
        • Before a Noun
        • Before a Gerund: We are surprised by their nesting in such harsh conditions
      4. Possessive Pronouns (mine/yours/his/hers/ours/yours/theirs)
      5. Reflexive Pro (myself/yourself/himself/herself/itself/ourselves/yourselves/themselves)
    2. Wrong spelling ( hisself/ theirselves/ ourself/ themself)
    3. The >< Possessive Adjective

    Ex: His snake is a reptile.

    He devoted the life to science.

    1. Double subject/object

    Ex: Black Island in Long Island Sound it is surrounded by cold, dangerous waters.

    1. Unnecessary relative pronoun >< Necessary relative pronoun

    Ex: Certain types of turtles that may live as long as 100 years.

    The woman lives next door is too nosy.

    WORD FORM

    1. Adjectives
      1. Before nouns

    Ex:  an important meeting

    1. After ‘be’ and other linking verbs
      • be/become
      • look/seem/appear/sound
      • taste/feel/smell
      • stay/remain ( = continue to be)
      • turn/get/grow/go (= become)
      • prove/find

    Ex:  She looks angry.

    1. Some adjectives end in –ly: friendly/costly/cowardly/lovely/lively/ lonely/likely/ugly/early/monthly/weekly/daily/hourly/nightly/yearly/quarterly/timely/scholarly/womanly/manly/motherly/fatherly/ kindly
    1. Adverbs
      1. Modify verbs: Ex: Ann eagerly accepted the challenge.
      2. Modify adjectives Ex: Ted seemed extremely curious about that topic.
      3. Modify participles Ex: A rapidly changing situation / A brightly colored
      4. Modify prepositions/ clause markers: soon after / immediately after/ long before/ shortly before
      5. Modify adverbs: Ex: The accident occurred incredibly
      6. Modify the whole sentence

    –  general         ><        generally

    – basic             ><        basically

    – particular       ><     particularly

    – possible         ><        possibly

    – probable        ><        probably

    – usual             ><        usually

    – original          ><        originally                                       –  innate           ><         innately                  Ex:             Generally, I like my class

     

     

    1. Note
      1. fast (adj) à fast (adv)
      2. long (adj) à long (adv)
      3. hard (adj) à hard >< hardly
      4. high (adj) à high >< highly (figurative meaning)
      5. early (adj) à early (adv)
      6. good (adj) à well (adv)
    VERB NOUN ADJECTIVE VERB NOUN ADJECTIVE
    Differ Difference Different Restrict Restriction Restrictive
    Invent Invention Inventive Cultivate Culture Cultural
    Compete Competition Competitive Agriculture Agricultural
    Fertilize Fertilizer/fertility Fertile Empower Power Powerful
    Decide Decision Decisive Importance Important
    Prohibit Prohibition Prohibitive Significance Significant
    Prevent Prevention Preventive Analyze Analysis Analytical
    Beautify Beauty Beautiful Familiarize Familiarity Familiar
    Originate Origin Original Popularize Popularity Popular
    Emphasize Emphasis Emphatic Classify Classification Classifiable
    Glorify Glory Glorious Categorize category Categorical
    Mystify Mystery Mysterious Absent Absence Absent
    Socialize Society Social Interest Interest Interesting
    Generalize Generalization General Bore Boredom Boring
    Simplify Simplicity Simple Fascinate Fascination Fascinating
    Free Freedom Free Produce Production Productive
    Construct Construction Constructive Necessitate Necessity Necessary
    Live Life Live/living Collect Collection Collective

     

    FIELD PERSON FIELD PERSON FIELD PERSON
    Music Musician Surgery Surgeon Dentistry Dentist
    Poetry Poet Architecture Architect Engineering Engineer
    Administration Administrator Farming Farmer Finance Financier
    Photography Photographer Biology Biologist Physics Physicist
    Athletics Athlete Theory Theorist Science Scientist
    Philosophy Philosopher Chemistry Chemist Invention Inventor
    Creation Creator Politics Politician Crime/criminology Criminal
    Law Lawyer Humor Humorist Mathematics mathematician
    History Historian Biography Biographer Manufacture Manufacturer
    Editing Editor Writing Writer Acting Actor/actress
    Magic Magician Geography Geographer Collection Collector
    Forecast Forecaster Hunting Hunter Employment Employee/er
    Training Trainer Dance Dancer Competition Competitor
    Contest Contestant Beauty Beautician Labor Laborer
    Discovery Discoverer Carpentry Carpenter
    NOUN VERB ADJECTIVE NOUN VERB ADJECTIVE
    Strength Strengthen Strong Heat Heat Hot
    Hardness Harden Hard Light Lighten Light
    Softness Soften Soft Brightness Brighten Bright/brilliant
    Depth Deepen Deep Thickness Thicken Thick
    Ripeness Ripen Ripe Richness Enrich Rich
    Solidity Solidify Solid Humidity Humidify Humid
    Length Lengthen Long Flatness/flat Flatten Flat
    Shortness Shorten Short Height Heighten High
    Weight Weigh Weighty/weightless Darkness/dark Darken Dark
    Blackness Blacken Black White/whiteness Whiten White
    Fat Fatten Fat Largeness Enlarge Large

    Nouns:  hearing/sight/smell/taste/touch

    Verbs:   hear/see/smell/taste/touch

    WORD CHOICE

    1. Wrong choice of MAKE or DO
      • MAKE an agreement/ an announcement/ an attempt/an effort/ a decision/a discovery/ an offer/a profit/ a promise/ advances in/ a comparison/ a contribution/ a distinction/ a forecast/ a law/ a point/ an investment/ a plan/ a prediction/ a sound/ noise/use of/ a choice/ a loan/an appointment
      • MAKE UP OF (= be composed of ); MAKE UP (= compose)
      • DO an assignment/the dishes/ the washing-up/the shopping/ the ironing/the cooking/a favor/homework/the laundry/ a paper//research/ a job/ one’s work/ business with/ justice to/  wrong/ a kindness/one’s duty/harm/one’s best/a service/damage/ wonder       
    2. Wrong choice of like/ alike/like or as
      • Like/Unlike A, B +  Verb
      • A, like/unlike B, + Verb
      • A is like/unlike B
      • A and B are alike
      • Like + Noun                     Ex: My results were much like Paul’s
      • As + Subject +Verb Ex: I did my experiment just as Paul did
      • As + Noun (=in the role of)
      • serve as/ function as/ use sth as/ be used as/ be thought of as/ be referred to as
      • regard/consider/name/choose/elect/select/designate/appoint/declare/nominate/proclaim/announce s.o/sth (as) s.o/sth

     

     

     

    1. Wrong choice of so, such, too

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    1. Wrong choice of because or because of; although or in spite of /despite; when/while or during

     

    1. Wrong choice of ANOTHER or OTHER
    Another Other
    Adjective ·        another + Noun (singular) ·   other + Noun (plural)

    ·   Determiner (the, some, any,

    every, one, no) + other + Noun (sing)

    Pronoun ·   another (an additional one)

    Ex: Give me another.

    ·   the other/the others

    Ex: Of the two teachers, one is experienced, and the other is not.

    Note:     each other / one another

    from one …    to another

    1. Other word form problems

    BE CAREFUL WITH THESE PAIRS OF WORDS

    • no + noun >< not … any
    • no longer >< not … any longer/any more
    • most + Noun

    most of  the Noun

    almost all of the Noun/ almost no + Noun/almost every + Noun

    the most +adj/adv (superlative)

    • almost + quantifier/adjective/adverb (Word Order)
    • twice (adjective) >< double (verb)

    Note:  be twice as… as…

    • earliest >< soonest
    • one /two/three…percent of >< a /the percentage of
    • after >< afterward (adv = after that )
    • ago >< before
    • tell so that >< say that/say to so that

    Note: tell a story/a lie/lies/the truth/ a secret

    • hardly ever >< never
    • hard/hardly
    • and/but/or
    • be alive >< live + Noun
    • old > < of age
    • near (=close to) >< nearly (=almost)
    • some + Noun >< somewhat + adjective
    • affect so/sth >< effect of sth on so/sth
    • already (adv) >< be all ready ( adjective)
    • among (3 or more) >< between ( 2)
    • and (conjunction) >< also (adverb)
    • beside (=next to) >< besides (= in addition)
    • costume (=clothing) >< custom (traditional practice)
    • farther/further (distance) >< further (= more)
    • formally (=officially) >< formerly (=previously)
    • hard >< hardly
    • imaginary (= not real/fictional) >< imaginative (=creative)
    • later >< latter
    • lay laid laid      laying  +Object  (= put/place)

    lie        lay       lain     lying   (= be situated/located)

    lie        lied      lied      lying (= not tell the truth)

    • loose (adj) >< lose (verb)
    • no>< not>< none
    • pass (verb) >< past (adj/noun/preposition)

    Note:  pass = go/come past

    • quiet (adj) >< quite (adv)
    • raise + object/ be raised (passive) >< rise (without an object)
    • set + object (=put/place) >< sit (without an object)
    • thorough (adj) >< through (adv)
    • out >< out of +Noun
    • away>< away from + Noun
    • out/in (preposition) >< outer/inner (adjective)
    • listen to >< hear
    • lone/live/sleeping + noun >< be alone/ alive/asleep
    1. Redundancy
    • connect together
    • repeat again
    • join together
    • proceed forward
    • advance forward
    • only unique
    • new innovations
    • reread again
    • return back
    • same identical
    • sufficient enough
    • separated away from
    • incorrect mistake
    • progress forward
    • important significant
    • carefully cautiously
    • established founded
    • protect guard
    • original first
    • rarely seldom
    • transmit send out
    • single only
    • around approximately
    • chief main
    • such as for example
    • necessary needed

     

     

    Inversion

    1. Inversion of the verb after certain adverbs

     

    Ex:      I haven’t got a ticket. – Neither/Nor have I.

    Never before had I been asked to accept a bribe.

    Not only do they rob you, they smash everything too

    On no account must this switch be touched

    Only by shouting was he able to make himself heard.

    Only in an emergency should you use this exit.

    Rarely did this remedy fail

    So suspicious did he become that …

    So confusing was the map that we had to ask a police officer for directions.

    Such is the popularity of the place that the theater is likely to be full every night.

     

    1. The subject and verb of the second clause ( not the first clause) are inverted when the following expressions occur at the beginning of a sentence


     

    Ex:     Not until he got home   did he realize that he had lost it.

    Only if you study hard can you pass the final exam.

     

    1. In written English adverb phrases introduced by preposition (down, from, in, on, over, off, out of, round, up .etc.) can be followed by verbs indicating position (crouch, hang, lie sit, stand, be ), by verbs of motion.

    Ex:     From the rafters hung strings of onions.

    In the door way stood a man with a gun.

    On a perch beside him sat a blue parrot

    Over the wall came a shower of stone.

    In front of the museum is a statue.

    Off the coast of California lie the Channel Islands.

     

     

    Ex:   Across the United States, the general movement of air masses is from west to east.

    1. If + Subject + auxiliary can be replaced in formal English by inversion of auxiliary and subject with if omitted.

    Ex:     If I were in his shoes …                      =          Were I in his shoes …

    If you should require anything…       =          Should you require anything …

    If he had known …                             =          Had he known…

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    Double Comparison

    Note:   the worse (not the worst), the less (not the least), the better (not the best)

    Ex: The more he plays, the more he improves.

    Incorrect Article Choice

    • a ><                    an

                Ex:       A eclipse of the sun may be either total or partial

    • a/an ><                    without a/an (uncountable noun)
    • a/an ><                    the

                Ex:       Rose Bird was a first woman in the history of California to serve on the State Supreme Court

    • a/an/the ><                    without a/an/the

    Ex:       Slag consists of waste material and impurities which rise to top of melted metals.

    The most asteroids are beyond the orbit of the planet Mars.

    • the ><                    possessive adjectives

    Ex:       The Ozark Mountains of Arkansas are known for the rugged beauty

    Note:

     

     

     

     

    Common clause markers:

    1. Time: after , as, as long as, as soon as, before, by the time, now that, once, since, until, when, while, whenever
    2. Concessions/Contrast: although, even though, though, even if, whereas, while, despite the fact that, in spite of the fact that, except that/however
    3. Reason: as, because, since, in that, in case
    4. Results: so that, so … that, such… that
    5. Manner: as if, as though
    6. Place: wherever
    7. Conditions: if, even if, only if, provided, unless

    Conjunctions:        –     and, but, yet, for, so, or

    Conjunctive advs –     besides, likewise, moreover, in addition, additionally

    • however, nevertheless, on the other hand, in contrast, in spite of this
    • therefore, as a result, accordingly, consequently
    • otherwise
    • then, meanwhile
    • similarly, correspondingly, likewise
    • for example, for instance

                                             ARTICLES

    A/AN

    1. Before singular countable nouns

    Ex: Australia is a continent

    1. To introduce a subject that has not mentioned before

    Ex: I saw a tiger.

    1. With certain expressions

     

    a dozen

    a couple

    a/one hundred/thousand/million

    a great many

    a great deal

    a lot of

    a/one half

    a/one third

    a/one quarter

    fifty miles an/per hour                                 ten kilometers an/per hour

    $10 a/per day

    1. With names of professions

    Ex: He is an engineer.                    She is a doctor.

     

    THE

    1. Only one example of the thing/person or the identity of the person or thing is clear

    Ex:      The moon is full today.

    Please open the door.

    1. 2. With certain expressions

    the morning/afternoon/evening

    the past/present/future

    the front/back/center/top/bottom

    the beginning/middle/end

    the north/south/east/west

    1. 3. Before a singular noun representative of a class of things ( usually names of animals, plants, inventions, musical instruments, and parts of the body)

    Ex:      The tiger is the largest cat

    The heart pumps blood

    The Wright brothers invented the airplane.

    She plays the guitar.

    1. 4. Before ordinal number (Note: No article is used before expressions with cardinal numbers.)

                Ex:      The First  World War (But:  World War One)

    The second chapter (But:  Chapter Two)

    The third gate           (But:  Gate Three)

    The seventh volume (But: Volume Seven)

    1. 5. Before decades and centuries

    Ex:      the 1930s                              the fifties                   the sixties

    the twenty-first century       the 1800s                  the twentieth century

    1. Before superlative adjectives

    Ex:      The biggest island on earth is Greenland.

    1. Quantifier + of + the + noun

    Many/ some/all/much/most/a few/all/… of the + Noun

    Note: These expressions can also be used without the phrase of the

    Ex:      Many books                                      not much paper

    Some water                                       a few pictures

    1. Before a group of people or a nationality

    Ex:      The Vietnamese are very hardworking

    The Swedish are proud of their ancestors, the Vikings.

    Note: No article is used before the name of a language

    Ex:      She learned to speak Vietnamese when she lived in Hanoi.

    1. The + adjective (= people who are…)

    Ex:      The rich should help the poor.

    1. Before a specific noun

    Ex:      The coffee I had this morning was Brazilian (specific)

    Coffee originated in Ethiopia. (general)

    The rice that I bought today is in the bag. (specific)

    Rice is a staple in many countries.(general)

    The trees in this park are mostly evergreens. (specific)

    Trees provide shade. (general)

     

     

     

    1. The + subject + of NP

           Subject (used alone)  –> no article

           Adjective + Subject     –> no article

    Ex:      The literature of the twentieth century

    The history of The United States.

    But:     I major in literature

                            I study American history.

    1. 12. Before names of countries, states, cities, universities, colleges, and schools that contain the word “of” or before countries that have a plural name or an adjective in the name, except for Great Britain

                Ex:      The United States of America

    The Socialist Republic of Vietnam (but: Vietnam)

    The State of Florida            (But: Florida)

    The city of Boston ( But:  Boston)

    The University of Texas ( But:  Boston University)

    The Netherlands/ The Philippines

    1. 13. Before
    2. oceans: Ex:      The pacific Ocean
    3. seas Ex: The Black Sea
    4. gulfs Ex: The Gulf of Mexico
    5. rivers Ex: The Nile
    6. plural names of mountains Ex: The Appalachian Mountains (But: Mount Everest)
    7. plural names of islands Ex: The Hawaiian Islands (But: Manhattan Island)
    8. plural names of lakes Ex: The Great Lakes (But: Lake Michigan)
    9. 14. Before the names of ships, planes, trains and people’s family names

    Ex:      The Titanic

    The Orient Express

    The Browns

     

     

    GERUND AND INFINITIVE

    1. VERB + TO INF
    afford              beg                  expect             manage           pretend            threaten

    agree               care                 fail                   mean               promise           want

    appear             consent           forget               need                refuse              wish

    arrange            decide             hesitate            offer                seem               try

    ask                  desire              hope                plan                 struggle           intend

    attempt            deserve           learn                prepare            swear

    Ex:      Tom wants to become a doctor.

    Susan pretended to sleep.

    David promised not to be late again.

    1. VERB + OBJECT + TO INFINITIVE
    advise             challenge                     forbid               order                teach               invite

    allow               convince                     force                permit             tell                    recommend

    ask                  dare                             hire                  persuade         urge                 enable

    beg                  encourage                  instruct                        remind             want                lead

    cause              expect                         invite                require             warn                motivate

    use

    Ex:  They begged us to come.

            I warn you not to drive so fast.

         Note:   advise/allow/encourage/permit/recommend (1) + object + to inf

                                                                                                   (2) + V-ing

    Ex:   He doesn’t allow smoking in his house

    He doesn’t allow anyone to smoke in his house

    Nobody is allowed to smoke in his house

    III. VERB + V-ING

    admit                           delay               finish                postpone         resent              miss

    appreciate                   deny                can’t help         practice           resist                tolerate

    avoid                           discuss            keep                quit                  risk                  involve

    complete                     dislike              mention           recall               stop                 understand

    consider                      enjoy               mind                recollect          suggest            include

     

     

     

     

    Ex:     I dislike driving long distances

    I can’t help worrying about it.

    Would you mind not smoking in this class?

    1. VERB + V-ING/ TO INFINITIVE
    begin               continue                      hate                 prefer

    start                 can’t stand                   love                 like

    Ex: It began to rain/ raining

    Note:  would like/love/prefer + to infinitive

    Ex: I would like to play tennis today.

    1. ADJECTIVE / PARTICIPLE+ TO INFINITIVE
    anxious                        difficult                                    willing                          boring

    eager                           hard                             able                             interesting

    usual                            dangerous                   pleased                                    …

    easy                            ready                           prepared

    Ex:   Tom is anxious to see his family.

    It is very dangerous to drive in this weather.

    We are ready to leave now.

          

              Note: be busy/worth + V-ing.

    Ex:   He is busy doing his homework.

    The book is worth reading.

    1. PREPOSITION + V-ING
      1. VERB + PREPOSITION + V-ING
    approve of       succeed in       think of                                    look forward to         dedicate to

    give up                        count on          depend on                   object to                     commit to

    rely on             keep on           put off                          confess to

    insist on           think about      dream about                devote to

     

    Ex:   John gave up smoking three years ago.

    I am looking forward to going back to school.

    1. ADJECTIVE + PREPOSITION + V-ING
    afraid of                       capable of                   tired of be/get accustomed to

    interested in                 successful in               fond of be/get used to

    Ex:   She is afraid of getting married now.

    To gets used to getting up early.

    • SPECIAL CASES
      1. STOP

    He stopped smoking (He gave up smoking; he is not going to smoke any more.)

    He stopped to smoke (He stopped doing something in order to smoke)

    1. TRY

                           TRY + TO INF: make an effort to do something

    Ex:  I was very tire. I tried to keep my eyes open, but I couldn’t.

    TRY + V-ING: do something as an experiment or test

     Ex:   I’ve got a terrible headache. I tried taking an aspirin, but it did not help.

    1. REMEMBER

    REMEMBER + TO INF: You remember to do something before you do it

    Ex:   Please remember to post the letter. (= Don’t forget to post the letter)

    REMEMBER + V-ING: You remember doing something after you do it

    Ex:   I clearly remember locking the door before I left.

    1. NEED

    NEED + TO INF (ACTIVE)

    Ex:   John needs to paint the door.

    My friend needed to learn Spanish

    NEED + V-ING = NEED + TO BE DONE (PASSIVE)

    Ex:  The grass needs cutting/ to be cut.

    The television needs fixing/to be fixed.

    1. MAKE/LET/HAVE + OBJECT + BARE INFINITIVE

    Ex:   Sad movies always make me cry.

    I had the mechanic repair my car. (I had my car repaired by the mechanic

    My parents do not let me go out late at night.

    1. VERBS OF PERCEPTION + V-ING/ BARE INFINITIVE
    see                              look at                         listen to

    notice                          observe                       smell

    watch                          hear                             feel

        

     

     

     

     

          Ex:   I saw my friend running/run down the street.

                                                                                                         

    1. GO + V-ING
                boating            dancing           jogging             shopping          swimming

    GO      bowling            fishing              climbing           sightseeing

    camping          hiking               running            skating

    canoeing         hunting            sailing              skiing

     

     

     

     

     

     

          Ex:   My sister went sailing yesterday

    1. TO INFINITIVE can be used after the first, the second…, the last, the only and sometimes after superlatives.

    Ex:   She loves parties. She is always the first to come and the last to leave.

    He is the second man to be killed in this way.

    1. TO INFINITIVE can be used after certain nouns
    ability              demand                       failure             request

    ambition          desire                          offer                scheme

    anxiety                        determination            plan                 willingness

    attempt           eagerness                   promise           wish

    decision         effort                           refusal             readiness

     

     

     

     

     

     

                            Ex:   His ability to get on with people is his chief asset.

     Ex:   He made an effort to stand up.

    catch/find/leave         +          Object             +          V-ing

    spend/ waste             +          Time                +          V-ing

    have fun/ a good time                                   +          V-ing

    have trouble/difficulty                                  +          V-ing

    have a hard time/ difficult time                    +          V-ing

     

     

    WORD ENDINGS

    1. COMMON NOUN (THING) ENDINGS
      1. –ism : baptism, criticism, organism, heroism, patriotism, alcoholism,

      barbarism, dwarfism, parallelism

    1. –nce : importance, significance, dependence, arrogance, resistance,

       subsistence

    1. –ness : bitterness, conceitedness, darkness, hardness, kindheartedness
    2. –ion : excision, damnation, pollution, suggestion, a notion, an action,

    vexation, concoction, completion.

    1. –ment : abridgement, accomplishment, banishment, commencement,

     embodiment, enhancement, excitement, fragment, garment, ornament, treatment

    1. –(i)ty : purity, authority, dubiety, majority, superiority, humidity, cruelty,

    faculty, honesty, plenty, safety, subtlety

    1. –age : baggage, carriage, cartage, damage, dotage, hermitage, homage

    language, luggage, marriage, passage, tillage, tonnage, vicarage,

                                                      village.

    1. ship : ambassadorship, citizenship, headship, professorship, chairmanship,

    fellowship, scholarship, companionship, friendship, hardship,

    relationship, craftsmanship, entrepreneurship, horsemanship,

      membership, courtship

    1. –th : bath, birth, death, oath, growth, stealth, filth, health, length, strength,

      truth, depth, breadth, wealth.

    1. –dom : earldom, freedom, kingdom, officialdom, wisdom
    2. –hood    : childhood, falsehood, sisterhood, brotherhood, neighborhood,

      likelihood, livelihood

    1. –ure : closure, picture, scripture, legislature, nature, failure, pleasure,

      treasure

    1. –cy : bankruptcy, captaincy, democracy, privacy, delicacy, advocacy,

      confederacy, accuracy, obstinacy, piracy, , aristocracy, expectancy,

      efficiency, presidency, sufficiency, deficiency

    1. –(t)ry :  rivalry, ancestry, carpentry, industry, greenery, machinery, scenery,

      bakery, brewery, bravery, slavery, archery

    1. –logy :  archaeology, geology, sociology, theology, zoology
    2. –graphy : bibliography, biography
    1. COMMON NOUN (PERSON) ENDINGS
      1. – or : actor, creator, doctor, monitor, sculptor, successor, guarantor,

      conqueror, donor, governor, solicitor, tailor, visitor. bachelor

    1. – er : hatter, geographer, astrologer, cottager, foreigner, Londoner,

      New Yorker, northerner, villager, airliner, old-timer, sorcerer

    1. – ee : employee, payee, devotee, escapee, conferee, absentee, refugee.
    2. – ist : chemist, dramatist, economist, geologist; dentist, pianist, tobacconist;

      Buddhist, Darwinist, idealist, Marxist, racist, optimist, pessimist

    1. – ician : magician, physician, musician, electrician, beautician,

      politician, statistician, mathematician, mortician,

    1. – ant (10%) : assistant, accountant, consultant, contestant, inhabitant

     

    1. ADJECTIVE ENDINGS
      1. – ent : independent, sufficient, absent, ambivalent, ancient, apparent,

      ardent  

    1. – ant : arrogant, expectant, important, significant , abundant, ignorant,

      brilliant, 

    1. – ful : beautiful, graceful, powerful, grateful, forgetful, mournful,

    Exceptions:   handful, mouthful, spoonful  are nouns

    1. – ic : civic, classic, historic, artistic, economic,
    2. – less : doubtless, fearless, hatless, powerless, countless, tireless, faceless,

      legless, careless, helpless

    1. – ive : authoritative, demonstrative, figurative, imitative, qualitative,

      talkative, active, passive, comparative, possessive

    1. – ous : dangerous, glorious, murderous, viscous, ferocious, hilarious,    
    2. – able : charitable, separable, bearable, reliable, comfortable, suitable.
    3. – ible : audible, compressible, edible, horrible, terrible
    4. – al         : central, general, oral, colossal, tropical, tidal

    Exceptions : rival, arrival, proposal, withdrawal, survival are nouns

    1. – ory       : mandatory, compulsory, predatory, satisfactory

    Exceptions : dormitory, promontory, territory are nouns

    1. – ary       : arbitrary, budgetary, contrary, primary, temporary, necessary
    2. – y           :  angry, happy, icy, messy, milky, tidy, chilly, haughty, slippery,
    3. – ly :  beastly, cowardly, queenly, rascally
    4. – (r)ate (10%): temperate, accurate, considerate, immediate, literate
    5. – ish       : boorish, boyish, foolish, womanish, bookish, feverish, bluish, reddish

     

    1. COMMON VERB ENDINGS
      1. – en/ en – : listen, happen, strengthen, lengthen, shorten, soften, ripen, deepen,

      widen, entrust, enslave, enlighten, entangle, enlarge, encourage,     

      enable, enrich    

    1. – ate : assassinate, associate, fascinate, felicitate, hydrate, separate,

      vaccinate, evacuate

    1. – ize : characterize, idolize, agonize, apologize, sympathize, theorize,

      authorize, extemporize, fertilize, fossilize, jeopardize, moralize,

       Americanize, carbonize, oxidize

    1. – ify : pacify, satisfy, petrify, solidify, horrify

     

    1. COMMON ADVERB ENDING
      1. – ly : amusingly, deservedly, firstly, fully, greatly, happily, hourly, truly,

      firstly, secondly

    1. – wise : crosswise, lengthwise, otherwise, clockwise
    2. – ways : edgeways, endways, lengthways, sideways
    3. – ward : backward, homeward, inward, onward, skyward, eastward

     

     

     

     

    SUBJECT – VERB AGREEMENT

    1. BASIC SUBJECT – VERB AGREEMENT
    2. Singular Subject + Singular Verb
    3. Plural Subject + Plural Verb

    Ex:       My friend lives in Boston.

    Growing flowers is her hobby.

    My friends live in Boston.

    1. SPECIAL CASES
    Sing Subject 1 and Sing Subject 2 + Plural Verb

    Ex:     The actor and the singer are coming.

    Jean and David are coming back to Australia.

    Note: However, phrases connected by and can be followed by singular verbs if we think of them as making up a single item.

    Ex:      Meat pie and peas  is Tom’s favorite at the moment

    Fish and chips  is my favorite food

                             of

    in addition to

    with

    Subject 1 +     together with  + Subject 2    + Verb

    along with

    as well as

    no less than

    like/ unlike

    2.

     

     

     

     

    Ex:      One of my friends is here.

    You together with Tom are responsible for this failure.

    Ex:      Neither John nor his friends are going to the beach

    There   +   be   +          Noun

     

    Ex:      There is a book on the shelf

    There are three books on the shelf

    There/ Here     + Verb             +          Noun  

    Ex:       Here comes the Queen.

    Here lie many unknown soldiers.

    Every                          Noun (singular)

    Each          +                                                 +  Singular Verb

    Either                           of  the Noun (plural)

    Neither

    Ex:      Each boy/ each of the boys has a gift.

    Note: Each boy and each girl is to do this exercise.

    Everyone        Something       Nobody

    Everybody      Anyone            Nothing

    Everything       Anybody                           +     Singular Verb           

    Someone        Anything

    Somebody      No one

     

    Ex:  Everyone has his or her own idea.

     

    Ex:      A number of refugees have been turned back at the border.

    Plenty of potatoes are grown here.

    None of the answers are correct.

    The number of   +     Plural Noun     + Singular Verb

    Ex:      The number of books in the library has risen to over five million.

    Any of

    None of

    The majority of

    A lot of                       + Uncountable Noun   +    Singular Verb    

    Plenty of

    All (of)

    Some (of)

     

     

     

     

    Ex:      All the furniture was destroyed in the fire.

    9.

    Ex:       The team is winning. (the team as a group)

    The team are going back to their homes. (meaning individual members of the team)

    belongings                   riches              glasses

    clothes                         savings            pliers

    congratulations            stairs                pants

    earnings                      surroundings               +  Plural Verb

    goods                          thanks

    outskirts                       scissors

    particulars                   shorts

    premises                     jeans

    Ex:       The pants are in the drawer.

    (A pair of pants is in the drawer)

    police

    people             +          Plural Verb

    cattle

    poultry

     

              Ex:       The police are looking for the missing child.

    news                measles           rabies

    physics            statistics          diabetes

    politics             mathematics   gymnastics      +          Singular Verb

    mumps            physics            athletics

    economics      phonetics         linguistics

     

     

             

    Ex:       Physics is difficult.

    The news is alarming.

    1. The titles of books, plays, movies, etc., always take a singular verb

    Ex:      The Los Angeles Times is on the desk.

    Gulliver’s Travels is a well-known children’s book.

    1. Nouns stating an amount of time, money or measurement always take a singular verb

    Ex:      Five minutes is not enough to do this exercise.

                Thirty-five dollars is too much for this shirt.

    Four -hundred miles is too much to drive in one day.

    The +    Adjective      +          Plural Verb

    Ex:      The poor need help.

     

     

    Uncountable Noun            +         Singular Verb

    baggage          clothing            equipment       food                 fruit                  furniture

    garbage           hardware         jewelry             junk                 luggage           machinery

    mail                 makeup           money             cash                change            postage

    water               coffee              tea                   milk                 oil                     soup

    gasoline           blood

    ice                   bread               butter               cheese                        meat                gold

    iron                  silver                glass                paper               wood               wool

    steam              air                    oxygen                        nitrogen           smoke             pollution

    rice                  chalk               corn                 dust                 grass               hair

    pepper             dirt                   salt                   sand                flour                 wheat

    beauty             confidence      courage           education        enjoyment       fun

    happiness        health              help                 honesty           hospitality        importance

    intelligence      justice              knowledge       laughter           music              luck

    patience          peace              pride                progress          recreation        sleep

    truth                 violence           wealth  …

    advice             information      news                evidence         proof                time

    space              energy             homework       work                grammar         slang

    vocabulary

    driving             swimming        traveling          working

    baseball           soccer             tennis               chess

    weather           dew                 fog                   hail                   heat                 humidity

    lightning           rain                  sleet                 snow                thunder            wind

    darkness         light                  sunshine          electricity         fire                   gravity

    Fluids

    Solids

    Gases

     

    Particles

    Abstraction

     

     

    Activities

     

    Natural

    phenomena

    Ex:      Smoking is harmful to your health.

         

  • Làm sao nghe được tiếng anh

    Làm sao nghe được tiếng anh

    Làm sao nghe được tiếng anh

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Những câu phỏng vấn bằng tiếng Anh


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Làm sao nghe được tiếng anh

    Làm sao nghe được tiếng anh

    Lọ mọ trên mạng, tình cờ tìm được bài này nói về việc học tiếng Anh, thấy hay nên chia xẻ với anh chị em. Đúng là dân mình đọc và viết thì dễ hơn nói và nghe nên improve khả năng nghe-hiểu-nói tôi nghĩ là rất cần. Những kinh nghiệm nêu ở đây có thể áp dụng cho các ngoại ngữ khác.
    Tác giả bài này là member duynhien của diễn đàn ETF (Englishtime forum), bản gốc ở đây.
    Có bản prc (mobipocket reader) dành cho đọc offline trên PC hoặc mobile (download ở đây), chọn platform thích hợp)
    ——
    LÀM SAO NGHE ĐƯỢC TIẾNG ANH
    (và nói chung: MỘT NGOẠI NGỮ)

    Một trong những trở ngại lớn nhất của chúng ta khi học một ngoại ngữ ấy là chúng ta quá… thông minh và có quá nhiều kinh nghiệm.

    Quá thông minh: vì mình không thể nào chấp nhận nghe một câu mà mình không hiểu: cần phải hiểu một câu nói gì trước khi nghe tiếp câu thứ hai, nếu không thì mình không buồn nghe tiếp.

    Quá kinh nghiệm: Cuộc đời đã dạy ta không nghe những gì người khác nói mà chỉ hiểu những gì mà nội dung chuyển tải. Nếu không hiểu nội dung, chúng ta không thể lặp lại lời người kia. Cũng vì thế mà – trong giai đoạn đầu học ngoại ngữ – mỗi lần nghe một câu tiếng Anh thì trong đầu phải dịch ra được tiếng Việt thì mới yên tâm, bằng không thì … câu ấy không có nghĩa.

    Thế nhưng, đấy là lối học sinh ngữ ngược chiều. Tôi biết được 6 ngôn ngữ, trong đó có ba ngôn ngữ thành thạo nghe nói đọc viết: Việt – Anh – Pháp, và tôi thấy rằng trong các ngôn ngữ tôi biết thì, một cách khách quan, nghe và nói tiếng Việt là khó nhất (vì ở phương tây, không có ngôn ngữ nào mà mình đổi cao độ của một từ thì ý nghĩa từ ấy lại thay đổi: ma – má – mà – mạ – mã – mả). Nhưng các bạn ở forum này, cũng như tôi, đều không có vấn đề gì cả với cái sinh ngữ khó vào bậc nhất ấy!

    Tuy nhiên, những thầy cô dạy chúng ta nghe nói tiếng Việt chẳng phải là những vị chuyên viên ngôn ngữ như các thầy cô ngoại ngữ mà ta học tại các trường. Thầy dạy tiếng Việt chúng ta là tất cả những người quanh ta từ ngày ta ra đời: cha mẹ, anh chị, hàng xóm, bạn bè… nghĩa là đại đa số những người chưa có một giờ sư phạm nào cả, thậm chí không có một khái niệm nào về văn phạm tiếng Việt. Thế mà ta nghe tiếng Việt thoải mái và nói như sáo. Còn tiếng Anh thì không thể như thế được. Ấy là vì đối với tiếng Việt, chúng ta học theo tiến trình tự nhiên, còn ngoại ngữ thì ta học theo tiến trình phản tự nhiên.

    Từ lúc sinh ra chúng ta đã NGHE mọi người nói tiếng Việt chung quanh (mà chẳng bao giờ ta phản đối: “tôi chẳng hiểu gì cả, đừng nói nữa”! Mới sinh thì biết gì mà hiểu và phản đối!). Sau một thời gian dài từ 9 tháng đến 1 năm, ta mới NÓI những tiếng nói đầu tiên (từng chữ một), mà không hiểu mình nói gì. Vài năm sau vào lớp mẫu giáo mới học ĐỌC, rồi vào lớp 1 (sáu năm sau khi bắt đầu nghe) mới tập VIẾT… Lúc bấy giờ, dù chưa biết viết thì mình đã nghe đưọc tất cả những gì người lớn nói rồi (kể cả điều mình chưa hiểu). Như vậy, tiến trình học tiếng Việt của chúng ta là Nghe – Nói – Đọc – Viết. Giai đoạn dài nhất là nghe và nói, rồi sau đó từ vựng tự thêm vào mà ta không bao giờ bỏ thời gian học từ ngữ. Và ngữ pháp (hay văn phạm) thì đến cấp 2 mới học qua loa, mà khi xong trung học thì ta đã quên hết 90% rồi.

    Nhưng tiến trình ta học tiếng Anh (hay bất cứ ngoại ngữ nào) thì hoàn toàn ngược lại.

    Thử nhìn lại xem: Trước tiên là viết một số chữ và chua thêm nghĩa tiếng Việt nếu cần. Và kể từ đó, học càng nhiều từ vựng càng tốt, kế đến là học văn phạm, rồi lấy từ vựng ráp vào cho đúng với văn phạm mà VIẾT thành câu! Rồi loay hoay sửa cho đúng luật! Sau đó thì tập ĐỌC các chữ ấy trúng được chừng nào hay chừng ấy, và nhiều khi lại đọc một âm tiếng Anh bằng một âm tiếng Việt! (ví dụ fire, fight, five, file… đều được đọc là ‘phai’ ). Sau đó mới tới giai đoạn NÓI, mà ‘nói’ đây có nghĩa là Đọc Lớn Tiếng những câu mình viết trong đầu mình, mà không thắc mắc người đối thoại có hiểu ‘message’ của mình hay không vì mình chỉ lo là nói có sai văn phạm hay không. Lúc bấy giờ mới khám phá rằng những câu mình viết thì ai cũng hiểu, như khi mình nói thì chỉ có mình và … Thượng Đế hiểu thôi, còn người bản xứ (tiếng Anh) thì ‘huh – huh’ dài cổ như cổ cò! Thế là học nói bằng cách sửa đổi phát âm những từ nào chưa chuẩn cho đến khi người khác có thể hiểu được.

    Sau thời gian dài thật dài, mình khám phá rằng mình từng biết tiếng Anh, và nói ra thì người khác hiểu tàm tạm, nhưng khi họ nói thì mình không nghe được gì cả (nghĩa là nghe không hiểu gì cả). Lúc bấy giờ mới tập NGHE, và rồi đành bỏ cuộc vì cố gắng mấy cũng không hiểu được những gì người ta nói.

    Vấn đề là ở đó: chúng ta đã học tiếng Anh ngược với tiến trình tự nhiên, vì quá thông minh và có quá nhiều kinh nghiệm. Tiến trình ấy là Viết – Đọc – Nói – Nghe!

    Vì thế, muốn nghe và nói tiếng Anh, chuyện đầu tiên là phải quên đi kinh nghiệm và trí thông minh, để trở lại trạng thái ‘sơ sinh và con nít’, và đừng sử dụng quá nhiều chất xám để phân tích, lý luận, dịch thuật!

    Và đây là bí quyết để Nghe:

    A. Nghe thụ động:

    1. – ‘Tắm’ ngôn ngữ. Nghe không cần hiểu: Hãy nghe! Đừng hiểu.
    Bạn chép vào CD một số bài tiếng Anh (vì dụ từ trên forum này). Mỗi bài có thể dài từ 1 đến 5 phút.

    Khi nào bạn ở nhà một mình, thì mở các bài đó ra vừa đủ nghe, và cứ lặp đi lặp lại mãi ra rả như âm thanh nền suốt ngày. Bạn không cần để ý đến nó. Bạn cứ làm việc của mình, đánh răng, rửa mặt, học bài làm bài, vào internet… với tiếng lải nhải của bài tiếng Anh. (thậm chí, trong lúc bạn ngủ cũng có thể để cho nó nói).

    Trường hợp bạn có CD player, USB player hay iPod, thì đem theo để mở nghe khi mình có thời gian chết – ví dụ: di chuyển lâu giờ trên xe, đợi ai hay đợi đến phiên mình tại phòng mạch.

    Công việc ‘tắm ngôn ngữ’ này rất quan trọng, vì cho ta nghe đúng với từng âm của một ngôn ngữ lạ. Tai của chúng ta bắt rất nhanh một âm quen, nhưng loại trừ những âm lạ. Ví dụ: Nếu bạn nghe câu: ‘mặt trời mọc cánh khi chim voi truy cập chén chó’, một câu hoàn toàn vô nghĩa, nhưng bảo bạn lặp lại thì bạn lặp lại được ngay, vì bạn đã quá quen với các âm ấy. Nhưng khi một người nói một câu bằng chừng ấy âm (nghĩa là 11 âm/vần), trong ngôn ngữ bạn chưa từng học, và bảo bạn lặp lại thì bạn không thể nào lặp lại được, và bảo rằng… không nghe được! (Bạn có điếc đâu! Vấn đề là tai bạn không nhận ra được các âm!) Lối ‘tắm ngôn ngữ’ đó chỉ là vấn đề làm quen đôi tai, và sau một thời gian (lâu đấy chứ không phải vài ngày) bạn sẽ bắt được các âm của tiếng Anh, và thấy rằng âm ấy rất dễ nghe, nhưng hoàn toàn khác với âm Việt. Đừng nản lòng vì lâu ngày mình vẫn không phân biệt âm: hãy nhớ rằng bạn đã tắm ngôn ngữ tiếng Việt ít ra là 9 tháng liên tục ngày đêm trước khi mở miệng nói được tiếng nói đầu tiên và hiểu được một hai tiếng ngắn của cha mẹ; và sau đó lại tiếp tục ‘tắm ngôn ngữ’ Việt cho đến 4, 5 năm nữa!

    2 – Nghe với hình ảnh động.
    Nếu có giờ thì xem một số tin tức bằng tiếng Anh (một điều khuyên tránh: đừng xem chương trình tiếng Anh của các đài Việt Nam, ít ra là giai đoạn đầu, vì xướng ngôn viên Việt Nam, phần lớn, nói rất gần với âm Việt Nam (kể cả pronunciation), nên mình dễ quen nghe, và từ đó lỗ tai mình lại hỏng, về sau lại khó nghe người bản xứ nói tiếng Anh – thế là phải học lại lần thứ hai!). Các hình ảnh đính kèm làm cho ta ‘hiểu’ được ít nhiều nội dung bản tin, mà không cần phải ‘dịch’ từng câu của những gì xướng ngôn viên nói. Bạn sẽ yên tâm hơn, sau khi nghe 15 phút tin tức, tự tóm lược lại, thì thấy rằng mình đã nắm bắt được phần chính yếu của nội dung bản tin. Và đây là cách thứ hai để tắm ngôn ngữ.

    B. Nghe chủ động.

    1. Bản tin special english:
    – Thu một bản tin, và nghe lại rồi chép ra nhiều chừng nào hay chừng nấy… nhớ là đừng tra cứu tự điển hay tìm hiểu nghĩa vội. Đoán nghĩa trong nội dung câu, và nhớ lại âm thanh của từ, hay cụm từ đó, sau này tự nó sẽ rõ nghĩa, nếu trở đi trở lại hoài.

    (Ngày xưa, trên đài VOA, sau mỗi chương trình tôi thường nghe một cụm từ tương tự như: statue, statute hay statu gì đó, mà không biết viết thế nào, tuy vẫn hiểu đại loại là: hãy đợi đấy để nghe tiếp. Mãi sau này tôi mới biết rằng thuật ngữ rất quen thuộc ấy là ‘stay tuned’, nhưng một thời gian dài, chính tả của chữ ấy đối với tôi không thành vấn đề!)

    2. Chăm chú nghe lại một số bài mình từng nghe trong giai đoạn ‘tắm ngôn ngữ’
    – Lấy lại script của những bài mình từng nghe, đọc lại và nhớ lại trong tưởng tượng lời đọc mà mình từng nghe nhiều lần.

    Sau đó xếp bản script và nghe lại để hiểu. Lần này: tự nhiên mình sẽ nghe rõ từng tiếng và hiểu. Trường hợp không hiểu một từ hay cụm từ, thì gắng lặp lại nhiều lần đúng như mình đã nghe, sau đó lật lại script để so sánh.

    3. Một số bài Audio trong Forum này: nghe nhiều lần, trước khi đọc script. Sau đó, đọc lại script, chủ yếu kiểm tra những từ mình đã nghe hoặc đoán, hoặc những từ mà mình có thể phát âm lại nhưng không hiểu viết và nghĩa thế nào. Qua việc này, nhiều khi ta phát hiện rằng một từ mình rất quen thuộc mà từ xưa đến nay mình cứ in trí là phải nói một cách nào đó, thì thực ra cần phải nói khác hẳn và phát âm như thế thì mới mong nghe đúng và nói cho người khác hiểu. Sau đó, xếp bản script và nghe lại một hai lần nữa. (Ví dụ: hai chữ tomb, bury, khi xưa tôi cứ đinh ninh là sẽ phát âm là ‘tôm-b(ơ), bơri’ – sau này nghe chữ ‘tum, beri’ tôi chẳng hiểu gì cả – dù cho tôi nghe rõ ràng là tum, beri -cho đến khi xem script thì mới vỡ lẽ!)

    4. Học hát tiếng Anh, và hát theo trong khi nghe.
    Chọn một số bài hát mà mình thích, tìm lyrics của nó rồi vừa nghe vừa nhìn lyrics. Sau đó học thuộc lòng và hát song song với ca sĩ, và gắng phát âm cũng như giữ tốc độ và trường độ cho đúng. Khi nào buồn buồn cũng có thể tự hát cho mình nghe (nếu không có giọng tốt và hát sai giọng một tí cũng không sao, vì chủ yếu là tập phát âm, tốc độ, trường độ và âm điệu tiếng Anh).

    Và nói cho đúng giọng (qua hát) cũng là một cách giúp mình sau này nhạy tai hơn khi nghe, vì thường thường ngôn ngữ trong các bài hát khó nghe hơn những câu nói bình thường rất nhiều.
    ————–
    Trước khi tạm dừng topic này, tôi muốn nói thêm một điều.

    Có bạn bảo rằng hiện nay mình chưa hiểu, nên cố gắng nghe nhiều cũng vô ích, để mình học thêm, khi nào có nhiều từ vựng để hiểu rồi thì lúc đó sẽ tập nghe sau.

    Nghĩ như thế là HOÀN TOÀN SAI. Chính vì bạn chưa hiểu nên mới cần nghe nhiều hơn những người đã hiểu. Muốn biết bơi thì phải nhảy xuống nước, không thể lấy lý do rằng vì mình không thể nổi nên ở trên bờ học cho hết lý thuyết rồi thì mới nhảy xuống, và sẽ biết bơi! Chưa biết bơi mà xuống nước thì sẽ uống nước và ngộp thở đấy, nhưng phải thông qua uống nước và ngộp thở như thế thì mới hy vọng biết bơi.

    Muốn biết bơi, thì phải nhảy xuống nước, và nhảy khi chưa biết bơi. Chính vì chưa biết bơi nên mới cần nhảy xuống nước.

    Muốn biết nghe và hiểu tiếng Anh thì phải nghe tiếng Anh, nghe khi chưa hiểu gì cả! Và chính vì chưa hiểu gì nên cần phải nghe nhiều.

    LÀM SAO NGHE ĐƯỢC TIẾNG ANH (2)
    – NGHE BẰNG TAI –

    Khi tôi bảo rằng chúng ta gặp trở ngại khi học ngoại ngữ vì thông minh và có nhiều kinh nghiệm, có người cho rằng đó là nói theo nghĩa bóng. Không phải đâu, tôi nói theo nghĩa đen đó! Qua sự kiện sau (và ACE chắc chắn cũng từng gặp những trường hợp tương tự) ACE sẽ thấy ngay. Một người bạn từng dạy Anh Văn ở Trung Tâm Ngoại Ngữ với tôi, sau này sang định cư ở Mỹ. Anh cùng đi với đứa con 7 tuổi, chưa biết một chữ tiếng Anh nào. 11 năm sau tôi gặp lại hai cha con tại Hoa Kỳ. Con anh nói và nghe tiếng Anh không khác một người Mỹ chính cống. Trong khi đó anh nói tiếng Anh tuy lưu loát hơn xưa, nhưng rõ ràng là một người nước ngoài nói tiếng Mỹ. Khi xem chương trình hài trên TV, con anh cười đúng với tiếng cười nền trong chương trình, trong khi đó anh và tôi nhiều khi không hiểu họ nói gì đáng cười: rõ ràng là kỹ năng nghe của con anh hơn anh rồi! Điều này chứng tỏ rằng khi sang Mỹ, anh đã có kinh nghiệm về tiếng Anh, và ‘khôn’ hơn con anh vì biết nhiều kỹ thuật, phương pháp học tiếng Anh, nên tiếp tục học tiếng Anh theo tiến trình phản tự nhiên; trong khi con anh, vì không ‘thông minh’ bằng anh, và thiếu kinh nghiệm, nên đã học tiếng Anh theo tiến trình tự nhiên mà không theo một phương pháp cụ thế nào để học vocabulary, grammar, listening, speaking cả.

    – Đi vào cụ thể từ vựng Anh.
    (Những phân tích sau đây là để thuyết phục ACE đi vào tiến trình tự nhiên – và điều này đòi hỏi phải xóa bỏ cái phản xạ lâu ngày của mình là học theo tiến trình ngược – và công việc xóa bỏ cái phản xạ sai này lại làm cho ta mất thêm thì giờ. ACE đọc để tin vào tiến trình tự nhiên, chứ không phải để nhớ những phân tích ‘tào lao’ này, khiến lại bị trở ngại thêm trong quá trình nâng cao kỹ năng của mình)

    – Xóa bỏ kinh nghiệm nghe nguyên âm: Tiếng Anh là tiếng phụ âm.Tiếng Anh chủ yếu là ngôn ngữ đa âm: một từ thường có nhiều âm. Lỗ tai chúng ta đã ‘bị điều kiện hóa’ để nghe âm tiếng Việt. Tiếng Việt là loại tiếng đơn âm, vì thế, mỗi tiếng là một âm và âm chủ yếu trong một từ là nguyên âm. Đổi một nguyên âm thì không còn là từ đó nữa: ‘ma, mi, mơ’ không thể hoán chuyển nguyên âm cho nhau, vì ba từ có ba nghĩa hoàn toàn khác nhau. Mặc khác, tiếng Việt không bao giờ có phụ âm cuối từ. Ngay cả những chữ mà khi viết có phụ âm cuối, thì người việt cũng không đọc phụ âm cuối; ví dụ: trong từ ‘hát’, nguyên âm mới là ‘át’, h(ờ)-át, chứ không phải là h(ờ)-á-t(ơ), trong khi đó từ ‘hat’ tiếng Anh được đọc là h(ờ)-a-t(ờ), với phụ âm ‘t’ rõ ràng.

    Trong tiếng Việt hầu như không có những từ với hai phụ âm đi kế tiếp (ngoài trừ ch và tr – nhưng thực ra, ch và tr cũng có thể thay bằng 1 phụ âm duy nhất) vì thế, tai của một người Việt Nam – chưa bao giờ làm quen với ngoại ngữ – không thể nhận ra hai phụ âm kế tiếp. Do đó, muốn cho người Việt nghe được một tiếng nước ngoài có nhiều phụ âm kế tiếp, thì phải thêm nguyên âm (ơ) vào giữa các phụ âm; ví dụ: Ai-xơ-len; Mat-xơ-cơ-va.

    Với kinh nghiệm (phản xạ) đó, một khi ta nghe tiếng Anh, ta chờ đợi nghe cho đủ các nguyên âm như mình NHÌN thấy trong ký âm (phonetic signs), và không bao giờ nghe được cả. Ví dụ: khi học từ America ta thấy rõ ràng trong ký âm: (xin lỗi vì không thể ghi phonetic signs vào trang này) ‘ơ-me-ri-kơ’, nhưng không bao giờ nghe đủ bốn âm cả, thế là ta cho rằng họ ‘nuốt chữ’. Trong thực tế, họ đọc đủ cả, nhưng trong một từ đa âm (trong khi viết) thì chỉ đọc đúng nguyên âm ở dấu nhấn (stress) – nếu một từ có quá nhiều âm thì thêm một âm có dấu nhấn phụ (mà cũng có thể bỏ qua) – và những âm khác thì phải đọc hết các PHỤ ÂM, còn nguyên âm thì sao cũng đưọc (mục đích là làm rõ phụ âm). Có thể chúng ta chỉ nghe: _me-r-k, hay cao lắm là _me-rơ-k, và như thế là đủ, vì âm ‘me’ và tất cả các phụ âm đều hiện diện. Bạn sẽ thắc mắc, nghe vậy thì làm sao hiểu? Thế trong tiếng Việt khi nghe ‘Mỹ’ (hết) không có gì trước và sau cả, thì bạn hiểu ngay, tại sao cần phải đủ bốn âm là ơ-mê-ri-kơ bạn mới hiểu đó là ‘Mỹ’? Tóm lại: hãy nghe phụ âm, đừng chú ý đến nguyên âm, trừ âm có stress!

    Một ví dụ khác: từ interesting! Tôi từng được hỏi, từ này phải đọc là in-tơ-res-ting hay in-tơ-ris-ting mới đúng? Chẳng cái nào đúng, chẳng cái nào sai cả. Nhưng lối đặt vấn đề sai! Từ này chủ yếu là nói ‘in’ cho thật rõ (stress) rồi sau đó đọc cho đủ các phụ âm là người ta hiểu, vì người bản xứ chỉ nghe các phụ âm chứ không nghe các nguyên âm kia; nghĩa là họ nghe: in-trstng; và để rõ các phụ âm kế tiếp thì họ có thể nói in-tr(i)st(i)ng; in-tr(ơ)st(ơ)ng; in-tr(e)st(ư)ng. Mà các âm (i) (ơ), để làm rõ các phụ âm, thì rất nhỏ và nhanh đến độ không rõ là âm gì nữa. Trái lại, nếu đọc to và rõ in-tris-ting, thì người ta lại không hiểu vì dấu nhấn lại sang ‘tris’!

    Từ đó, khi ta phát âm tiếng Anh (nói và nghe là hai phần gắn liền nhau – khi nói ta phát âm sai, thì khi nghe ta sẽ nghe sai!) thì điều tối quan trọng là phụ âm, nhất là phụ âm cuối. Lấy lại ví dụ trước: các từ fire, fight, five, file phải được đọc lần lượt là fai-(ơ)r; fai-t(ơ); fai-v(ơ), và fai-(ơ)l, thì người ta mới hiểu, còn đọc ‘fai’ thôi thì không ai hiểu cả.

    Với từ ‘girl’ chẳng hạn, thà rằng bạn đọc gơ-rôl / gơ-rơl (dĩ nhiên chỉ nhấn gơ thôi), sai hẳn với ký âm, thì người ta hiểu ngay, vì có đủ r và l, trong khi đó đọc đúng ký âm là ‘gơ:l’ hay bỏ mất l (gơ) thì họ hoàn toàn không hiểu bạn nói gì; mà có hiểu chăng nữa, thì cũng do context của câu chứ không phải là do bạn đã nói ra từ đó.

    – Xóa bỏ kinh nghiệm nghe âm Việt.
    Các nguyên âm Việt và Anh không hề giống nhau. Một âm rất rõ trong tiếng Anh sẽ rất nhoè với một lỗ tai người Việt, và một âm rất rõ trong tiếng Việt thì rất nhoè trong lỗ tai người Anh (người bản xứ nói tiếng Anh). Ví dụ: Khi bạn nói: “Her name’s Hương!” Bạn đọc từ Hương thật rõ! Thậm chí la lên thật to và nói thật chậm thì người ấy vẫn không nghe ra. Vì ‘ươ’ đối với họ là âm rất nhoè. Nhưng nói là ‘Hu-ôn-gh(ơ)’ họ nghe rõ ngay; từ đó ta phải hiểu họ khi nói đến cô Huôngh chứ đừng đòi hỏi họ nói tên Hương như người Việt (phải mất vài năm!).

    Tương tư như vậy, không có nguyên âm tiếng Anh nào giống như nguyên âm tiếng Việt. Nếu ta đồng hóa để cho dễ mình, là ta sẽ không nghe được họ nói, vì thế giới này không quan tâm gì đến cách nghe của người Việt Nam đối với ngôn ngữ của họ. Ví dụ: âm ‘a’ trong ‘man’ thì không phải là ‘a’ hay ‘ê’ hay ‘a-ê’ hay ‘ê-a’ tiếng Việt, mà là một âm khác hẳn, không hề có trong tiếng Việt. Phải nghe hàng trăm lần, ngàn lần, thậm chí hàng chục ngàn lần mới nghe đúng âm đó, và rất rõ! Ấy là chưa nói âm ‘a’ trong từ này, được phát âm khác nhau, giữa một cư dân England (London), Scotland, Massachusetts (Boston), Missouri, Texas!

    Cũng thế, âm ‘o’ trong ‘go’ không phải là ‘ô’ Việt Nam, cũng chẳng phải là ô-u (như cách phiên âm xưa) hay ơ-u (như cách phiên âm hiện nay), lại càng không phài là ‘âu’, mà là một âm khác hẳn tiếng Việt. Phát âm là ‘gô’, ‘gơu’ hay ‘gâu’ là nhoè hẳn, và do đó những từ dễ như ‘go’ cũng là vấn đề đối với chúng ta khi nó được nói trong một câu dài, nếu ta không tập nghe âm ‘ô’ của tiếng Anh đúng như họ nói. Một âm nhoè thì không có vấn đề gì, nhưng khi phải nghe một đoạn dài không ngưng nghỉ thì ta sẽ bị rối ngay.

    Đây cũng là do một kinh nghiệm tai hại xuất phát từ việc tiếp thu kiến thức. Trong quá trình học các âm tiếng Anh, nhiều khi giáo viên dùng âm Việt để so sánh cho dễ hiểu, rồi mình cứ xem đó là ‘chân lý’ để không thèm nghĩ đến nữa. Ví dụ, muốn phân biệt âm (i) trong sheep ship, thì giáo viên nói rằng I trong sheep là ‘I dài’ tương tự như I trong tiếng Bắc: ít; còn I trong ship là I ngắn, tương tự như I trong tiếng Nam: ít – ích. Thế là ta cho rằng mình đã nghe được I dài và I ngắn trong tiếng Anh rồi, nhưng thực chất là chưa bao giờ nghe cả! Lối so sánh ấy đã tạo cho chúng ta có một ý niệm sai lầm; thay vì xem đấy là một chỉ dẫn để mình nghe cho đúng âm, thì mình lại tiếp thu một điều sai! Trong tiếng Anh không có âm nào giống âm I bắc hoặc I nam cả! Bằng chứng: ‘eat’ trong tiếng Anh thì hoàn toàn không phải là ‘ít’ trong tiếng Việt, đọc theo giọng bắc, và ‘it’ trong tiếng Anh hoàn toàn không phải là ‘ít’ trong tiếng Việt, đọc theo giọng nam! Vì thế, phải xóa bỏ những kinh nghiệm loại này, và phải nghe trực tiếp thôi!

    – Xóa bỏ kinh nghiệm nghe bằng chữ viết.
    Nếu ta hỏi một em bé: cháu nghe bằng gì? Thì nó sẽ trả lời: Nghe bằng tai! Nếu ta bảo: “Cháu phải nghe bằng mắt cơ!” Chắc em bé tưởng ta … trêu cháu! Thế nhưng điều xảy ra cho nhiều người học tiếng nước ngoài là Nghe Bằng Mắt!

    Thử nhìn lại xem. Trong giai đoạn đầu tiếp xúc với tiếng Anh, khi ta nghe một người nói: “I want a cup of coffee!”. Tức tốc, chúng ta thấy xuất hiện câu ấy dưới dạng chữ Viết trong trí mình, sau đó mình dịch câu ấy ra tiếng Việt, và ta HIỂU! Ta Nghe bằng MẮT, nếu câu ấy không xuất hiện bằng chữ viết trong đầu ta, ta không Thấy nó, thì ta … Điếc!

    Sau này, khi ta có trình độ cao hơn, thì ta hiểu ngay lập tức chứ không cần phải suy nghĩ lâu. Thế nhưng tiến trình cũng chẳng khác nhau bao nhiêu, ta vẫn còn thấy chữ xuất hiện và dịch, cái khác biệt ấy là ta viết và dịch rất nhanh, nhưng từ một âm thanh phát ra cho đến khi ta hiểu thì cũng thông qua ba bước: viết, dịch, hiểu. Khi ta đi đến một trình độ nào đó, thì trong giao tiếp không có vấn đề gì cả, vì các câu rất ngắn, và ba bước đó được ‘process’ rất nhanh nên ta không bị trở ngại, nhưng khi ta nghe một bài dài, thì sẽ lòi ra ngay, vì sau hai, ba, bốn câu liên tục ‘processor’ trong đầu ta không còn đủ thì giờ để làm ba công việc đó. Trong lúc nếu một người nói bằng tiếng Việt thì ta nghe và hiểu ngay, không phải viết và dịch (tại vì ngày xưa khi ta học tiếng Việt thì quá trình là nghe thì hiểu ngay, chứ không thông qua viết và dịch, vả lại, nếu muốn dịch, thì dịch ra ngôn ngữ nào?), và người nói có nhanh cách mấy thì cũng không thể nào vượt cái khả năng duy nhất của chúng ta là ‘nghe bằng tai’.

    Vì thế, một số sinh viên cảm thấy rằng mình tập nghe, và đã nghe được, nhưng nghe một vài câu thì phải bấm ‘stop’ để một thời gian chết – như computer ngưng mọi sự lại một tí để process khi nhận quá nhiều lệnh – rồi sau đó nghe tiếp; nhưng nếu nghe một diễn giả nói liên tục thì sau vài phút sẽ ‘điếc’. Từ đó, người sinh viên nói rằng mình ‘đã tới trần rồi, không thể nào tiến xa hơn nữa! Vì thế giới này không stop cho ta có giờ hiểu kịp’!’(1)

    Từ những nhận xét trên, một trong việc phải làm để nâng cao kỹ năng nghe, ấy xóa bỏ kinh nghiệm Nghe bằng Mắt, mà trở lại giai đoạn Nghe bằng Tai, (hầu hết các du học sinh ở nước ngoài, sau khi làm chủ một ngoại ngữ rồi từ trong nước, đều thấy ‘đau đớn và nhiêu khê’ lắm khi buộc phải bỏ thói quen nghe bằng mắt để trở lại với trạng thái tự nhiên là nghe bằng tai! Có người mất cả 6 tháng cho đến 1 năm mới tàm tạm vượt qua).

    – Xóa bỏ kinh nghiệm nghe bằng cấu trúc văn phạm.
    Khi nghe ai nói, ta viết một câu vào đầu, và sửa cho đúng văn phạm, rồi mới dịch, và sau đó mới hiểu! Ví dụ. Ta nghe ‘iwanago’ thì viết trong đầu là ‘I want to go’, xong rồi mới dịch và hiểu; nếu chưa viết được như thế, thì iwanago là một âm thanh vô nghĩa.

    Thế nhưng, nếu ta nghe lần đầu tiên một người nói một câu hằng ngày: igotago, ta không thể nào viết thành câu được, và vì thế ta không hiểu. Bởi vì thực tế, câu này hoàn toàn sai văn phạm. Một câu đúng văn phạm phải là ‘I am going to go’ hoặc chí ít là ‘I have got to go’. Và như thế, đúng ra thì người nói, dù có nói tốc độ, cũng phải nói hoặc: I’m gona go; hoặc I’ve gota go (tiếng Anh không thể bỏ phụ âm), chứ không thể là I gotta go! Thế nhưng trong thực tế cuộc sống người ta nói như vậy, và hiểu rõ ràng, bất chấp mọi luật văn phạm. Văn phạm xuất phát từ ngôn ngữ sống, chứ không phải ngôn ngữ sống dựa trên luật văn phạm. Do đó, ta cũng phải biết nghe mà hiểu; còn cứ đem văn phạm ra mà tra thì ta sẽ khựng mãi. (Tôi đang nói về kỹ năng nghe, còn làm sao viết một bài cho người khác đọc thì lại là vấn đề khác!)

    Tóm lại, trong phần chia sẻ này, tôi chỉ muốn nhắc với ACE rằng, hãy NGHE ĐIỀU NGƯỜI TA NÓI, CHỨ ĐỪNG NGHE ĐIỂU MÌNH MUỐN NGHE, và muốn được như vậy, thì HÃY NGHE BẰNG TAI, ĐỪNG NGHE BẰNG MẮT!

    Hai bài trước đây, tôi nói về việc nghe ‘âm thanh’ của tiếng Anh, có nghĩa là làm sao phân biệt được các âm với nhau đến nỗi, dù không hiểu câu ấy nói gì, cũng có thể lặp lại đúng lời người ta nói ra (câu càng dài thì kỹ năng nghe của mình càng cao). Dĩ nhiên, có những người được ‘lỗ tai âm nhạc’ thiên phú nên phân biệt âm thanh rất nhanh. Ví dụ em Wendy Võ, một nhi đồng gốc Việt tại North Carolina (tên Việt Nam là Võ thị Ngọc Diễm). Năm nay em mới 8 tuổi mà đã nói được 11 thứ tiếng và soạn 45 bản nhạc. Em có khả năng lặp lại một câu nói bằng bất cứ ngôn ngữ nào trên thế giới, mà không cần hiểu nghĩa. Thế nhưng thường thường, người ta phải mất nhiều thời gian để phân biệt các âm trong một ngôn ngữ mới, tuy nhiên TẤT CẢ MỌI NGƯỜI đều có khả năng này, bằng chứng là không một người nào trên trái đất (trừ người điếc) là không thể nghe và nói ngôn ngữ mẹ đẻ của mình.

    Nếu thời gian qua, các bạn đã lắng nghe âm thanh tiếng Anh thôi, thì đến nay, hẳn bạn đã nhận thấy rằng bỗng dưng có một số từ hay cụm từ mình nghe rõ ràng hơn xưa, đặc biệt là những con số và những danh từ riêng (của các nhân vật, các địa danh … ), và những từ mình đã quen thuộc. Có những đoạn bạn nghe một thời gian dài 5-15 phút (như trên TV) rồi bỗng thấy mình ‘hiểu’ cơ bản nội dung chương trình đó.

    Như thế là các bạn đã nghe tiếng Anh. Nhưng dù muốn dù không, khi nghe một ngôn ngữ mà chỉ nghe âm thanh thôi, thì cũng giống như mình nghe nhạc (không lời), hay nghe tiếng gió, tiếng chim. Nếu chỉ nghe như thế thì không đáng bỏ công, vì ngôn ngữ cốt là để truyền tin (truyền một thông tin). Nếu ta không nắm được thông tin bên dưới âm thanh phát ra bằng tiếng Anh, thì kể như chúng ta không ‘nghe’ được tiếng Anh. Vì thế, điều chúng ta cần học lại trước hết là nghe tiếng Anh (như một âm thanh thuần túy) để tiến đến bước sau cùng (mà bình thường người học ngoại ngữ xem là bước đầu tiên), ấy là ‘nghe’ tiếng Anh, theo nghĩa là ‘hiểu’ một thông tin.

    Vì thế, sau hai bài để nói về cách nghe tiếng Anh, hôm nay tôi sẽ đi sâu hơn, ấy là ‘nghe’ tiếng Anh, theo nghĩa là nắm bắt nội dung của thông tin qua một chuỗi âm thanh bằng tiếng Anh.
    Nghe tiếng Anh và ‘nghe’ tiếng Anh

    1. ‘Nghe’ trong ngữ cảnh.
    Tôi từng nhắc đi nhắc lại rằng đừng bao giờ tra từ điển khi mình nghe một diễn từ. Điều chủ yếu là nghe và lặp lại được những âm thanh đã nghe, rồi dần dần hiểu được một từ mới, khi nó xuất hiện trong nhiều nội dung khác nhau (nếu cả năm mình mới nghe từ đó một lần, có nghĩa là từ ấy không thông dụng và, trong giai đoạn này, ta không cần phải bận tâm đến nó!). Ví dụ: bạn nghe nhiều lần (âm thanh) ‘oubou’ mà không hiểu nghĩa, lần lượt trong những câu sau:

    – To play the ‘oubou’ you need to have strong arms.
    – The ‘oubou’ is considered one of the most difficult instruments to play.
    – The ‘oubou’ is very difficult to play, because Karen must force air at very high pressure into the tiny double reed.

    Lần đầu tiên, bạn chẳng biết âm ‘oubou’ chỉ cái gì, nhưng vì đi với play nên bạn đoán rằng đó là một cái gì để ‘chơi’. Như thế là đã ‘hiểu’ một cách tổng quát. Lần 2, với từ ‘instrument’ bạn biết rằng đó là cái để ‘chơi’ nhưng không phải là trong thể thao, mà là trong âm nhạc. Lần thứ ba, với cụm từ ‘must force air’ thì ta biết rằng đó là một nhạc cụ thổi hơi (khí nhạc) chứ không phải là nhạc cụ dây hay gõ… Và ta tạm hiểu như thế, mà không cần biết phải viết thế nào, cho đến khi đọc câu sau (chẳng hạn):
    The oboe looks very similar to the clarinet, but sounds very different!
    Thế là ta biết được rõ ràng đó là một nhạc khí tương tự như clarinet, và từ mà ta nghe là ‘oubou’ thì được viết là oboe (và ta đọc đúng ngay chứ không cần phải tra từ điển!)

    Ps: Đây cũng là vấn đề ‘hiểu’ một từ. Chúng ta có cảm giác rằng nếu dịch được tiếng ấy ra là ta hiểu ngay, thế nhưng không có gì sai cho bằng. Nếu bạn học theo quá trình ngược, nghĩa là khởi sự biết từ ấy dưới dạng chữ viết, bạn sẽ tra từ điển và đọc là: kèn ô-boa! Bạn thấy hài lòng vì mình đã hiểu! Nhưng thực ra, nếu bạn không phải là một nhạc sĩ, thì ‘kèn ô-boa’ cũng chẳng thêm gì trong kiến thức bạn. Ngay trong tiếng mẹ đẻ, ta có thể hài lòng với khái niệm mơ hồ về một từ, nhưng khi học ngoại ngữ thì ta có cái cảm giác sai lầm là phải trở lại với từ mẹ đẻ mới gọi là hiểu. Đối với tôi, nightingale là một loại chim có tiếng hót hay và thường hót vào ban đêm, còn có dịch ra là ‘sơn ca’ hay ‘họa mi’ thì cũng bằng thừa, vì tôi chưa bao giờ thấy và biết chim ‘sơn ca’ hay ‘họa mi’. Thậm chí không biết là có phải một loài chim hay hai loài chim khác nhau, vì cả hai từ đều được dịch là nightingale.
    2. Nghe trong toàn bộ bối cảnh.
    Ta thường nghĩ rằng: ‘một từ thì có một nghĩa nhất định’. Hoàn toàn sai.
    – Thử tra từ ‘tiêu cực’ trong từ điển: negative. Như thế, ‘một cán bộ tiêu cực’ phải được dịch là ‘a negative cadre’! Nếu cụm từ tiếng Việt có ý nghĩa rõ ràng thì cụm từ dịch ra tiếng Anh (như trên) là hoàn toàn vô nghĩa! Nói cách khác: khi người Anh nói ‘negative’, thì người Việt hiểu là ‘tiêu cực’; nhưng khi người Việt nói ‘tiêu cực’, thì người Anh không thể hiểu là ‘negative.’

    – Từ đó ta không thể nào hiểu đúng nghĩa một từ tiếng Anh nếu không đặt vào trong bối cảnh của nó. Ví dụ: nếu không để ý rằng câu chuyện xảy ra ở Anh hay ở Mỹ, thì khi nghe từ corn ta có thể hiểu sai: Ở Anh là lúa mì, và ở Mỹ là bắp!

    Nếu thấy một người mở nắp bình xăng lên mà nói ‘Oh my! No more gas’ thì ta hiểu ngay rằng ‘gas’ chính là ‘xăng’, mặc dù trước đó mình có thể học: petrol hay gasoline mới là xăng, còn gas có nghĩa là khí đốt!

    Mà nhiều khi bối cảnh rõ đến nỗi, người ta dùng một từ sai mình cũng hiểu đúng. Bạn cứ thử đến cây xăng, mở bình và nói: đổ cho tôi 30.000 dầu! Tôi cam đoan là người ta không thắc mắc gì cả và sẽ đổ XĂNG chứ không đổ DẦU vào xe bạn; cao lắm là trong 100 lần, thì một lần người ta nhắc lại: đổ xăng phải không? Bạn nói là Dầu người ta vẫn hiểu là Xăng. Và trong tiếng Anh cũng thế! Bạn sẽ hiểu một từ trong toàn bộ bối cảnh của nó.

    3. Nghe với tất cả giai điệu của câu.
    Trong phần đầu tôi nói rằng khi ‘nghe’ một câu, chủ yếu là làm sao nắm bắt được thông tin của chuỗi âm thanh ấy. Nói cách khác, ngôn ngữ có nhiệm vụ là truyền tin. Nhưng ngoài nhiệm vụ truyền tin thì còn một nhiệm vụ thứ hai, vô cùng quan trọng, ấy là nhiệm vụ truyền cảm (truyền một tình cảm). Một câu nói giao tiếp hằng ngày, luôn chuyển tải một phần của thất tình (= bảy tình cảm con người, chứ không phải là bị tình phụ đâu: hỉ, nộ, ai, lạc, ái, ố, dục). Vì thế, cao độ, tốc độ, cường độ của câu nói, trường độ (độ dài) và dấu nhấn của một từ, có thể là điều mình cần phải ‘nghe’ cùng một lúc với các âm thanh được phát ra, thậm chí nghe âm điệu là chính. Nếu không thì ta hiểu sai, hoặc không hiểu gì cả. Đừng tưởng rằng khi ta nghe được từ ‘hate’ là ta hiểu ngay: ghét!
    Vì dụ nghe một cô gái nói với một cậu trai: I hate you! Câu này không phải lúc nào cũng là ‘Em ghét anh’! Nói với một ngữ điệu nào đó thì có thể hiểu là: Tôi căm thù anh; hay Thôi, để tôi yên; hay Anh làm tôi bực mình; hoặc trái lại: Anh làm em cảm động quá; thậm chí: Em yêu anh quá chừng chừng!

    Và cách nhấn câu cũng thế. Ví dụ trong câu sau đây:
    I didn’t say Paul stole my watch!
    Nếu người nói nhấn mạnh các từ theo 7 cách khác nhau, mỗi cách nhấn một từ ( I – didn’t – say – Paul – stole – my – watch ) thì nghĩa sẽ khác nhau hoàn toàn:
    I didn’t say Paul stole my watch! (Somebody else said that!)
    I didn’t say Paul stole my watch! (No! I didn’t act like that)
    I didn’t say Paul stole my watch! (I disclosed by another way, but I didn’t SAY) v.v

    Khi học tiếng Việt, chúng ta nghe toàn bộ giai điệu, nên nghe (và nói) đúng cao độ của một từ (đúng các dấu); thế nhưng khi một người nước ngoài học tiếng Việt, chúng ta phải khổ công giải thích cho họ lên giọng, xuống giọng, uốn giọng như thế nào để nói các dấu sắc, huyền, nặng, hỏi – ngã (do học nghe bằng tai nên người Nam và người Trung đồng hóa ? và ~, trong khi người Bắc phân biệt chúng rõ ràng). Vì thế, ngược lại, khi nghe tiếng Anh, cần phải nghe toàn bộ âm điệu để nắm bắt những tình cảm bên dưới câu nói.

    Nghe với cả giai điệu, mình sẽ hiểu (và sau này sẽ dùng) những câu hay thành ngữ một cách chính xác như người bản ngữ, mà không cần phải dịch ra. Ví dụ: các câu ngắn như: Oh my God! Look at this! Hoặc No way! Hoặc You’re joking/kidding! Với giọng điệu khác nhau, những câu nói hằng ngày đó có thể được hiểu là một tiếng khen hay chê, thán phục hay thất vọng, bằng lòng hay bất bình, chấp thuận hay từ chối!

    Và từ đó, mình sẽ biết đối xử khi dùng tiếng Anh cho đúng nghĩa, chứ không chỉ đúng văn phạm. Ví dụ, khi tiếp một nhân vật quan trọng đến công ty bạn, bạn chuẩn bị nói một câu mời rất trân trọng và đúng nghi thức (formal): Would you please take a seat? Thế nhưng bạn căng thẳng đến độ nói theo một âm điệu nào đó khiến người kia bực mình với bạn (mà bạn không hề biết), vì ngỡ rằng bạn diễu cợt người ta! Thế là hỏng cả một cuộc đàm phán. Thà rằng bạn nói đơn sơ: Sit down! Với một giọng hòa nhã, thái độ tôn trọng, cử chỉ lịch thiệp và nụ cười nồng hậu, thì không ai lầm bạn! Trái lại, nói câu rất formal trên kia, với thái độ căng thẳng và giọng nói cộc lốc (vì sợ nói sai!), thì tai hại hơn nhiều.

    4. Nghe với những gì một từ bao hàm.
    Ngôn ngữ dùng để truyền tin, nhưng đồng thời cũng truyền cảm. Vì thế, mỗi danh từ vừa chỉ định một cái gì cụ thể (denotation), vừa kèm theo một tình cảm (connotation). Các từ this gentleman, this man, this guy, this rascal đều có một denotation như nhau là một người nam nào đó, nhưng connotation thì hoàn toàn khác; cũng như đối với một người nữ nào đó ta có thể dùng: a lady, a woman, a girl, a whore. Cùng một từ như communism chẳng hạn. Đối với một đảng viên đảng Cộng Sản hay một cảm tình viên, thì từ ấy gợi lên bao nhiêu điều dịu dàng cao đẹp, còn đối với người chống cộng, thì từ ấy gợi lên bao nhiêu điều xấu xa, độc ác! Trong khi denotation của nó chỉ là một triết thuyết như trăm ngàn thuyết thuyết khác, mà dù thích dù không, người ta cũng phải dùng để chỉ định triết thuyết do Karl Marx đề ra! Từ đó, câu nói ‘You’re a communist!’ có thể là một lời khen nồng ấm hoặc là một lời chỉ trích thậm tệ, tùy theo connotation của nó.

    Khi học tiếng Anh, muốn nâng cao vốn từ vựng thì ta cố học nhiều từ đồng nghĩa (synonyms). Thế nhưng, không bao giờ có synonyms đích thực cả: chỉ tương đương trong denotation chứ connotation hoàn toàn khác (và cũng vì thế mà không bao giờ có hai từ hoàn toàn có nghĩa giống nhau ở hai ngôn ngữ khác nhau: father/mother không hoàn toàn là cha/mẹ – và daddy/mummy không hoàn toàn là ba/má; vì tình cảm đính kèm với các từ ấy khác hẳn giữa người Việt và người Anh). “Nghe” tiếng Anh, chính là biết nghe những connotations trong các thuật ngữ mình nghe.

    Cho đến nay, tôi chỉ đề nghị các bạn nghe tin tức. Nhưng đó là giai đoạn nghe để quen với các âm. Trong giai đoạn ‘nghe’ tiếng Anh này, phải bớt giờ nghe tin tức mà xem phóng sự hoặc các phim truyện. Trên thế giới, các speakers của các chương trình tin tức buộc phải nói với thái độ neutral, nghĩa là không được dùng từ kèm theo tình cảm, và không được xử lý âm điệu để bộc lộ tình cảm của mình, vì thế họ nói rất dễ nghe, nhưng chỉ nghe tin tức thôi thì ta bỏ sót một phần khá chủ yếu trong tiếng Anh.

    (Trái lại xướng ngôn viên Việt Nam nhiều khi chưa làm chủ được tình cảm mình trong quá trình đọc một bản tin, và người ta thấy ngay là xướng ngôn viên vui mừng hay bực tức, tán đồng hay bất đồng, với nội dung bản tin mình đọc. Còn người viết bản tin thì dùng những từ có connotation: ví dụ trước kia, khi nói đến một tổng thống Mỹ thì bao giờ cũng là ‘tên Kennedy’ hoặc ‘tên tổng thống Kennedy’. Còn hiện nay thì ‘Ngài tổng thống Bush’, mà ít khi nói một cách trung lập: Tổng Thống G. Bush. Trong khi đó, hầu như không bao giờ nghe trong một bản tin: ‘Cố chủ tịch Hồ Chí Minh’, mà lúc nào cũng là ‘Bác Hồ’. Thuật ngữ ‘Bác Hồ’ mặc nhiện tiềm ẩn một tình yêu thương và kính trọng đến độ cụm từ ‘cố chủ tịch Hồ Chí Minh’, vốn là một cụm từ neutral, lại trở thành một cụm từ ‘thất kính, xem thường’ đối với ‘Chủ tịch Hồ Chí Minh’!)

    5. Nghe bằng trái tim để cảm điều họ cảm.
    Và cuối cùng, đối với các bạn muốn đi thật sâu vào tiếng Anh, thì có thể phối hợp tất cả các kỹ năng để hiểu những điều tiềm tàng bên dưới ngôn ngữ giao tiếp; và điều này hướng đến cách nghe văn học. Mọi ngôn ngữ đều gợi lên một cái gì đó vượt lên trên từ ngữ. Vì thế, thi ca là một ngôn ngữ đặc biệt. Người Việt nào, dù thích hay không thích, vẫn cảm được ngôn ngữ của thi ca. Do đó, muốn nâng cao kỹ năng ‘nghe’ tiếng Anh của mình thì cần tập nghe những bài thơ. Cho đến nay, khó tìm những bài thơ audio, nhưng không phải là không có. Tập nghe đọc thơ, dần dần, chúng ta sẽ cảm được cái tinh túy của tiếng Anh, từ đó ta cảm được vì sao cùng một tư tưởng mà diễn đạt cách này thì ‘hay’ hơn cách kia. Bấy giờ ta mới có quyền nói: tôi đã ‘nghe’ được tiếng Anh.

    Ví dụ, khi muốn người ta cảm nhận tiếng gió mùa thu, thì Xuân Diệu đã sử dụng âm ‘r’ trong bài “Đây Mùa Thu Tới”:
    Những luồng run rẩy rung rinh lá

    Tương tự như vậy Robert L. Stevenson viết trong The Wind
    [i]I saw you toss the kites on high
    And blow the birds about the sky;
    And all around I heard you pass,
    Like ladies’ skirts across the grass..[/i]
    Tác giả đã làm cho ta cảm được làn gió hiu hiu với các âm ‘r’ và ‘s’ nối tiếp và quyện vào nhau trong câu cuối, kèm với hình ảnh độc đáo của váy các mệnh phụ lướt qua trên cỏ (điều mà người Việt Nam hoàn toàn không có kinh nghiệm, vì mọi nét yêu kiều đều gắn liền với tà áo dài).

    Kết luận:

    Tôi đã bắt đầu gợi ý nghe tiếng Anh để rồi đi đến vấn đề ‘nghe’ tiếng Anh. Tuy nhiên, tôi lặp lại, những gì tôi nói chỉ là lý thuyết, và không có lý thuyết nào có thế làm cho bạn nghe được tiếng Anh. Cách duy nhất ấy là bạn phải tự mình nghe và rút ra những phương pháp thích hợp với xu hướng, kinh nghiệm và sở thích của mình.

    Qua loạt bài này, tôi luôn đả phá cách nghe dựa trên viết và dịch. Thế nhưng, những điều tôi cho là trở ngại, nhiều khi lại có ích cho bạn, vì những thứ ấy không cản trở mà còn giúp bạn những cột móc để bám vào. Vâng. Nếu các bạn thấy việc đọc script, hoặc học từ vựng, hoặc viết thành câu và tra từ điển – như vẫn làm từ trước đến nay – giúp cho bạn nghe và hiểu nhanh hơn thì cứ sử dụng phương pháp của mình. Tôi chỉ nhắc lại một điều này:

    Tất cả những trợ giúp đó cũng giống như chiếc phao cho người tập bơi. Khi tập bơi, nhiều người cần có một cái phao để bám vào cho dễ nổi, từ đó bạo dạn xuống nước mà tập bơi. Và không ít người bơi giỏi đã khởi sự như thế. Bạn cũng vậy, có thể những cách nghe từ trước đến giờ (nhìn script – học từ – kiểm tra văn phạm) giúp bạn những cột chắc chắn để bám vào mà nghe. Vậy thì xin nhớ rằng: Chiếc phao giúp cho bạn nổi, nhưng không giúp cho bạn biết bơi. Đến một giai đoạn nào đó, chính chiếc phao lại cản trở bạn và không cho bạn bơi thoải mái.

    Hãy vứt cái phao sớm chừng nào hay chừng nấy, nếu không nó trở thành một trở ngại cho bạn khi bạn muốn bơi nhanh và xa.
    Hãy vứt những chữ viết khi nghe nói, nhanh chừng nào hay chừng ấy, nếu không chúng sẽ cản trở bạn và bạn không bao giờ thực sự ‘nghe’ được tiếng Anh!

  • Những câu phỏng vấn bằng tiếng Anh

    Những câu phỏng vấn bằng tiếng Anh

    Những câu phỏng vấn bằng tiếng Anh

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:1000 Từ vựng tiếng Anh


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: Những câu phỏng vấn bằng tiếng Anh

    Những câu phỏng vấn bằng tiếng Anh

    Business Questions First Lesson

    Teacher’s notes

    Photocopy one copy of each worksheet per student.

    Split the class into pairs and give an interview sheet to one person from each pair. Ask them to interview their partner and make notes (not full sentences) in the boxes for you to keep. Switch and repeat, and then move onto the language work and further practice. Take all the completed interview sheets in at the end of the class.

    Variation 1: After one interview per pair, go through the language work and then do the second interview per pair as further practice.

    Variation 2: If you want to start with a game, it is also possible to start from the final activity and work your way backwards through the material.

    Variation 3: In a one-to-one class, you will need to ask the questions yourself and prepare your own personal answers for them to guess the questions of.

    Answer key

    These are the questions in the same order as the interview form:

    What’s your surname/ family name?

    What is your job title?

    What was your major at university?

    What do you like doing in your free time?

    Have you ever visited an English speaking country?

    Are you married?

    Do you use English in your work?

    Are you going to use English more in the future?

    What do you need to study in English most?

    Are you going to take IELTS this year?

    Did you like your high school English lessons? Why/ why not?

    Can you speak any other languages?

    Do you play English language games on your Nintendo?

    Have you ever read a newspaper in English?

    What is the easiest part of learning English for you?

    What part of your English do you need to improve most?

    What is the best way to learn a language, in your opinion?

    These are the full questions in the same order as the interview form:

    What’s your first name/ Christian name?

    Who do you work for?

    What department do you work in?

    What was your favourite subject at school?

    Do you do any sports?

    Which foreign countries have you visited?

    Where are you from?

    How often make English language telephone calls?

    going to travel abroad on a business trip this year?

    What your priority?

    What TOEIC score need?

    study English at university? Do you think it was a good course?

    How many years study English at school? enjoy it?

    speak any Chinese?

    listen to British or American music? understand the lyrics?

    have any English-speaking friends?

    ever watched an English language film with English subtitles?

    good at writing emails in English?

    English grammar difficult for you?

    How can improve your English quickly, do you think?

  • 1000 Từ vựng tiếng Anh

    1000 Từ vựng tiếng Anh

    1000 Từ vựng tiếng Anh

    Mọi ý kiến đóng góp xin gửi vào hòm thư: [email protected]

    Tổng hợp các đề cương đại học hiện có của Đại Học Hàng HảiĐề Cương VIMARU 

    Kéo xuống để Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF đầy đủ: Sau “mục lục” và “bản xem trước”

    (Nếu là đề cương nhiều công thức nên mọi người nên tải về để xem tránh mất công thức)

    Đề cương liên quan:Các cụm động từ thường gặp trong tiếng Anh


    [toc]

    Tải ngay đề cương bản PDF tại đây: 1000 Từ vựng tiếng Anh

    1000 Từ vựng tiếng Anh

    English – Chinese – Vietnamese

    1. I see. 我明白了。 Toi hieu!
    2. I quit! 我不干了! Toi bo thuoc la!
    3. Let go! 放手! Bo tay!
    4. Me too. 我也是。 Toi cung la the.
    5. My god! 天哪! Oi, troi oi!
    6. No way! 不行! Khong duoc.
    7. Come on. 来吧(赶快) Nhanh len! Mau Len!
    8. Hold on. 等一等。 Doi mot chut!
    9. I agree。 我同意。 Toi dong y.
    10. Not bad. 还不错。 Van tot.
    11. Not yet. 还没。 Chua.
    12. See you. 再见。 Tam biet.
    13. Shut up! 闭嘴! Dung noi nua.
    14. So long. 再见。
    15. Why not? 好呀! (为什么不呢?)
    16. Allow me. 让我来。 De toi lam.
    17. Be quiet! 安静点! Im lang!
    18. Cheer up! 振作起来! Vui len!
    19. Good job! 做得好! Hay lam!
    20. Have fun! 玩得开心! Vui choi!
    21. How much? 多少钱? Bao nhieu tien
    22. I’m full. 我饱了。 Toi no roi.
    23. I’m home. 我回来了。 Toi ve day.
    24. I’m lost. 我迷路了。 Toi bi lac duong.
    25. My treat. 我请客。 Toi chieu dai.
    26. So do I. 我也一样。 Toi cung the.
    27. This way。 这边请。 Moi sang ben nay.
    28. After you. 您先。 Moi ong.
    29. Bless you! 祝福你! Chuc anh…….
    30. Follow me. 跟我来.
    31. Forget it! 休想! (算了!) Thoi!
    32. Good luck! 祝好运! Chuc may man!
    33. I decline! 我拒绝! Toi tu choi!
    34. I promise. 我保证。 Toi dam bao./Toi hua.
    35. Of course! 当然了! Tat Nhien!
    36. Slow down! 慢点! Cham mot ti.
    37. Take care! 保重! Hay giu suc khoe!
    38. They hurt. (伤口)疼。 Dau lam.
    39. Try again. 再试试。 Thu lai.
    40. Watch out! 当心。 Can than!
    41. What’s up? 有什么事吗? Co viec gi khong?
    42. Be careful! 注意! Can than!
    43. Bottoms up! 干杯(见底)! Tram phan tram.
    44. Don’t move! 不许动! Dung di chuyen!
    45. Guess what? 猜猜看? Thu doan xem.
    46. I doubt it 我怀疑。 Toi co thac mac.
    47. I think so. 我也这么想。 Toi cung nghi nhu the.
    48. I’m single. 我是单身贵族。 Toi la mot minh.
    49. Keep it up! 坚持下去! Hay Kien chi!
    50. Let me see.让我想想。 De toi suy nghi.
    51. Never mind.不要紧。 Khong sao.
    52. No problem! 没问题! Khong co van de.
    53. That’s all! 就这样! The thoi.
    54. Time is up. 时间快到了。 Sap den han,/ Sao den thoi gian .
    55. What’s new? 有什么新鲜事吗? Co chuyen gi moi ko?
    56. Count me on 算上我。
    57. Don’t worry. 别担心。 Dung lo lang.
    58. Feel better? 好点了吗? Khoe len chua?
    59. I love you! 我爱你! Anh yeu em/ em yeu anh!
    60. I’m his fan。 我是他的影迷。 Toi la nguoi ham mo cua anh ay.
    61. Is it yours? 这是你的吗? Day co phai cua anh khong?
    62. That’s neat. 这很好。 Tot lam. /Hay qua.
    63. Are you sure? 你肯定吗? Anh co khan dinh khong?
    64. Do I have to 非做不可吗? Nhat dinh phai lam uh?
    65. He is my age. 他和我同岁。 Anh ay va toi bang tuoi.
    66. Here you are. 给你。 Cho em./Em cam di.
    67. No one knows . 没有人知道。Ko ai biet duoc.
    68. Take it easy. 别紧张。 Dung cang thang.
    69. What a pity! 太遗憾了! Tiec qua.
    70. Any thing else? 还要别的吗? Con can gi nua khong?
    71. To be careful! 一定要小心! Phai can than!
    72. Do me a favor? 帮个忙,好吗? Xin anh giup cho co duoc khong?
    73. Help yourself. 别客气。 Dung khach sao!
    74. I’m on a diet. 我在节食。 Toi dang giam beo.
    75. Keep in Touch. 保持联络。
    76. Time is money. 时间就是金钱。 Thoi gian tuc la tien.
    77. Who’s calling? 是哪一位? Ai day?
    78. You did right. 你做得对。 Anh lam dung!
    79. You set me up! 你出卖我!
    80. Can I help you? 我能帮你吗? Co viec gi toi co the giup dc?
    81. Enjoy yourself! 祝你玩得开心! Chuc anh vui choi.
    82. Excuse me,Sir. 先生,对不起。 Xin loi ong a.
    83. Give me a hand! 帮帮我! Giup toi vay.
    84. How’s it going? 怎么样? Sao?
    85. I have no idea. 我没有头绪。 Toi khong biet./
    86. I just made it! 我做到了! Toi lam duoc roi!
    87. I’ll see to it 我会留意的。 Toi se luu y.
    88. I’m in a hurry! 我在赶时间!
    89. It’s her field. 这是她的本行。 Day la chuyen nganh cua chi ay.
    90. It’s up to you. 由你决定。 Anh quyet dinh di.
    91. Just wonderful! 简直太棒了! Hay qua!
    92. What about you? 你呢? Con anh?
    93. You owe me one.你欠我一个人情。 Anh
    94. You’re welcome. 不客气。 Khong co gi.
    95. Any day will do. 哪一天都行夕 Ngay nao cung duoc.
    96. Are you kidding? 你在开玩笑吧! Anh noi dua phai khong?
    97. Congratulations! 祝贺你! Chuc mung anh!
    98. T can’t help it. 我情不自禁。 Toi khong cam dc tinh cam cua toi.
    99. I don’t mean it. 我不是故意的。 Toi khong co y nay/ Toi la vo y.
    100. I’ll fix you Up. 我会帮你打点的。 Toi se sap xep cho anh.
    101. It sounds great!. 听起来很不错。 Nghe thay tot lam.
    102. It’s a fine day。 今天是个好天。 Troi hom nay rat tot.
    103. So far,So good. 目前还不错。 Dao nay van tot.
    104. What time is it? 几点了? May gio roi.
    105. You can make it! 你能做到! Chac anh lam dc.
    106. Control yourself! 克制一下!
    107. He came by train. 他乘火车来。 Anh ay di bang tao hoa.
    108. He is ill in bed. 他卧病在床。 Anhy ay bi om, dang nam o giuong.
    109. He lacks courage. 他缺乏勇气。
    110. How’s everything? 一切还好吧? Moi viec van thuan loi khong?
    111. I have no choice. 我别无选择。 Toi khong co lua chon.
    112. I like ice-cream. 我喜欢吃冰淇淋。 Toi thich an cam.
    113. I love this game. 我钟爱这项运动。 Toi rat thich mon the du nay.
    114. I’ll try my best. 我尽力而为。 Toi se het suc co gang.
    115. I’m On your side. 我全力支持你。 Toi se o ben anh!
    116. Long time no see! 好久不见! Lau lam khong gap.
    117. No pain,no gain. 不劳无获。 Khong lao dong thi khong co thu hoach.
    118. Well,it depends 噢,这得看情况。 Oh, the thi phai la xem tinh hinh nao
    119. We’re all for it. 我们全都同意。 Chung toi dong y.
    120. What a good deal! 真便宜! Re the!
    121. What should I do? 我该怎么办? Toi nen lam the nao?
    122. You asked for it! 你自讨苦吃!
    123. You have my word. 我保证。 Toi hua/ Toi dao bao.
    124. Believe it or not! 信不信由你! Tin hay khong tin tuy anh!
    125. Don’t count on me.别指望我。
    126. Don’t fall for it! 别上当!
    127. Don’t let me down. 别让我失望。 Dung lam cho em that vong.
    128. Easy come easy go. 来得容易,去得快。
    129. I beg your pardon. 请你原谅。
    130. I beg your pardon? 请您再说一遍(我没有听清)。 Xin anh noi lai mot lan nua.(Toi khong nghe ro)
    131. I’ll be back soon. 我马上回来。 Toi se quai lai.
    132. I’ll check it out. 我去查查看。 Toi di kiem tra xem.
    133. It’s a long story. 说来话长。
    134. It’s Sunday today. 今天是星期天。 Hom nay la chu nhat
    135. Just wait and see! 等着瞧!
    136. Make up your mind. 做个决定吧。 Anh lam quyet dinh di.
    137. That’s all I need. 我就要这些。 Toi chi lay cai nay.
    138. The view is great. 景色多么漂亮! Phong canh that la dep/dep lam/ rat dep.
    139. The wall has ears. 隔墙有耳。
    140. There comes a bus. 汽车来了。 Xe den roi.
    141. What day is today? 今天星期几? Hom nay la thu may?
    142. What do you think? 你怎么认为?Sao anh nghi nhu vay?
    143. Who told you that? 谁告诉你的? Ai bao anh?
    144. Who’s kicking off? 现在是谁在开球?
    145. Yes,I suppose So. 是的,我也这么认为。 Vang, em cung nghi nhu vay.
    146. You can’t miss it 你一定能找到的。
    147. Any messages for me? 有我的留言吗?
    148. Don’t be so modest. 别谦虚了。
    149. Don’t give me that! 少来这套!
    150. He is a smart boy. 他是个小机灵鬼。
    151. He is just a child. 他只是个孩子。
    152. I can’t follow you. 我不懂你说的。
    153. I felt sort of ill. 我感觉有点不适。
    154. I have a good idea! 我有一个好主意。
    155. It is growing cool. 天气渐渐凉爽起来。
    156. It seems all right. 看来这没问题。
    157. It’s going too far. 太离谱了。
    158. May I use your pen? 我可以用你的笔吗?
    159. She had a bad cold. 她患了重感冒。
    160. That’s a good idea. 这个主意真不错。
    161. The answer is zero. 白忙了。
    162. What does she like? 她喜欢什么?
    163. As soon as possible! 越快越好!
    164. He can hardly speak. 他几乎说不出话来。
    165. He always talks big. 他总是吹牛。
    166. He won an election. 他在选举中获胜。
    167. I am a football fan. 我是个足球迷。
    168. If only I could fly. 要是我能飞就好了。
    169. I’ll be right there. 我马上就到。
    170. I’ll see you at six. 我六点钟见你。
    171. IS it true or false? 这是对的还是错的?
    172. Just read it for me. 就读给我听好了。
    173. Knowledge is power. 知识就是力量。
    174. Move out of my way! 让开!
    175. Time is running out. 没时间了。
    176. We are good friends. 我们是好朋友。
    177. What’s your trouble? 你哪儿不舒服?
    178. You did fairly well! 你干得相当不错1
    179. Clothes make the man. 人要衣装。
    180. Did you miss the bus? 你错过公共汽车了?
    181. Don’t lose your head。 不要惊慌失措。
    182. He can’t take a joke. 他开不得玩笑。
    183. He owes my uncle $100.他欠我叔叔100美元。
    184. How are things going? 事情进展得怎样?
    185. How are you recently? 最近怎么样?
    186. I know all about it. 我知道有关它的一切。
    1. It really takes time. 这样太耽误时间了。
    2. It’s against the law. 这是违法的。
    3. Love me,love my dog. (谚语)爱屋及乌。
    4. My mouth is watering. 我要流口水了。
    5. Speak louder,please. 说话请大声点儿。
    6. This boy has no job. 这个男孩没有工作。
    7. This house is my own. 这所房子是我自己的。
    8. What happened to you? 你怎么了?
    9. You are just in time. 你来得正是时候。
    10. You need to workout. 你需要去运动锻炼一下。
    11. Your hand feels cold. 你的手摸起来很冷。。
    12. Don’t be so childish. 别这么孩子气。
    13. Don’t trust to chance! 不要碰运气。
    14. Fasten your seat belt. 系好你的安全带。
    15. He has a large income. 他有很高的收入。
    16. He looks very healthy. 他看来很健康。
    17. He paused for a reply. 他停下来等着·回答。
    18. He repaired his house. 他修理了他的房子。
    19. He suggested a picnic. 他建议搞一次野餐。
    20. Here’s a gift for you. 这里有个礼物送给你。
    21. How much does it cost? 多少钱?
    22. I caught the last bus. 我赶上了最后一班车。
    23. I could hardly speak. 我简直说不出话来。
    24. I’ll have to try that. 我得试试这么做。
    25. I’m very proud of you. 我为你感到非常骄傲。
    26. It doesn’t make sense. 这没有意义(不合常理)。
    27. Make yourself at home. 请不要拘礼。
    28. My car needs washing. 我的车需要洗一洗。
    29. None of your business! 与你无关!
    30. Not a sound was heard. 一点声音也没有。
    31. That’s always the case. 习以为常了。
    32. The road divides here. 这条路在这里分岔。
    33. Those are watermelons. 那些是西瓜。
    34. What a nice day it is! 今天天气真好!
    35. What’s wrong with you? 你哪里不对劲?
    36. You are a chicken. 你是个胆小鬼。
    37. A lovely day,isn’t it? 好天气,是吗?
    38. He is collecting money. 他在筹集资金。
    39. He was born in New York. 他出生在纽约。
    40. He was not a bit tired. 他一点也不累。
    41. I will be more careful. 我会小心一些的,
    42. I will never forget it. 我会记着的。
    43. It is Just what I need. 这正是我所需要的。
    44. It rather surprised me. 那事使我颇感惊讶。
    45. Just around the comer. 就在附近。
    46. Just for entertainment. 只是为了消遣一下。
    47. Let bygones be bygones. 过去的,就让它过去吧。
    48. Mother doesn’t make up. 妈妈不化妆。
    49. Oh,you are kidding me. 哦,你别拿我开玩笑了。
    50. She has been to school. 她上学去了。
    51. Skating is interesting. 滑冰很有趣。
    52. Supper is ready at six. 晚餐六点钟就好了。
    53. That’s a terrific idea! 真是好主意!
    54. What horrible weather! 这鬼天气!
    55. Which would you prefer? 你要选哪个?
    56. Does she like ice-cream? 她喜欢吃冰淇淋吗?
    57. First come first served. 先到先得。
    58. Great minds think alike. 英雄所见略同。
    59. He has a sense of humor. 他有幽默感。
    60. He is acting an old man. 他正扮演一个老人。
    61. He is looking for a job. 他正在找工作。
    62. He doesn’t care about me. 他并不在乎我。
    63. I develop films myself. 我自己冲洗照片。
    64. I felt no regret for it. 对这件事我不觉得后悔。
    65. I get up at six o’clock. 我六点起床。
    66. I meet the boss himself. 我见到了老板本人。
    67. I owe you for my dinner. 我欠你晚餐的钱。
    68. I really enjoyed myself. 我玩得很开心。
    69. I’m fed up with my work! 我对工作烦死了!
    70. It’s no use complaining. 发牢骚没什么用。
    71. She’s under the weather. 她心情·不好。
    72. The child sobbed sadly. 小孩伤心地抽泣着。
    73. The rumor had no basis. 那谣言没有·根据。
    74. They praised him highly. 他们大大地表扬了他。
    75. Winter is a cold season. 冬天是一个,寒冷的季节。
    76. You can call me any time. 你可以随时打电话给我。
    77. 15 divided by3 equals 5. 15除以3等于5。
    78. All for one,one for all. 我为人人,人人为我。
    79. East,west,home is best. 金窝,银窝,不如自己的草窝。
    80. He grasped both my hands. 他紧握住我的双手。
    81. He is physically mature. 他身体己发育成熟。
    82. I am so sorry about this. 对此我非常抱歉(遗憾)。
    83. I can’t afford a new car. 我买不起一部新车。
    84. I do want to see him now. 我现在确实很想去见他。
    85. I have the right to know. 我有权知道。
    86. I heard some one laughing. 我听见有人在笑。
    87. I suppose you dance much. 我想你常常跳舞吧。
    88. I walked across the park. 我穿过了公园。
    89. I’ll just play it by ear. 我到时随机应变。
    90. I’m not sure I can do it. 恐怕这事我干不了。
    91. I’m not used to drinking. 我不习惯喝酒。
    92. Is the cut still painful? 伤口还在痛吗?
    93. It’s too good to be true! 好得难以置信。
    94. Jean is a blue-eyed girl. 珍是个蓝眼睛的女孩。
    95. Let’s not waste our time. 咱们别浪费时间了。
    96. May I ask some questions? 我可以问几个问题吗?
    97. Money is not everything. 金钱不是一切。
    98. Neither of the men spoke. 两个人都没说过话。
    99. Stop making such a noise. 别吵了。
    100. That makes no difference. 没什么区别。
    101. The price is reasonable. 价格还算合理。
    102. They crowned him king. 他们拥立他为国王。
    103. They’re in red and white. 他们穿着红白相间的衣服。
    104. We all desire happiness. 我们都想要幸福。
    105. We just caught the plane 我们刚好赶上了飞机。
    106. What shall we do tonight? 我们今天晚上去干点儿什么呢?
    107. What’s your goal in life 你的人生目标是什么?
    108. When was the house built? 这幢房子是什么时候建造的?
    109. Why did you stay at home? 为什么呆在家里?
    110. Would you like some help? 今天真漂亮!
    111. You mustn’t aim too high 你不可好高骛远。
    112. You’re really killing me! 真是笑死我了!
    113. You’ve got a point there. 你说得挺有道理的。
    114. Being criticized is awful! 被人批评真是痛苦!
    115. Did you enter the contest? 你参加比赛了吗?
    116. Do you accept credit cards? 你们收信用卡吗?
    117. Don’t cry over spilt milk. 不要做无益的后悔。
    118. Don’t let chances pass by. 不要让机遇从我们身边溜走。
    119. He owned himself defeated. 他承认自己失败了。
    120. He seems at little nervous. 他显得有点紧张。
    121. He strolls about the town. 他在镇上四处遛达。
    122. Her tooth ached all night. 她牙疼了一整夜。
    123. How about a drink tonight? 今晚喝一杯怎样?
    124. I can do nothing but that. 我只会做那件事。
    125. I get hold of you at last. 我终于找到你了。
    126. I have a surprise for you. 我有一个意想不到的东西给你看。
    127. I like all kinds of fruit. 我喜欢各种各样的水果。
    128. I saw it with my own eyes. 我亲眼所见。
    129. I will arrange everything. 我会安排一切的。
    130. I wish I knew my neighbor. 我很想认识我的邻居。
    131. I would like to check out. 我想结帐。
    132. It has be come much cooler. 天气变得凉爽多了。
    133. It’s time you went to bed. 你早就该睡觉了。
    134. No spitting on the street. 禁止在大街上吐痰。
    135. She was totally exhausted. 她累垮了。
    136. Show your tickets,please. 请出示你的票。
    137. Thank you for your advice. 谢谢你的建议。
    138. That’s the latest fashion. 这是最流行的款式。
    139. The train arrived on time. 火车准时到达。
    140. There go the house lights. 剧院的灯光灭了。
    141. They are paid by the hour. 他们按时取酬。
    142. Things are getting better. 情况正在好转。
    143. Wake me up at five thirty. 请在五点半叫醒我。
    144. We are all busy with work. 我们都忙于工作。
    145. Where do you want to meet? 你想在哪儿见面?
    146. You can get what you want. 你能得到你想要的。
    147. A barking dog doesn’t bite! 吠犬不咬人。
    148. Are you free this Saturday? 你这个星期六有空吗?
    149. Be careful not to fall ill. 注意不要生病了。
    150. Being a mother is not easy. 做一个母亲是不容易的。
    151. Brevity is the soul of wit. 简洁是智慧的精华。
    152. Cancer is a deadly disease. 癌症是一种致命的疾病。
    153. Did you fight with others? 你又和别人打架了吗?
    154. Don’t dream away your time. 不要虚度光阴。
    155. Don’t keep me waiting long. 不要让我等得太久。
    156. He has a remarkable memory. 他有惊人的记忆力。
    157. He has completed the task. 他完成了这个任务。
    158. He has quite a few friends. 他有不少的朋友。
    159. He is capable of any crime. 他什么样的坏事都能干得出来。
    160. He walks with a quick pace. 他快步走路。
    161. He was not a little tired. 他很累。
    162. His looks are always funny. 他的样子总是滑稽可笑。
    163. How about going to a movie? 去看场电影怎么样?
    164. I think I’ve caught a cold. 我想我得了感冒。
    165. I was taking care of Sally. 我在照顾萨莉。
    166. I wish I lived in NEWYORK. 我希望住在纽约。
    167. I’m very glad to hear that. 很高兴听你这样说。
    168. I’m your lucky fellow then. 我就是你的幸运舞伴啦!
    169. It’s none of your business! 这不关你的事儿!
    170. No littering on the campus. 在校园内不准乱丢废物。
    171. She is a good-looking girl. 她是一个漂亮女孩。
    172. She mended the broken doll. 她修补了破了的洋娃娃。
    173. So I just take what I want. 那么我只拿我所需要的东西。
    174. Spring is a pretty season, 春天是一个好季节。
    175. The figure seems all Right. 数目看起来是对的。
    176. The stars are too far away. 星星太遥远了。
    177. The whole world knows that. 全世界都知道。
    178. Tomorrow will be a holiday. 明天放假。
    179. We walk on the garden path. 我们走在花园小径上。
    180. What you need is just rest. 你需要的就是休息。
    181. What’s your favorite steps? 你最喜欢跳什么舞?
    182. You’d better let her alone. 你们最好是让她一个人呆会儿。
    183. A lost chance never returns. 错过的机会永不再来。
    184. Don’t let this get you down. 不要为此灰心丧气。
    185. He shot the lion with a gun. 他用枪把狮子打死了。
    186. I don’t think you are right. 我认为你是不对的。
    187. I have never seen the movie. 我从未看过那部电影。
    188. I haven’t seen you for ages. 我好久没见到你了。
    189. I was alone,but not lonely. 我独自一人,但并不觉得寂寞。
    190. I went there three days ago. 我三天前去过那儿。
    191. It’s a friendly competition. 这是一场友谊赛。
    192. It’s very thoughtful of you. 你想得真周到。
    193. May I speak to Lora,please? 我能和劳拉说话吗?
    194. Mr.Wang is fixing his bike. 王先生在修他的自行车。
    195. My brother is see king a job. 我弟弟正在找工作。
    196. Nancy will retire next year. 南希明年就退休了。
    197. Neither you nor he is wrong. 你没错,他也没错。
    198. Opportunity knocks but once. 机不可失,时不再来。
    199. She dressed herself hastily. 她匆忙穿上衣服。
    200. She hired a car by the hour. 她租了一辆按钟点计费的汽车。
    201. Someone is ringing the bell. 有人在按门铃。
    202. The Smiths are my neighbors. 史密斯一家是我的邻居。
    203. These shoes don’t fit right. 这双鞋不太合适。
    204. This is only the first half. 这才是上半场呢。
    205. This pen doesn’t write well. 这钢笔不好写。
    206. Would you like a cup of tea? 你想喝杯茶吗?
    207. You really look sharp today. 你今天真漂亮。
    208. Another cat came to my house. 又有一只猫来到我家了。
    209. Check your answers with mine. 把你的答案跟我的核对一下。
    210. Don’t keep the truth from me. 别瞒着我事实真相。
    211. Everything has its beginning. 凡事都有开端。
    212. He came to the point at once. 他一下子就说到了点子上。
    213. He fell behind with his work. 他工作落后了。
    214. He is the happiest man alive. 他是世界上最快乐的人。
    215. He neither smokes nor drinks. 他既不抽烟也不喝酒。
    216. He ran his horse up the hill. 他策马跑上小山。
    217. He reminds me of his brother. 他使我想起了他的弟弟。
    218. He was efficient in his work. 他工作效率高。
    219. He will do anything but work. 只要不是干活,他干什么都行。
    220. His father runs a restaurant. 他的父亲经营一家餐馆。
    221. I have something to tell you. 我有事要告诉你。
    222. I smelled a smell of cooking. 我闻到了烧菜做饭的味道。
    223. I want to see the film again. 我真想再看一遍。
    224. I’ve got too much work to do. 我要做的工作太多了。
    225. Let’s go for a walk,shall we? 咱们出去走走,好吗?
    226. Please let me check the bill. 请让我核对一下帐单。
    227. Plenty of sleep is healthful. 充足的睡眠有益于健康。
    228. The sun comes up in the east. 太阳从东方升起。
    229. This is because we feel pain. 这是因为我们能感到疼痛。
    230. What do you desire me to do? 你想要我做什么?
    231. What you said was quite true. 你所说的完全符合事实。
    232. You can either stay or leave. 你或者留下或者离开。
    233. Your life is your own affair. 你的生活是你自己的事。
    234. All that glitters is not gold. 发闪光的不全是黄金。
    235. Are you going to have a party? 你要举行聚会吗?
    236. Aren’t you concerned about it? 难道你不担心吗?
    237. Don’t forget to keep in touch. 别忘了保持联系。
    238. He broke his words once again. 他又一次违背了诺言。
    239. He is in his everyday clothes. 他穿着平常的衣服。
    240. He is taller than I by ahead. 他比我高一头。
    241. He led them down the mountain. 他带他们下山。
    242. He was trained to be a lawyer. 他被培养成一名律师。
    243. I am afraid that l have to go. 我要走了。
    244. I don’t have any cash with me. 我身上没带现金。
    245. I have been putting on weight. 我开始发胖了。
    246. I have just finished the book. 我刚刚读完这本书。
    247. I was late for work yesterday, 我昨天上班迟到了。
    248. It appears to be a true story. 这故事似乎是真的。
    249. I’ve got to start working out. 我必须开始做健身运动了。
    250. Japan is to the east of China. 日本在中国的东部。
    251. John asked Grace to marry him, 约翰向格雷斯求婚。
    252. My watch is faster than yours. 我的表比你的表快。
    253. New China was founded in l949. 1949年新中国成立。
    254. Thanks for your flattering me. 多谢你的夸奖。
    255. They charged the fault on him. 他们把过失归咎于他。
    256. This car is in good condition. 这车性能很好。
    257. This work itself is very easy. 这件工作本身很容易。
    258. Truth is the daughter of time. 时间见真理。
    259. We look forward to your visit. 期待您的光临。
    260. What do you think of this one? 您觉得这个怎么样子
    261. What’s the weather like to day? 今天天气怎么样?
    262. A red tie will match that suit. 红领带会配那件衣服。
    263. A wet road is usually slippery. 潮湿的路往往是滑的。
    264. Example is better than precept。 身教胜于言传。
    265. Go right back to the beginning. 直接回到起始位置。
    266. He does everything without aim. 他做事都漫无目标。
    267. He is respectful to his elders. 他对长辈很恭敬。
    268. He knows English better than I. 他比我懂英语。
    269. He resolved to give up smoking. 他决心戒烟。
    270. His talk covered many subjects. 他的报告涉及很多课题。
    271. I fear that he drinks too much. 我担心他喝的酒太多了。
    272. I have my hair cut every month. 我每个月都理发。
    273. I want to have a part-time job. 我想有一份兼职工作。
    274. I’m sorry to have bothered you. 对不起,打扰你了。
    275. It is not so easy as you think. 这事没有你想象的那么简单。
    276. Keep your temper under control. 不要发脾气。 .
    277. Lying and stealing are immoral. 说谎和偷窃都是不道德的。
    278. My efforts resulted in nothing. 我的努力毫无结果。
    279. My false teeth are stuck to it. 我的假牙还在上边呢!
    280. She is a composer for the harp. 她是位写竖琴曲的作曲家
    281. Take me to the airport,please. 请送我去机场。
    282. Talking with you is a pleasure. 和你谈话很愉快
    283. The eggs are sold by the dozen. 鸡蛋按打卖。
    284. The price just covers the cost. 这个价格正好抵消成本。
    285. The sweater is of good quality. 这件毛衣质地很好。
    286. The teacher got a little angry. 老师有点生气了。
    287. Think carefully before you act. 三思而后行。
    288. Walt invented the steam engine. 瓦特发明了蒸汽机。
    289. We are divided in our opinions. 我们意见分歧。
    290. What ever I said,he’d disagree. 不论我说什么他都不同意。
    291. Who ever comes will be welcomed. 来的人我们都欢迎。
    292. You look as if you didn’t care. 你看上去好像满不在乎。
    293. You should look at it yourself. 你应该亲自看看它。
    294. Draw your chair up to the table. 把你的椅子拉到桌子旁边来。
    295. He covered himself with a quilt. 他给自己盖上一条被。
    296. He found my lecture interesting. 他觉得我讲课有趣。
    297. He had a good many friends here. 他在这儿有很多朋友。
    298. He is only about five feet high. 他大概只有五英尺高。
    299. Her family are all music lovers. 她全家人都是音乐爱好者。
    300. I am busy.How is your business? 我很忙。你的生意做得怎样?
    301. I don’t think much of the movie. 我认为那电影不怎么样。
    302. I feel like eating an ice-cream. 我想吃一个冰淇淋。
    303. I found him seated on the bench. 我发现他在椅子上坐着
    304. I gave much time to the old car. 我在这辆破车上花了不少时间。
    305. I lost the door key about here. 我在这附近掉了门钥匙。
    306. I’m not guessing,I really know. 我不是在猜想,我真的知道。
    307. It’s time to tell her the truth. 是该告诉她真相的时候了。
    308. Let’s watch TV with a candle on. 咱们点上蜡烛看电视吧。
    309. Most games cost about that much. 大部分游戏差不多都是这个价钱。
    310. My parents want me to go abroad. 我父母想让我出国。
    311. She has been collecting stamps. 她一直收集邮票。
    312. There are many stars in the sky. 天上有很多星星。
    313. We get to London this afternoon. 我们是今天下午到达伦敦的。
    314. What about having a pizza first? 先吃点比萨饼怎么样?
    315. You’d better look before you leap. 你最好三思而后行。
    316. You know what I’m talking about. 我想你知道我在说什么。
    317. He has been sick for three weeks. 他已经病了几周了。
    318. He inspected the car for defects. 他详细检查车子有无效障。
    319. I count you as one of my friends 我把你算作我的一个朋友。
    320. I go to school by bike every day. 我每天骑自行车上学。
    321. I have a large collection of CDs. 我收集了很多唱片。
    322. I won’t be able to see him today. 今天我不可能去看他。
    323. I’ll call a taxi in case of need. 如果需要的话,我会叫出租车的。
    324. Is there any sugar in the bottle? 瓶子里还有糖吗?
    325. It’s a secret between you and me. 这是你我之间的秘密。
    326. It’s very kind of you to help me. 你帮助我真是太好了。
    327. Let’s divide the cake into three. 我们将蛋糕分成三份吧。
    328. Patience is a mark of confidence. 耐心是自信心的一种表现。
    329. Susan is going to finish college. 苏珊将完成大学学业。
    330. That is my idea about friendship. 这是我关于友谊的看法。
    331. The book you ask for is sold out. 你要的那本书已经售完了。
    332. The boy was too nervous to speak. 那男孩紧张得说不出话来。
    333. The play may begin at any moment. 戏随时都有可能开始。
    334. The salve will heal slight burns. 这种药膏能治疗轻微烧伤。
    335. The sea sparkled in the sunlight. 阳光下,大海波光粼粼。
    336. The teacher tested us in English. 老师用英文考我们。
    337. There is a bridge over the river. 河上有一座桥。
    338. They rode their respective bikes. 他们各自骑着自己的自行车。
    339. They will arrive in half an hour. 他们将于半小时之内到达。
    340. Time is more valuable than money. 时间比金钱宝贵。
    341. We are all in favor of this plan. 我们都赞同这项计划。
    342. We reached London this afternoon. 我们是今天下午到达伦敦的。
    343. We two finished a bottle of wine. 我俩喝完了一瓶酒。
    344. what a lovely little girl she is! 她是一个多么可爱的小女孩耶!
    345. Will you pick me up at my place? 你能到我的住处来接我吗?
    346. You may choose whatever you like. 你可以喜欢什么就选什么。
    347. You’re suffering from an allergy? 你过敏吗?
    348. Beyond all questions you are right. 毫无疑问,你是对的。
    349. But I plan to weed the yard today. 我计划今天除院子里的草。
    350. But who will do all the house work? 但是这些家务活谁来做呢?
    351. Close the door after you,please. 请随手关门。
    352. Come to see me whenever you like。 你可以随时来见我。
    353. Don’t pull the chairs about,boys! 不要把椅子拖来拖去,孩子们!
    354. He drives more carefully than you. 他开车比你小心。
    355. He invited me to dinner yesterday. 他昨天请我吃晚饭了。
    356. He struck his attacker on the ear. 他打了那个攻击者一耳光。
    357. He suddenly appeared in the party. 他突然在晚会上出现了。
    358. Her handbag goes with her clothes. 她的手袋和她的衣服很搭配。
    359. Here we are.Row M, seats l and 3. 哦,到了。M排,l号和3号。
    360. His boss might get angry with him. 他的老板也许会生他的气。
    361. I expect to be there this evening. 我打算今天晚上到那儿去。
    362. I really need to lose some weight. 我真的需要减肥了。
    363. I think you have the Wrong number. 我想你打错号码了。
    364. I would rather stay at home alone. 我宁愿独自呆在家。
    365. I’d like to look at some sweaters. 我想看看毛衣。
    366. Its origin is still a mystery now. 它的起源至今仍是个谜。
    367. Money is no more than our servant. 金钱不过是我们的仆人。
    368. Once you begin,you must continue. 一旦开始,你就得继续。
    369. She is poor but quite respectable. 她虽穷,人品却很端正。
    370. She spent a lot of money on books. 她花了很多钱来买书。
    371. The girl in red is his girlfriend. 穿红衣服的那个女孩是他的女朋友。
    372. There is a chair below the window. 窗户下面有一把椅子。
    373. They employed him as a consultant. 他们雇用他为顾问。
    374. To be honest with you,I’m twenty. 老实说,我20岁。
    375. We often call him by his nickname. 我们经常叫他的绰号。
    376. Will you be free tomorrow evening? 你明晚有空吗?
    377. Would you like to leave a message? 你要留话吗?
    378. You can never turn the clock back. 时光不能倒流。
    379. You may as well tell me the truth. 你还是把事实告诉我为好。
    380. Are your grandparents still living? 你的祖父母还在么?
    381. Can you recognize that woman,Mary? 你能认出那个女人是谁了吗,玛丽?
    382. Do you have any suggestions for me? 你对我有什么建议么?
    383. He is tough,but I am even tougher. 他是一个硬汉子,不过我要比他更硬。
    384. He made his way through the forest. 他设法穿过了森林。
    385. He suggests you leave here at once. 他建议你立刻离开这儿。
    386. He was married to a friend of mine. 他和我的一个朋友结了婚。
    387. He will blame you for carelessness. 他会责备你的粗心大意。
    388. I can give you a number of excuses. 我可以给你说出很多韵理由。
    389. I don’t doubt that he will help me. 我不怀疑他会援助我。
    390. I hope you enjoy your stay with us. 希望您在这儿过的愉快。
    391. I’d like to-repair our differences. 我愿意消除一下我们之间的分歧。
    392. It’s nothing to be surprised about. 这事不值得大惊小怪。
    393. It’s rude to stare at other people. 盯着别人看是不礼貌的。
    394. Bob has always had a crush on Lucy. 鲍伯一直在爱着露茜。
    395. Let’s take a short break for lunch. 让我们休息一会儿,去吃午饭。
    396. Linda speaks as if she were a boss. 琳达说话总好象她是老板。
    397. She became more and more beautiful. 她变得越来越漂亮了。
    398. Suppose it rains,what shall we do? 万一下雨,我们该怎么办?
    399. The book is protected by copyright. 该书受版权保护。
    400. The ice is hard enough to skate on. 冰已经厚得可以划冰了。
    401. The price includes postage charges. 价格包括邮资在内。
    402. This is a little something for you. 这是我给你们的一点心意。
    403. What he likes best is making jokes. 他最喜欢开玩笑。
    404. Who but Jack would do such a thing? 除了杰克谁会做这种事呢?
    405. You should have a mind of your own. 你必须有自己的主见。
    406. You will soon get used to the work. 你很快就会习惯于这项工作的。
    407. Columbus discovered America in l492. 哥伦布于1492年发现了美洲。
    408. God helps those who he1p themselves. 上帝帮助那些自己帮自己的人。
    409. He has a nice sum of money put away. 他存了一大笔钱。
    410. He is heavily insured against death. 他给自己投了巨额的人身保险。
    411. He used to learn everything by rote. 他过去总是死记硬背。
    412. He’s a terrible man when he’s angry. 他生气的时候很可怕。
    413. I am on my way to the grocery store. 我正在去杂货店的路上。
    414. I am sick of always waiting for you! 你,老让我等你,真是烦透了。
    415. I appreciate John’s helping in time. 我感谢约翰的及时帮助。
    416. I bought it the day it was released. 它发行的当天我就买了。
    417. I doubted whether the story is true. 我怀疑那故事是不是真的。
    418. I learnt that I had passed the test. 我获悉我测验及格了。
    419. I will seek from my doctor’s advice. 我将请教医生的意见。
    420. Ice cream is popular among children. 冰淇淋深受孩子们的欢迎。
    421. I’d like to get this film developed. 我要冲洗这卷胶卷。
    422. In a word,I am tired of everything. 总之,我对一切都很厌倦。
    423. Let us do it by ourselves,will you? 我们自己做这件事,可以吗?
    424. May I know the quantity you require? 请问你们需要多少数量的货物?
    425. Nobody has ever solved this problem. 没有人曾解决过这个问题。
    426. Our school covers 100 square meters. 我们学校占地面积平方米。
    427. People enjoyed the stamps very much. 人们非常喜爱这些邮票。
    428. The editor over looked a print error. 这位编辑漏掉了一个印刷错误。
    429. The sudden barking frightened Clara. 突然的狗叫声吓坏了克拉拉。
    430. The teams are coming onto the field. 队员们都进场了。
    431. There is a mark of ink on his shirt. 他的衬衣上有一块墨迹。
    432. There isn’t any water in the bottle. 瓶子里一点水也没有。
    433. This joke has gone a little too far. 这个玩笑开得有点-过分了。
    434. We arrived in London this afternoon。 我们是今天下午到达伦敦的。
    435. We can’t go out because of the rain. 我们不能出去因为下雨了。
    436. We should make good use of our time. 我们应该充分利用我们的时间。
    437. We should save unnecessary expenses.我们应节省不必要的开支。
    438. You may have heard of Birth Control.你们也许听说过控制人口出生的措施。
    439. After a pause he continued his story.停顿一下之后他继续说他的。
    440. As you know, I am a very kind person. 你知道,我是个很和善的人。
    441. He dare not tell us his evil conduct.他不敢告诉我们他的恶行。
    442. I can express myself in good English. 我可以用很好的英语来表达自己的观点。
    443. I’ll furnish my house with furniture. 我要为我的房子置办家具。
    444. It seemed as if there was no way out. 看情形似乎没有出路了。
    445. It’s the hottest day I’ve had so far. 这是迄今为止我经历的最热的一天。
    446. Mr. Smith is in charge of this class. 史密斯老师负责该班。
    447. Mr. Smith taught English at a school. 史密斯先生在一所学校教英语。
    448. None of us is afraid of difficulties.我们当中没有一个人害怕困难。
    449. Our school is in the east of Beijing. 我们学校在北京的东部。
    450. She really wishes her clock had rung. 她真希望今天早上她的闹钟响了。
    451. She teaches foreign students Chinese. 她教外国学生汉语。
    452. The question will be settled tonight. 这个问题将在今晚解决。
    453. The weight is too much for my height. 相对于我的身高来说,体重太重了!
    454. There are mice in Mrs. Lee’s kitchen! 李太太的厨房里有老鼠!
    455. There is no one but hopes to be rich. 没有人不想发财。
    456. There’ll be some sport reviews on TV. 电视上会有一些体育评论。
    457. This company is our regular customer. 这家公司是我们的老客户。
    458. This is a good example of his poetry. 这是他诗作的一个好例子。
    459. What we read influences our thinking. 我们所阅读的书本会影响我们的思想。
    460. Words can’t express what I felt then. 无法用语言形容我当时的感受。
    461. You really have an ear for pop music. 你确实对流行音乐很有欣赏力。
    462. A bad workman quarrels with his tools.手艺差的工人总是抱怨工具不好使。
    463. Can you adapt yourself to the new job? 你能适应新的工作吗?
    464. Does the computer ever make a mistake.? 计算机出错吗?
    465. Don’t be uneasy about the consequence.不必为后果忧虑不安。
    466. Even a child can answer this question.即使小孩儿都能回答这个问题。
    467. He has many strange ideas in his mind. 他脑子里尽足奇思怪想。
    468. He is commonly supposed to be foolish.他是公认的傻瓜。
    469. He sat with his arms across the chest. 他双臂交叉于胸前的坐在那里。
    470. He set up a fine example to all of us. 他为我们树立了一个好榜样。
    471. His cake is four times as big as mine. 他的蛋糕是我的四倍大。
    472. I do not care whether it rains or not. 我不管天会不会下雨。
    473. I have a lot in common with my sister. 我和我姐姐有很多相同之处。
    474. I haven’t even touched your tooth yet. 我还没有碰到你的牙齿呢。
    475. I’m looking forward to a prompt reply.盼迅速答复。
    476. It is an excellent novel in every way. 无论从哪方面来看,这都是一本优秀的小说。
    477. It is clear that the cat has eaten it!很明显,是猫偷吃的!
    478. Nothing but death can part the couple.除了死之外,什么也拆不散这一对。
    479. Now she looks pale as if she were ill.现在她脸色难看,好像病了一样。
    480. She was injured badly in the accident.她在这次意外中受到重伤。
    481. The secret was spread among the crowd.秘密在人群当中传播开来。
    482. The two brothers look very much alike. 这兄弟俩看上去很相像。
    483. Their interest is listening to others. 他们的兴趣是听别人说话。
    484. There was a notice in the supermarket. 超市里有一个布告。
    485. This one cannot compare with that one. 这个与那个无法比较。
    486. To know everything is to know nothing. 样样通,样样松。
    487. To tell the truth, I don’t like disco. 说实话,我不喜欢迪斯科。
    488. True and False have opposite meanings. 真与假含义完全相反。
    489. What’s the point of going to college? 上大学有何用?
    490. Where can we make the insurance claim? 我们可以在哪里提出保险赔偿?这个无法与那个比较。
    491. Why don’t I pick you up at your house? 为什么不让我去接你呢?
    492. Why don’t you attend an aerobic class? 你为什么不去参加一个有氧健身班呢?
    493. You can kill two birds with one stone.一举两得。
    494. You can’t go in no matter who you are. 不管你是谁,都不能进去。
    495. You should learn these words by heart. 你应该把这些词背熟。
    496. Could I have those two tickets, please?这两张票给我行不行?
    497. He has to take care of his sick mother. 他得照顾他生病的母亲。
    498. He hired a workman to repair the fence.他雇用了一个工人修理围墙。
    499. I can’t make this machine run properly.我无法使这部机器正常运转。
    500. I don’t know if I’ll have the patience.我不知道我有没有耐心。
    501. I don’t like what you are saying.我不喜欢你说的话。
    502. I fell in love with her at first sight.我第一眼见到她就爱上了她。
    503. I have just heard from my sister, Mary.我刚收到我妹妹玛丽的一封信。
    504. If you would only try, you could do it.只要你肯尝试,你一定能做这件事。
    505. It is no use learning without thinking.学而不思则惘。
    506. It was a lazy, breezy autumn afternoon.这是一个懒散的,起风的秋日下午。
    507. Jack is the strongest boy in the class.杰克是全班最强壮的男孩。
    508. Please fetch a chair from another room.请到别的房间取一把椅子。
    509. The doctor began to operate on the boy.医生开始给那个男孩动手术。
    510. The doctor is taking my blood pressure.医生正给我量血压。
    511. The machines will not operate properly.那些机器不能正常运转。
    512. The students declared against cheating.学生们表示反对作弊。
    513. There is hope so long as he is with us. 只要他在就有希望。
    514. He talks as if he were the head of the office.他说话的口气像办公室主任似的。
    515. His cake is three times bigger than mine.他的蛋糕比我的大三倍。
    516. I am looking forward to your early reply. 希望早日得到你的答复。
    517. I could say nothing but that I was sorry.我除了说“对不起”之外,什么也说不出来。
    518. I don’t know how to express my gratitude. 我不知道怎样来表达我的感激之情。
    519. I have to catch a plane. Could you hurry?你能快点吗?我好久没有她的消息了。
    520. I haven’t heard from her for a long time.我好久没有她的消息了。
    521. I would like to wash the clothes for you. 我愿意帮你洗这些衣服。
    522. Let me see your driver’s license, please. 请让我看看你的驾驶执照。
    523. She goes to work every day except Sunday. 除星期天外,他每天去上班。
    524. Take a seat please, make yourself at home.请坐,随便一点。
    525. The damage was caused by external forces. 损害是由外力引起的。
    526. The doctor advised me to give up smoking.医生建议我戒烟。
    527. The flowers make the room more beautiful.花使房间变得更加美了。
    528. There is a good restaurant on the street.那条大街上有一个很好的餐馆。
    529. They covered 120 miles in a single night.他们仅一夜就走了120英里路。
    530. Try to look on the bright side of things.尽量从好的方面看。
    531. What’s your plan for the summer vacation?你暑假打算干什么?
    532. You may pick whichever one you like best.你可以挑你最喜欢的。
    533. You’re welcome to stay with us next time.欢迎您下次再光临我们的饭店。
    534. There was a murder in London yesterday. 昨天伦敦发生了一起谋杀案。
    535. They stared at the huge tiger with awe. 他们敬畏地看着那头巨虎。
    536. He never misses a chance to see a movie.他从不错过看电影的机会。
    537. I cannot put up with my noisy roommates.我受不了我那些吵闹的室友了。
    538. I will be back by the end of next month.我下个月底会回来。
    539. I’m good at freestyle and breast stroke.我擅长自由泳和蛙泳。
    540. It was your turn to wash them yesterday. 昨天轮到你把它们洗干净。
    541. Let’s go out to have a dinner, shall we?咱们出去吃饭吧,好吗?
    542. Please push the ladder against the wall.请把梯子靠在墙壁上。
    543. She is standing in the front of the bus.她站在公共汽车的前部。
    544. The doctor asked me to watch what I eat.医生要我注意饮食。
    545. The grass is moist early in the morning.清晨的草地湿漉漉的。
    546. The test finished. We began our holiday.考试结束了,我们开始放假。
    547. This question is too complicated for me.这个问题对我说来太复杂了。
    548. Tony speaks English and he plays tennis.托尼会说英语,打网球。
    549. What is worth doing is worth doing well.只要你觉得某事值得去做,就一定要把它做好。
    550. Would you like to go to a party with me?你想不想和我一起去参加一个聚会?
    551. All at once, a rabbit came out of a hole.突然,一只兔子从一个洞中跑了出来。
    552. All characters in the book are imaginary.书中所有的人物都是虚构的。
    553. Do you feel like going to that new disco? 你想去那个新开的迪厅
    554. Ducks know how to swim when they are born.鸭子天生会游泳
    555. He spent most of his life gathering money.他一生大部分时间用来积聚钱财。
    556. He usually stays at home with his pet dog.他通常跟他的爱犬待在家里。
    557. How peaceful and beautiful the country is!多么平静美丽的国家呀!
    558. I am told that you dance wonderfully well.我听说你的舞跳得特棒。
    559. I have had several conversations with him.我已经和他谈过几次了。
    560. It is the best film that I have ever seen.这是我所看过的最好的电影。
    561. It’s only a party in honor of my birthday.这只是为了庆祝我的生日而举行的晚会。
    562. Learning English is like building a house.学英语象盖房子。
    563. Listening with your heart is good for you.专心聆听别人说话对你有好处。
    564. My grandpa died of hunger in the old days. 我爷爷在旧社会死于饥饿。
    565. She feared staying alone in the farmhouse. 她害怕一个人留在农舍里。
    566. She guided the tourists around the castle.她引导旅游者参观了这座城堡。
    567. She runs everyday in order to lose weight.她每天都跑步是为了减肥。
    568. She sang perfectly in the hall last night.她昨晚在大厅唱得非常好。
    569. Somebody is always complaining to others.有人总是向别人抱怨。
    570. They don’t often have a bad day this year.他们今年的运气还不错。
    571. We regard the matter as nothing important. 我们认为这件事情不重要。
    572. We’ll take our holiday sometime in August. 我们将在八月份的某个时候休假。
    573. Could you direct me to the station, please?请问到车站怎么走?
    574. Have you cleared your luggage with customs ?你的行李通关了吗?
    575. He bothered me with a great many questions.他对我提了一大堆问题,真烦!
    576. He does exercises every day in the morning.他每天早上锻练身体。
    577. How do I control myself? I can’t calm down.我怎能控制我自己?我无法冷静下来。
    578. I dig songs and I like pop music very much.我特别喜欢歌曲和流行音乐。
    579. I’d like to cash a traveler’s check please.我想兑换旅行支票。
    580. I’d like to pick sea shells this afternoon.今天下午我想去捡贝壳。
    581. It’s odd that they didn’t reply our letter.他们没有给我们回信,这真奇怪。
    582. John seldom gets together with his friends.约翰很少与朋友聚在一起。
    583. Many people have been out of work recently.最近有许多人失业。
    584. Please give my best regards to your family.请代我向你们全家致以最诚挚的问候。
    585. Some people have compared books to friends.有些人把书比作朋友。
    586. The bat together with the balls was stolen.球拍和球全被偷了。
    587. The color of her dress suits her very well.她衣服的颜色很适合她。
    588. The days get longer and the nights get shorter.白天变长了,黑夜变短了。
    589. The dress doesn’t fit her. She is too thin.这件衣服不适合她,她太瘦了。
    590. The examination put a lot of stress on him.那次考试给了他很大的压力。
    591. The mother sat the child at a little table.母亲安排孩子坐到小桌旁。
    592. There is some difference between the twins.这对双胞胎有点儿不一样。
    593. They insisted on staying rather than going.他们坚持留下来,而不愿意走
    594. Trust me, the game is really worth playing.相信我,这游戏确实值得一玩。
    595. Unlike her friends, she never gave up hope.与她的朋友的不同之处是,她从不放弃希望。
    596. Well done! You are always doing a good job!干得不错!你总是干得很出色!
    597. We’re planning a tour to Italy this summer.我们计划今年夏天到意大利去旅行。
    598. Were there any letters for me this morning?今天早上有我的信吗?
    599. Why isn’t Mrs. Lee’s cat catching the mice?李太太的猫为何不在抓这些老鼠呢?
    600. Your English is improving little by little.你的英语正在渐渐提高。
    601. Could you tell me where I can wash my hands?请问洗手间怎么走?
    602. Do you have any plans for the long weekend?你有办法打发这个漫长的周末吗?
    603. He decided to bring a suit against his boss.他决定起诉他的老板。
    604. He devoted his life to the study of science.他把毕生献给科学研究。
    605. He had to choose between death and dishonor.他不得不在死亡和耻辱之间选择。
    606. His previous attempts had been unsuccessful.他以前的尝试没有成功。
    607. I determined that nothing should be changed.我决定什么都不改变。
    608. I don’t think it will lead to a good result.我认为这事不会有什么好结果。
    609. I have 4 books and 2 magazines to check out.我有4本书和2本杂志要借。
    610. I think I’ve filled in everything correctly.我想各项都填对了。
    611. I’m not sure whether I have locked the door.我没把握是否锁了门。
    612. It took him a little time to fix that watch.他很快就把表修理好了。
    613. My father is at home looking for the ticket.我爸爸正在家里找票呢!
    614. Not until last week did I get a work permit.直到上周我才拿到工作许可证。
    615. She intends to make teaching her profession.她想以教书为职业。
    616. The letter “x” stands for an unknown number.字母x代表未知数。
    617. The sight of the dead body scared him stiff.看到尸体把他吓僵了。
    618. There are lots of huge buildings in Beijing.在北京有许多高大的建筑物。
    619. There is an interesting film on Channel one.在一频道有一部有趣的电影。
    620. They plan to immigrate to Finland next year.他们计划明年移居芬兰。
    621. We enjoyed driving along the new expressway.我们喜欢沿着新建的高速公路开车。
    622. We need to cooperate perfectly to win the game.要想赢得比赛,我们需要密切配合。
    623. We need more than listening. We need action!我们需要的不光是听得进意见,我们要的是行动。
    624. Yes. I wouldn’t go home early if I were you.是的,如果我是你,我不会早回家。
    625. Your answer is satisfying. I feel satisfied.你的答案是令人满意的。我感到很满意。
    626. Betty and Susan are talking on the telephone.贝蒂和苏珊正在通电话。
    627. Great efforts ensure the success of our work.巨大的努力确保了我们工作的成功。
    628. He has tasted the sweets and bitters of life.他已尝遍了人生的甜酸苦辣。
    629. He said he was educated in the United States.他说他是在美国受的教育。
    630. How do you like our English literature Prof.?你觉得我们的英国文学课的教授怎么样?
    631. I am looking forward to your visit next week.我期待着你下周来访。
    632. I feel I am the happiest person in the world.我觉得自己是世界上最幸福的人了。
    633. I had to sit up all night writing the report.我不得不熬通宵写报告。
    634. I hope we can see each other again some time.希望还能有相见的机会。
    635. I saw him playing football on the playground.我看见他在操场上踢足球。
    636. It is tomorrow that they will have a meeting.就在明天(而不是在别的某一天)他们要开会。
    637. Let me tell you some details about clearance.让我告诉你一些通关的细节。
    638. The brain needs a continuous supply of blood.大脑需要连续不断地供血。
    639. The doctor’s words made him feel comfortable.医生的话让他感觉很舒服。
    640. The truth is quite other than what you think.事实真相和你所想的完全不同。
    641. They stopped talking when their boss came in.当老板进来的时候;他们停止了交谈。
    642. They were glad of the examination being over.他们为考试结束了而高兴。
    643. This is by far the largest cake in the world.这是目前世界上最大的蛋糕了。
    644. Whichever you choose, you won’t be satisfied.不论你选择哪一个,你都不会满意。
    645. Will you connect this wire to the television ?你把这根电线和电视机连上好吗?
    646. His words are strongly impressed on my memory.他的话深深地铭记在我的心头。
    647. Is this the fight bus for the Capital Library?这辆车到首都图书馆吗?
    648. One third of this area is covered with forest.这一地区三分之一的地方都是森林。
    649. They are arguing over who should pay the bill.他们为谁应该付款而争论不休。
    650. Wait a moment, I’ll be with you in an instant.等一下,我立刻就来。
    651. You’ll save time not waiting for the elevator.你可以节省等电梯的时间。
    652. A clear conscience laughs at false accusation.只要问心无愧,无端的指责可以一笑置之。
    653. I have a headache, and she has a stomachache.我头疼,她胃疼。
    654. He glared at Bill, ready to teach him a lesson.他怒视着比尔,准备教训他一顿。
    655. I assure you that you will feel no pain at all.我保证你根本不会觉得疼的。
    656. I can’t afford to go to a restaurant every day.每天都去餐馆吃饭,我真是支付不起。
    657. I left at 6:00 so that I could catch the train.我六点钟出门,以便赶上火车。
    658. I’m afraid I have some rather bad news for you.我恐怕有些很坏的消息要告诉你。
    659. Learn to say the fight thing at the fight time.学会在适当的时候说适当的话。
    660. No wonder you can’t sleep when you eat so much.你吃这么多难怪睡不着。
    661. Please ask her to call me back when she’s back.她回来时请让她给我回个电话。
    662. There are a lot of people in the swimming pool.游泳池里挤满了人。
    663. They have to work hard to support their family.他们必须努力工作来支持他们的家。
    664. This way, he can kill two birds with one stone.这样他就能两全其美。
    665. We are all taking medicine against the disease.我们都服药治疗疾病。
    666. Would you please go to a dancing party with me?请你跟我一起去参加一个舞会好吗?
    667. He usually drops in at my place on his way home.他常常在回家的路上顺便来看看我。
    668. His vanity was hurt by their talking so frankly.他们坦率的谈话伤害了他的虚荣心。
    669. How would you go to Beijing, by air or by train?你怎样去北京,是乘飞机还是坐火车?
    670. I cannot express how glad I am to hear from him.我无法表达我接到他的信时有多高兴。
    671. If Tom cannot keep his promise, he’ll lose face.如果汤姆不能信守诺言,他就会丢面子。
    672. I’ll still love her even if she doesn’t love me.即使她不爱我,我还仍然爱她。
    673. I received an invitation, but I did not accept it.我收到-份请帖,但没有接受。
    674. If I were you, I would not be bothered by English.如果我是你,就不会为英语烦恼了。
    675. If you don’t work, you will fail to pass the exam.如果你不学习,你考试就会不及格。
    676. I’m thinking of hanging the lamp from the ceiling.我打算把灯吊在天花板上。
    677. It is more important to be healthy than bony slim.健康永远比皮包骨头好。
    678. Long ago, people believed that the world was flat.很久以前人们相信地球是平的。
    679. Old tunes are sweetest and old friends are surest.老调最甜美,老友最可靠。
    680. She makes it clear that she doesn’t like swimming.她明确地表示她不喜欢游泳。
    681. The constitution guards the liberty of the people.宪法保护人民的自由。
    682. The doctor examined the soldier’s wound carefully.大夫仔细检查了战士的伤口。
    683. The harder I study, the better my English will be.我越努力,我的英语就会越好。
    684. The sun was shining and the sky was crystal clear.阳光闪烁,天空湛蓝。
    685. This cellar room is very damp in the rainy season.这间地下室在雨季非常潮湿。
    686. Computers are becoming a part of our everyday life.电子计算机正渐渐成为我们日常生活的一部分。
    687. Every man is fool sometimes, but none at all times.每个人都有愚蠢的时候,但是没有一个人永远愚蠢。
    688. He dreamed of traveling to remote South Sea Islands.他曾梦想到遥远的南海诸岛去旅游。
    689. How can I climb up that wall! I wish I were a bird!我怎么能够爬得上那堵墙?我要是一只鸟就好了!
    690. However, Susan has not really made up her mind yet.然而,苏珊却还没有决定。
    691. I really think a little exercise would do you good.我真的觉得做点运动对你有好处。
    692. I will never forget the days that I spent with you.我永远都不会忘记和你一起度过的日子。
    693. we got a bad headache, and my nose is running.我头痛得厉害,还流鼻涕。
    694. Many young girls dream of being a fashion model.许多年轻女孩梦想成为时装模特儿。
    695. Most of the earth’s surface is covered by water.大部分的地球表面被水覆盖着。
    696. Somebody’s knocking at the door. I’ll answer it.有人在敲门,我去开。
    697. The number 13 bus will take you to the hospital.13路车会带你去医院。
    698. They celebrated his birthday with a dance party.也们举办舞会来祝贺他的生日。
    699. They misplaced this book under other categories.他们把它错放到另一个类别去了。
    700. They played a shameful part in the whole affair.他们在这一事件中扮演了可耻的角色。
    701. As a matter of fact, he was pretending to be ill.实际上,他是在装病。
    702. I will speak against anything I know to be wrong.我会对所有我认为不对的事情直言不讳。
    703. In spite of the heavy rain, she went to the shop.尽管下着大雨,她还是去了商店。
    704. No matter what happened, he would not say a word.不管发生什么事,他也不会说一句话。
    705. No one knows the location of the hidden treasure.谁也不知道藏宝地点在哪里。
    706. The old lady enjoys a quiet life with her family.老太太和她的家人安享宁静的生活。
    707. The population of the city is close to a million.这个城市的人口接近一百万。
    708. We are prohibited from smoking on school grounds.我们被禁止在校园内抽烟。
    709. Growth, however, brings new problems and concerns.不过,发展也带来了新的问题和顾虑。
    710. He appears to be your friend but I doubt if he is.他看上去像是你的朋友,但我怀疑他是否是真心的。
    711. I am so full that I would burst with another bite.我吃得如此之饱,我感觉我再吃一口肚子就要胀破了。
    712. I have two cats. One is white, the other is black.我有两只猫,一只是白猫,另一只是黑猫。
    713. I’m sorry, these 2 books are 3 days overdue.小姐,对不起,这两本书已经过期3天了。
    714. Jalu has forgotten falling off his bicycle.詹露早忘掉他从白行车上摔下来这件事了。
    715. Manners are quite different from country to country.各国的礼仪各不相同。
    716. Not only did I know her, but I was her best friend.我不仅认识她,还是她最好的朋友。
    717. The best-known movie awards are the Academy Awards.最著名的电影奖是奥斯卡金像奖。
    718. We’ve got to do something about the neighbor’s dog!我们得对邻居的狗采取点行动了!
    719. Will you come and join us for dinner on Sunday?星期天来和我们共进晚餐好吗?
    720. Do you think people are a company’s greatest wealth?你认为人是公司最大的财富吗?
    721. He thinks himself somebody, but we think him nobody.他自以为是重要人物,但我们觉得他什么也不是。
    722. I believe I haven’t reached the summit of my career.我相信我还没有达到事业的巅峰。
    723. It is no matter whether you get there early or late.你早到晚到都没有关系。
    724. It’s against the rules to handle the ball in soccer.在足球中以手触球就是犯规。
    725. The nurse assisted the doctor in the operating room.护士在手术室协助医生动手术。
    726. What I do on my own time is nobody else’s business.我在自己的时间里干什么根本不关别人的事。
    727. What I want to do is different from those of others.我想做的与别人不同。
    728. You forget to write down the date of your departure.您忘了写离店日期了。
    729. “I wish I’d known about that rule earlier”, she said.“我要是早点知道这个规矩就好了!”她说。
    730. Could you tell me your secret for a long, happy life?你能告诉我长时间地过着快乐的生活的秘诀吗?
    731. He holds a position of great responsibility upon him.他担任着一个责任重大的职务。
    732. It is said he has secret love affairs with two women!据说他背地里和两个女人有关系!
    733. Number 13 buses run much more frequently, don’t they?13路车跑得更勤,是不是?
    734. They are only too delighted to accept the invitation.他们非常乐意接受邀请。
    735. We are going to have the final examination next week.我们下周举行期末考试。
    736. And now medical care helps to keep people alive longer.现在的医疗保健使得人们活得更长。
    737. Do you think you’ll be able to go to sleep fight away?你认为你马上就能睡着吗?
    738. I am in charge of the company when the manager is out.经理不在时山我来管理公司。
    739. I borrowed a notebook from Tom and I lent it to Marry.我从汤姆那儿借了一本笔记本,我又把它借给玛丽了。
    740. I’m doing some washing and John is cooking dinner.我正在洗衣服,约翰在做晚饭。
    741. Were there any exciting incidents during your journey?你们在旅行中有没有什么令人激动的事情?
    742. As far as policy is concerned, I have to say something.谈到政策,我得说几句。
    743. Could you tell me what the maximum weight allowance is?您能告诉我行李的最大重量限额是多少吗?
    744. He came out of the library, a large book under his arm.他夹着本厚书,走出了图书馆。
    745. The brothers differ from each other in their interests.这几个兄弟各有所好。
    746. Although we can’t see these atoms, they really do exist.虽然我们看不见原子,但它们的确存在。
    747. I am familiar with the casual atmosphere in the company.我对公司中这种放松的氛围感到很熟悉。
    748. Most people eat, write, and work with their fight hands.大多数人吃饭,写字,工作都用右手。
    749. Only by working hard can we succeed in doing everything.只有努力,才能成功。
    750. Take it easy, you will be all right in a couple of days.。别担心,你两天之内就会痊愈的。
    751. The Beatles represented part of the spirit of their age.甲壳虫乐队代表了他们时代的部分精神。
    752. There being no one to help me, I had to do it all alone.因为没有人帮助我,我不得不独立完成这项工作。
    753. How much cloth does it take to make a skirt for the girl?女孩做一条裙子要用多少布?
    754. With all these mouths to feed, he didn’t know what to do.由于有那么多人要供养,他不知道怎么办才好。
    755. I forgot to prepare the speech I’m supposed to give today.我忘了准备今天的我该做的演讲了。
    756. It’s supposed to start at 6:30 sharp, but I doubt it will.应该是六点半整的,但是我觉得够呛。
    757. On behalf of my company, I would like to welcome you here.我代表我们公司欢迎你来这里。
    758. She’s been quite different since coming back from America.从美国回来之后,她变化很大。
    759. Today it is common that women and girls make up in public.今天,在公共场所看到妇女和姑娘化妆打扮是很普遍的事。
    760. I have to transfer to No. ll bus, but where is the bus stop?我需要换乘11路公共汽车,但是汽车站在哪儿?
    761. I supposed him to be very clever but he was in fact a fool.我以为他很聪明,其实他是个蠢货。
    762. The rabbit ran to the woods and did not come back any more.兔子跑进了森林再也没有出来了。
    763. Tom and Mary congratulated us on the birth of our daughter.汤姆和玛丽为我们女儿的出生向我们表示祝贺。
    764. I can’t help eating sweets whenever they are in my presence.我无论什么时候一看到甜食就忍不住要吃。
    765. l am vacuuming the floor now and have several shirts to iron.我正在用真空吸尘器清理地板,还有好几件衬衫要熨。
    766. I will love you until the seas run dry and the rocks crumble.我将爱你直到海枯石烂。
    767. There is a broken small old gray stone bridge over the river河上有一座破烂不堪的、古老的、灰色的小石桥。
    768. No wonder people say that computers are taking over the world.难怪有人说电子计算机正渐渐接管世界。
    769. The enormous increase of population will create many problems.巨大的人口增长将产生很多问题。
    770. There’s nothing better for you than plenty of water and sleep.你最好多喝水多休息。
    771. You should always depend on yourself rather than someone else.你应该是依靠你自己,而不足别人。
    772. I would like to express to all of you here our sincere welcome.让我向在座诸位致以最真挚的欢迎。’
    773. Many people prefer living in the country to living in the town.许多人喜欢住在农村而不喜欢住在城市。
    774. Since I’m here, I’d like to try a typical dish of this country.既然来了,我想吃这个国家特有的食物。
    775. Walking up and down the stairs would beat any exercise machine.上下楼梯可比什么健身器都要好。
    776. Had it not been for the alarm clock she wouldn’t have been late.如果不是因为闹钟不响的话,她就不会迟到了。
    777. How ever you may work hard, the boss will not be fully satisfied.无论你有多努力,老板总不会完全满意。
    778. If he had not broken his tooth, he would not be in hospital now.如果他没有把牙齿弄坏,现在就不在医院了。
    779. You might as well throw your money away as spend it in gambling.你与其把钱花在赌博上,不如把它丢掉的好。
    780. Can you put me in the picture about the World Cup Football Match?你能给我讲讲关于世界杯足球赛的状况吗?
    781. I’m usually just using the search engines to look up information.我通常只是用搜索引擎找一些资料。
    782. He goes home early everyday for fear that his wife would be angry.他每天很早就回家,免得老婆生气。
    783. I regret to inform you that we are unable to offer you employment.很遗憾地告诉你,我们无法雇用你。
    784. I will continue my learning, though I am tired of learning English.尽管我很烦英语,我还是要学它。
    785. Li Bai is one of the greatest poets that have ever lived in China.李白是中国有史以来最伟大的诗人之一。
    786. Many people complain that computers are taking over their jobs.许多人抱怨说计算机正在接管人的工作。
    787. The cupboards in her kitchen were full of things she did not need.她厨房的橱柜中放满了她不需要的东西。
    788. What be said did not annoy me much, for I knew he did not mean it.

    我并不在乎他所说的,我知道他不是那个意思。

    1. He asked me some personal questions, but I would never answer them.他问了我几个个人问题,我根本不愿回答。
    2. I don’t care where we go as long as we don’t have to stand in line.不管去哪里,只要不用站着排队就行。
    3. She likes Mike a lot, but she doesn’t want to get married so early.她喜欢迈克,但她不想那么早就结婚。
    4. Why don’t you find a job and end this dependence upon your parents?你为何不找个职业.不再依靠你的父母呢?
    5. Will you please try to find out for me what time the train arrives?能不能请你帮我查查火车什么时候到?
    6. A good knowledge of English will improve your chances of employment.英语好将有助于增加你们的就业机会。
    7. If she finds out you spilled ink on her coat, she’ll blow her stack.

    如果她发现你在她上衣上洒了墨水,她会大发脾气的。

    1. I would be very grateful for information about entry to your college.

    若能寄给我贵校的入学申请材料我将十分感激。

    1. Mr. Smith knew Jack didn’t look at the others because he was nervous.

    史密斯先生知道杰克不敢看别人是因为紧张。

    1. On being introduced to somebody, a British person often shakes hands.

    英国人被介绍给别人的时候常常和对方握握手。

    1. I want to take a walk along the river bank, singing my favorite songs.

    我想在河边散步,唱我喜欢的歌。

    1. Many people believe that overweight results from overeating and stress.

    很多人认为肥胖超重是因为吃得过多和压力造成的。

    1. Yet all these things, different as they seem, have one thing in common

    .然而所有这些东西,看上去虽不同,但却有一个共同点。

    1. All my best memories come back clearly to me, some can even make me cry.

    所有美好的记忆又在我脑海清晰地浮现了,有些甚至还令我哭泣。

    1. This is the most wonderful day of my life, because I’m here with you now.

    今天是我一生中最美好的一天,因为我现在和你在一起。

    1. When I was young, I’d listen to the radio, waiting for my favorite songs.

    当我还是个小女孩的时候,我常听着收音机,等待我最喜欢的歌。

    1. I’m certain he’ll go to see the film, because he’s bought a ticket.

    我肯定他会去看电影的,冈为他把票都买好了。

    1. Unfortunately you’ll have to pay the fine before you check those books out.

    在你借书之前你要先付清罚款。

    1. Hi! You guys keep talking so loudly that I have to speak at the top my voice!

    哎!你们一直这样大声讲话,我都不得不扯着嗓子说话了。

    1. We should not only know the theory but also how to apply it to practice.

    我们不仅要知道理论,还要知道怎样把理论应用于实践。

    1. Combining exercise with the diet may be the most effective way to lose weight.

    运动与节食结合也许是减肥最有效的途径。

    1. The maximum weight allowance is 60 kilos per traveler, excluding hand luggage.

    每个旅客托运的行李最大重量限额是60公斤,手提行李除外。

    1. You are just putting on a little weight. I believe you’ll get that off easily.

    你只是稍微胖了些.很快就会恢复的。

    1. In many countries, more and more companies are replacing people with computers.

    在许多国家有越来越多的公司使用电子计算机来代替人。

    1. There are mice next to the refrigerator, under the sink and inside the cupboard!

    冰箱边、洗碗槽下,还有橱柜里面都有老鼠!